<PAGE> 1
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(TO PROSPECTUS DATED MAY 19, 1999)
Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(5)
Registration No. 333-71889
$538,691,000
FIRST USA CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
$500,000,000 CLASS A FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1999-4
$38,691,000 CLASS B FLOATING RATE ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES, SERIES 1999-4
FIRST USA BANK, N.A.
TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER
------------------------------
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A CERTIFICATES CLASS B CERTIFICATES
-------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Principal Amount $500,000,000 $38,691,000
Price $500,000,000 (100.00%) $38,691,000 (100.00%)
Underwriting Discount $ 1,125,000 ( 0.225%) $ 106,400 ( 0.275%)
Proceeds to the Transferor $498,875,000 (99.775%) $38,584,600 (99.725%)
Certificate Rate one-month LIBOR + 0.09% p.a. one-month LIBOR + 0.30% p.a.
Interest Payment Dates monthly on the 19th monthly on the 19th
First Interest Payment Date June 21, 1999 June 21, 1999
Scheduled Principal Payment Date May 20, 2002 May 20, 2002
</TABLE>
THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES ARE SUBORDINATED TO THE CLASS A CERTIFICATES.
THESE SECURITIES ARE INTERESTS IN FIRST USA CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST AND ARE
BACKED ONLY BY THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST. NEITHER THESE SECURITIES NOR THE ASSETS
OF THE TRUST ARE OBLIGATIONS OF FIRST USA BANK, N.A. OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES,
OR OBLIGATIONS INSURED BY THE FDIC.
THESE SECURITIES ARE HIGHLY STRUCTURED. BEFORE YOU PURCHASE THESE SECURITIES, BE
SURE YOU UNDERSTAND THE STRUCTURE AND THE RISKS. SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON
PAGE S-10 IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
We have applied to list these securities on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED ON THE
ADEQUACY OR ACCURACY OF THE DISCLOSURES IN THIS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ATTACHED
PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
These securities are offered subject to availability. We expect that these
securities will be delivered in book-entry form on May 26, 1999 through The
Depository Trust Company, Cedelbank, societe anonyme and the Euroclear System.
BANC ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
LEHMAN BROTHERS
The date of this Prospectus Supplement is May 19, 1999
<PAGE> 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION IN THESE
DOCUMENTS.......................... S-3
SUMMARY OF TERMS..................... S-4
STRUCTURAL SUMMARY................... S-5
SELECTED TRUST PORTFOLIO SUMMARY
DATA............................... S-8
RISK FACTORS......................... S-10
Potential Early Repayment or
Delayed Payment due to Reduced
Portfolio Yield............... S-10
Allocations of Charged-Off
Receivables Could Reduce
Payments to
Certificateholders............ S-12
Limited Ability to Resell
Certificates.................. S-12
Certain Liens Could Be Given
Priority Over Your
Securities.................... S-13
Insolvency or Bankruptcy of
First USA Could Result in
Accelerated, Delayed or
Reduced Payments to
Certificateholders............ S-13
Issuance of Additional Series by
the Trust May Affect the
Timing of Payments............ S-14
Individual Certificateholders
Will Have Limited Control of
Trust Actions................. S-14
Class B Bears Additional Credit
Risk.......................... S-15
FIRST USA'S CREDIT CARD PORTFOLIO.... S-16
General......................... S-16
Assessment of Fees and Finance
and Other Charges............. S-17
Delinquency and Loss
Experience.................... S-18
Interchange..................... S-19
THE RECEIVABLES...................... S-19
General......................... S-19
MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS.............. S-24
RECEIVABLE YIELD CONSIDERATIONS...... S-26
USE OF PROCEEDS...................... S-27
FIRST USA BANK, N.A.................. S-27
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES...... S-28
General......................... S-28
Status of the Certificates...... S-29
Prescription.................... S-29
Interest Payments............... S-29
Principal Payments.............. S-30
Postponement of Accumulation
Period........................ S-32
Excess Principal Collections.... S-32
Subordination of the Class B
Certificates.................. S-33
Investor Percentage and
Transferor Percentage......... S-33
Reallocation of Cash Flows...... S-36
Application of Collections...... S-37
Allocation of Collections of
Finance Charge Receivables.... S-41
Excess Finance Charge
Collections................... S-41
Payments of Principal........... S-43
Allocation of Collections of
Principal Receivables......... S-45
Reallocated Principal
Collections................... S-46
Defaulted Receivables; Investor
Charge-Offs................... S-47
Principal Funding Account....... S-48
Reserve Account................. S-48
Pay Out Events.................. S-50
Optional Repurchase............. S-51
Servicing Compensation and
Payment of Expenses........... S-51
Reports to Certificateholders... S-52
LISTING AND GENERAL INFORMATION...... S-52
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS................. S-52
Class A Certificates............ S-53
Class B Certificates............ S-53
Consultation with Counsel....... S-54
UNDERWRITING......................... S-55
EXCHANGE LISTING..................... S-56
ANNEX I: Other Series................ A-I-1
ANNEX II: Global Clearance,
Settlement and Tax Documentation
Procedures......................... A-II-1
INDEX OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS
SUPPLEMENT
</TABLE>
S-2
<PAGE> 3
WHERE TO FIND INFORMATION IN THESE DOCUMENTS
The attached prospectus provides general information about First USA Credit Card
Master Trust, including terms and conditions that are generally applicable to
the securities issued by the Trust. The specific terms of Series 1999-4 are
described in this supplement.
This supplement begins with several introductory sections describing your series
and First USA Credit Card Master Trust in abbreviated form:
- Summary of Terms provides important amounts, dates and other terms
of your series;
- Structural Summary gives a brief introduction of the key structural
features of your series and directions for locating further
information;
- Selected Trust Portfolio Summary Data gives certain financial and
statistical information about the assets of the Trust; and
- Risk Factors describes risks that apply to your series.
As you read through these sections, cross-references will direct you to more
detailed descriptions in the attached prospectus and elsewhere in this
supplement. You can also directly reference key topics by looking at the table
of contents pages in this supplement and the attached prospectus.
This supplement and the attached prospectus may be used by Banc One Capital
Markets, Inc. in connection with offers and sales related to market-making
transactions in the certificates offered by this supplement and the attached
prospectus. Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. may act as principal or agent in such
transactions. Such sales, if any, will be made at varying prices related to
prevailing market prices at the time of sale.
TO UNDERSTAND THE STRUCTURE OF THESE SECURITIES, YOU MUST READ CAREFULLY THE
ATTACHED PROSPECTUS AND THIS SUPPLEMENT IN THEIR ENTIRETY.
S-3
<PAGE> 4
SUMMARY OF TERMS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Trust: First USA Credit Card Master Trust--"Trust"
Transferor: First USA Bank, National Association--"First USA" or
the "Bank"
Servicer: First USA
Trustee: The Bank of New York (Delaware)
Pricing Date: May 19, 1999
Closing Date: May 26, 1999
Clearance and Settlement: DTC/Cedelbank/Euroclear
Trust Assets: receivables originated in VISA(R) and MasterCard(R)
accounts, including recoveries on charged-off
receivables
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<S> <C> <C>
Series Structure: Amount % of Total Series
Class A $500,000,000 84.0%
Class B $38,691,000 6.5%
Excess Collateral $56,548,000 9.5%
Annual Servicing Fee: 1.5% if First USA is
Servicer, or 2.0%
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CLASS A CLASS B
------------------------- ----------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Anticipated Ratings:*
(Moody's / Standard & Poor's / Fitch IBCA) Aaa/AAA/AAA A1/A/A+
Credit Enhancement: subordination of Class B subordination of the
and the excess collateral excess collateral
Interest Rate: one-month one-month
LIBOR + 0.09% p.a. LIBOR + 0.30% p.a.
Interest Accrual Method: actual / 360 actual / 360
Interest Payment Dates: monthly (19th) monthly (19th)
Interest Rate Index Reset Date: 2 London business days 2 London business days
before each interest before each interest
payment date payment date
First Interest Payment Date: June 21, 1999 June 21, 1999
Scheduled Payment Date: May 20, 2002 May 20, 2002
Commencement of Accumulation Period (subject
to adjustment): April 30, 2001 April 30, 2001
Stated Series Termination Date: January 19, 2005 January 19, 2005
Application for Exchange Listing: Luxembourg Luxembourg
CUSIP Number: 337435EA5 337435EB3
ISIN Number: US337435EA54 US337435EB38
Common Code: 009810048 009810072
</TABLE>
- ---------------
* It is a condition to issuance that one of these ratings be obtained.
S-4
<PAGE> 5
STRUCTURAL SUMMARY
This summary briefly describes certain major structural components of Series
1999-4. To fully understand the terms of Series 1999-4 you will need to read
both this supplement and the attached prospectus in their entirety.
THE SERIES 1999-4 CERTIFICATES
Your certificates represent the right to a portion of collections on the
underlying Trust assets. Your certificates will also be allocated a portion of
net losses on receivables, if any. Any collections of finance charges allocated
to your series will be used to make interest payments, to pay a portion of the
fees of First USA as servicer and to cover net losses allocated to your series.
Any remaining collections of finance charges allocated to your series will be
applied for the benefit of the holder of the excess collateral. Any principal
collections allocated to your series in excess of the amount owed to
certificates of your series on any distribution date will be shared with other
series of certificates issued by First USA Credit Card Master Trust, retained in
a trust account, or returned to First USA. In no case will you receive more than
the principal and interest owed to you under the terms described in this
supplement and the attached prospectus.
For further information on allocations and payments, see "Description of the
Certificates--Investor Percentage and Transferor Percentage" and "--Application
of Collections" in this supplement. For further information about the
receivables supporting your certificates, see "The Receivables" and "Receivable
Yield Considerations" in this supplement. For a more detailed discussion of the
certificates, see "Description of the Certificates" in this supplement and the
attached prospectus.
Your certificates feature credit enhancement by means of the subordination of
other interests, which is intended to protect you from net losses and shortfalls
in cash flow. Credit enhancement for your series is for your series' benefit
only. Credit enhancement is provided to Class A by the following:
- subordination of Class B; and
- subordination of the excess collateral.
Credit enhancement is provided to Class B by the following:
- subordination of the excess collateral.
The effect of subordination is that the more subordinated interests will absorb
any net losses allocated to Series 1999-4, and make up any shortfalls in cash
flow, before the more senior interests are affected. On the closing date the
excess collateral will be $56,548,000, or 9.5% of the sum of the initial Class A
invested amount, the initial Class B invested amount and the initial excess
collateral amount. If the cash flow and any subordinated interest do not cover
all net losses allocated to Series 1999-4, your payments of interest and
principal will be reduced and you may suffer a loss of principal.
For a more detailed description of the subordination provisions of Series
1999-4, see "Description of the Certificates--Subordination of the Class B
Certificates" in this supplement. For a discussion of losses, see "Description
of the Certificates--Defaulted Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs" in this
supplement. See "Risk Factors" in this supplement for a more detailed discussion
of the risks of investing in Series 1999-4.
FIRST USA CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
Your series is one of thirty-seven First USA Credit Card Master Trust series
which are expected to be outstanding on the closing date.
First USA Credit Card Master Trust is maintained by the trustee, for the benefit
of:
- certificateholders of Series 1999-4;
- certificateholders of other series issued by First USA Credit Card
Master Trust;
- providers of credit enhancements for Series 1999-4 and other series
issued by First USA Credit Card Master Trust; and
- First USA.
S-5
<PAGE> 6
For a summary of the terms of the other series that will be outstanding on the
closing date see "Annex I: Other Series."
Each series has a claim to a fixed dollar amount of First USA Credit Card Master
Trust's assets, regardless of the total amount of receivables in the Trust at
any time. First USA holds the remaining claim to First USA Credit Card Master
Trust's assets, which fluctuates with the total amount of receivables in the
Trust. First USA, as the holder of that amount, has the right to purchase the
outstanding Series 1999-4 certificates at any time when the outstanding amount
of the Series 1999-4 certificateholders' interest in the First USA Credit Card
Master Trust is less than or equal to 5% of the original amount of that
interest. The purchase price for these outstanding Series 1999-4 certificates
will be equal to the outstanding amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the
certificates through the last day of the period on which the repurchase occurs.
For more information on First USA Credit Card Master Trust's assets, see "First
USA's Credit Card Portfolio" and "The Receivables" in this supplement and "First
USA's Credit Card Activities" and "The Receivables" in the attached prospectus.
For more information on the final payment of principal and optional repurchase
of the certificates by the Transferor, see "Description of the
Certificates--Optional Repurchase" in this supplement and "Description of the
Certificates--Final Payment of Principal; Termination" in the attached
prospectus.
SCHEDULED PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS AND POTENTIAL LATER PAYMENTS
First USA Credit Card Master Trust expects to pay the entire principal amount of
Class A and the entire principal amount of Class B in one payment on May 20,
2002. In order to accumulate the funds to pay Class A and Class B on their
scheduled payment date, the Trust will accumulate principal collections in a
principal funding account. The Trust will deposit funds into the principal
funding account during an "accumulation period" on each "transfer date." The
length of the accumulation period may be as long as twelve months, but will be
shortened if First USA expects that a shorter period will suffice for the
accumulation of the Class A, Class B and excess collateral payment amounts.
If Class A is not fully repaid on the scheduled payment date, Class A will begin
to amortize by means of monthly payments of all monthly principal collections
allocated to Series 1999-4 until it is fully repaid.
After Class A is fully repaid the Trust will use principal collections allocated
to Series 1999-4 to repay Class B. If Class B is not fully repaid on the
scheduled payment date, Class B will begin to amortize by means of monthly
payments of all monthly principal collections allocated to Series 1999-4 after
Class A is fully repaid.
For more information on scheduled principal payments and the accumulation
period, see "Maturity Considerations" and "Description of the
Certificates--Principal Payments," "--Postponement of Accumulation Period" and
"--Application of Collections" in this supplement and "Maturity Assumptions" and
"Description of the Certificates--Principal Payments" in the attached
prospectus.
Prior to the commencement of an accumulation or amortization period for Series
1999-4, principal collections will be paid to First USA, retained in a trust
account or shared with other series that are amortizing or in an accumulation
period.
MINIMUM YIELD ON THE RECEIVABLES; POSSIBLE EARLY PRINCIPAL REPAYMENT OF SERIES
1999-4
Class A or Class B may be repaid earlier than its scheduled payment date if
collections on the underlying receivables, together with other amounts available
for payment to securityholders, are too low. The minimum amount that must be
available for payment to Series 1999-4 in any month, referred to as the "base
rate," is the sum of the Class A interest rate, the Class B interest rate and
the excess collateral minimum interest rate, plus 2.0%. If the average Trust
portfolio yield, net of losses allocated to your series, for any three
consecutive months is less than the average base rate for the same three
consecutive months, a "pay out event" will occur with respect to Series 1999-4
and the Trust will commence a rapid amortization of Series 1999-4, and holders
of Series 1999-4 certificates will receive principal payments earlier than the
scheduled principal payment date.
S-6
<PAGE> 7
Series 1999-4 is also subject to several other pay out events, which could cause
Series 1999-4 to amortize, and which are summarized under the headings "Maturity
Considerations" and "Description of the Certificates--Pay Out Events" in this
supplement. If Series 1999-4 begins to amortize, Class A will receive monthly
payments of principal until it is fully repaid; Class B will then receive
monthly payments of principal until it is fully repaid. In that event, your
certificates may be repaid prior to the scheduled payment date.
The final payment of principal and interest will be made no later than January
19, 2005, which is the stated series termination date.
For more information on pay out events, the portfolio yield and base rate, early
principal repayment and rapid amortization, see "Maturity Considerations,"
"Description of the Certificates--Principal Payments" and "--Pay Out Events" in
this supplement and "Description of the Certificates--Principal Payments" and
"--Final Payment of Principal; Termination" in the attached prospectus.
TAX STATUS OF CLASS A AND CLASS B
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, special tax counsel to First USA, is
of the opinion that under existing law the Class A and Class B certificates will
be characterized as debt for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.
The Transferor, the Servicer, the holders of the Class A certificates and the
Class B certificates and the owners of such certificates will treat the Class A
certificates and the Class B certificates as debt for Federal, state, local and
foreign income and franchise tax purposes.
For further information regarding the application of U.S. Federal income tax
laws, see "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences" in the attached
prospectus.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Class A Certificates: The underwriters anticipate that the Class A certificates
will meet the criteria for treatment as "publicly-offered securities." If so,
subject to important considerations described under "ERISA Considerations" in
this supplement and in the attached prospectus, the Class A certificates will be
eligible for purchase by persons investing assets of employee benefit plans or
individual retirement accounts.
Class B Certificates: It is not anticipated that the Class B certificates will
meet the criteria for treatment as "publicly-offered securities." As such,
pension plans and other investors subject to ERISA cannot acquire Class B
certificates. Prohibited investors include:
- "employee benefit plans" as defined in section 3(3) of ERISA;
- any "plan" as defined in section 4975 of the U.S. Internal Revenue
Code; and
- any entity whose underlying assets may be deemed to include "plan
assets" under ERISA by reason of any such plan's investment in the
entity, including insurance company general accounts.
By purchasing any Class B certificates you certify that you are not within any
of those categories.
For further information regarding the application of ERISA, see "ERISA
Considerations" in this supplement and the attached prospectus.
MAILING ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES
The mailing address of First USA Bank, N.A. is 201 North Walnut Street,
Wilmington, Delaware, 19801 and the telephone number is (302) 594-4000.
S-7
<PAGE> 8
SELECTED TRUST PORTFOLIO SUMMARY DATA
Geographic Distribution of Receivables in Trust Portfolio
as of March 31, 1999
[Chart showing geographic distribution]
The chart above shows the geographic distribution of the receivables in the
Trust portfolio among the 50 states, the District of Columbia and the other
United States territories and possessions. Other than the states specifically
shown in the chart, no state accounts for more than 5% of the receivables in the
Trust portfolio.
S-8
<PAGE> 9
Payment Data
[Chart showing payment data]
The chart above shows the yield percentage, payment rate and loss percentage for
the Trust portfolio for each month from September 1997 to March 1999.
The "YIELD PERCENTAGE" for any month is the sum of the amounts of collected
finance charges and fees and discount receivables allocated to a representative
series for the month expressed as an annualized percentage of the invested
amount of that series. The collected finance charges and fees and discount
receivables are allocated to the representative series based on the floating
allocation percentage applicable on each day. If there is an addition of
accounts during the month the floating allocation percentage will change on the
date of the addition. A representative series is one that is outstanding at its
initial invested amount for each day during the month.
The "PAYMENT RATE" for any month is the total amount of principal collections
allocated to the Trust for the monthly period, expressed as a percentage of
average monthly principal receivable balances.
The "LOSS PERCENTAGE" for any monthly period is the sum of the principal
receivables in charged-off accounts, net of recoveries from previously
charged-off accounts, allocated to a representative series for the month
expressed as an annualized percentage of the invested amount of that series.
Principal receivables in charged-off accounts are allocated to the
representative series on a daily basis during the month based on the floating
allocation percentage applicable on each day. If there is an addition of
accounts during the month the floating allocation percentage will change on the
date of the addition. Recoveries from previously charged-off accounts are
allocated to the representative series at the end of the month based on the
weighted average floating allocation percentage for the month. A representative
series is one that is outstanding at its initial invested amount for each day
during the month.
S-9
<PAGE> 10
RISK FACTORS
You should consider the following risk factors in deciding whether to
purchase the asset backed certificates described herein.
POTENTIAL EARLY
REPAYMENT OR DELAYED
PAYMENT DUE TO
REDUCED PORTFOLIO
YIELD If the average Trust portfolio yield, net of losses
allocated to your series, for any three consecutive months
is less than the average base rate for the same three
consecutive months, a "pay out event" will occur with
respect to Series 1999-4 and the Trust will commence a
rapid amortization of Series 1999-4, and holders of Series
1999-4 certificates will receive principal payments
earlier than the scheduled principal repayment date.
Moreover, if principal collections on receivables
allocated to other series are available for application to
a rapid amortization of any outstanding securities, the
period during which that rapid amortization occurs may be
substantially shortened. Because of the potential for
early repayment if collections on the receivables fall
below the minimum amount, any circumstances that tend to
reduce collections may increase the risk of early
repayment of Series 1999-4.
Conversely, any reduction in collections may cause the
period during which collections are accumulated in the
principal funding account for payment of Series 1999-4
certificates to be longer than otherwise would have been
the case.
The following factors could result in circumstances that
tend to reduce collections:
FIRST USA MAY CHANGE THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE
ACCOUNTS
First USA will transfer receivables to the First USA
Credit Card Master Trust arising under specified credit
card accounts, but First USA will continue to own those
accounts. As the owner of those accounts, First USA
retains the right to change various terms and conditions
of those accounts, including finance charges and other
fees it charges and the required minimum monthly payment.
First USA may change the terms of the accounts to maintain
its competitive position in the credit card industry.
Changes in the terms of the accounts may reduce the amount
of receivables arising under the accounts, reduce the
amount of collections on those receivables, or otherwise
alter payment patterns.
First USA has agreed that it will not change the terms of
the accounts or its policies relating to the operation of
its credit card business, including the reduction of the
required minimum monthly payment and the calculation of
the amount or the timing of finance charges, other fees
and charge-offs, unless it reasonably believes such a
change would not result in a pay out event for any series
and takes the same action on its other substantially
similar accounts, to the extent permitted by those
accounts.
As Servicer, First USA is also required to exercise the
same care and apply the same policies that it exercises in
handling similar matters for its own comparable accounts.
FIRST USA MAY ADD ACCOUNTS TO THE TRUST PORTFOLIO
In addition to the accounts already designated for First
USA Credit Card Master Trust, First USA is permitted to
designate additional accounts for the Trust
S-10
<PAGE> 11
portfolio and to transfer the receivables in those
accounts to the Trust. Any new accounts and receivables
may have different terms and conditions than the accounts
and receivables already in the Trust portfolio--such as
higher or lower fees or interest rates, or longer or
shorter principal payment terms. Credit card accounts
purchased by First USA may be included as additional
accounts if certain conditions are satisfied. Credit card
accounts purchased by First USA will have been originated
using the account originator's underwriting criteria, not
those of First USA. The account originator's underwriting
criteria may be more or less stringent than those of First
USA. Additionally, additional credit card accounts may
have been originated by First USA using credit criteria
which are different from those which were applied by First
USA to the current credit card accounts. The new accounts
and receivables may produce higher or lower collections or
charge-offs over time than the accounts and receivables
already in the Trust and could tend to reduce the amount
of collections allocated to Series 1999-4.
Also, if First USA's percentage interest in the accounts
of the Trust falls to 4% or less, First USA will be
required to maintain that level by designating additional
accounts for the Trust portfolio and transferring the
receivables in those accounts to the Trust. If First USA
is required to add accounts to the Trust, it may not have
any accounts available to be added to the Trust. If First
USA fails to add accounts when required, a "pay out event"
will occur and you could receive payment of principal
sooner than expected. See "Description of the
Certificates--Addition of Accounts" in the attached
prospectus.
CERTIFICATE AND RECEIVABLES INTEREST RATE RESET TERMS MAY
DIFFER
Finance charges on the accounts in the First USA Credit
Card Master Trust may accrue at a fixed rate or a variable
rate above a designated prime rate or other designated
index. The certificate rate of your certificate is based
on LIBOR. Changes in the LIBOR might not be reflected in
the prime rate or the designated index, resulting in a
higher or lower spread, or difference, between the amount
of collections of finance charge receivables on the
accounts and the amounts of interest payable on Series
1999-4 and other amounts required to be funded out of
collections of finance charge receivables.
A decrease in the spread between collections of finance
charge receivables and interest payments on your
certificate could increase the risk of early repayment.
CHANGES TO CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS MAY IMPEDE FIRST USA'S
COLLECTION EFFORTS
Federal and state consumer protection laws regulate the
creation and enforcement of consumer loans, including
credit card accounts and receivables. Changes or additions
to those regulations could make it more difficult for the
servicer of the receivables to collect payments on the
receivables. The U.S. Congress or state or local
legislatures could pass legislation limiting the finance
charges and fees that may be charged on credit card
accounts. The impact could be a reduction of the portfolio
yield which could result in a pay out event. See
"Description of the Certificates--Pay Out Events" in this
supplement and "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws" in the attached
prospectus.
Receivables that do not comply with consumer protection
laws may not be valid or enforceable in accordance with
their terms against the obligors on those receivables.
First USA makes representations and warranties relating to
the
S-11
<PAGE> 12
validity and enforceability of the receivables arising
under the accounts in the Trust portfolio. Subject to
certain conditions described under "Description of the
Certificates--Representations and Warranties" in the
attached prospectus, First USA must accept reassignment of
each receivable that does not comply in all material
respects with all requirements of applicable law. However,
we do not anticipate that the trustee under the pooling
and servicing agreement will make any examination of the
receivables or the related records for the purpose of
determining the presence or absence of defects, compliance
with representations and warranties, or for any other
purpose. The only remedy if any representation or warranty
is violated, and the violation continues beyond the period
of time First USA has to correct the violation, is that
First USA must accept reassignment of the receivables
affected by the violation, subject to certain conditions
described under "Description of the
Certificates--Representations and Warranties" in the
attached prospectus. See also "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables--Consumer Protection Laws" in the attached
prospectus.
If a cardholder sought protection under Federal or state
bankruptcy or debtor relief laws, a court could reduce or
discharge completely the cardholder's obligations to repay
amounts due on its account and, as a result, the related
receivables would be written off as uncollectible. See
"Description of the Certificates--Defaulted Receivables;
Investor Charge-Offs" in this supplement and "Description
of the Certificates--Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and
Fraudulent Charges" and "--Investor Charge-Offs" in the
attached prospectus.
SLOWER GENERATION OF RECEIVABLES COULD REDUCE COLLECTIONS
The receivables transferred to the First USA Credit Card
Master Trust may be paid at any time. We cannot assure the
creation of additional receivables in those accounts or
that any particular pattern of cardholder payments will
occur. A significant decline in the amount of new
receivables generated by the accounts in the Trust
portfolio could result in reduced collections. See
"Maturity Consideration" in this Supplement and "Maturity
Assumptions" in the attached prospectus.
ALLOCATIONS OF
CHARGED-OFF RECEIVABLES
COULD REDUCE PAYMENTS
TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS First USA anticipates that it will write off as
uncollectible some portion of the receivables arising in
accounts in the Trust portfolio. Each class of Series
1999-4 will be allocated a portion of those charged-off
receivables. See "Description of the
Certificates--Investor Percentage and Transferor
Percentage" and "First USA's Credit Card
Portfolio--Delinquency and Loss Experience." If the amount
of charged-off receivables allocated to any class of
certificates exceeds the amount of other funds available
for reimbursement of those charge-offs (which could occur
if the amount of credit enhancement for those certificates
is reduced to zero) the holders of those certificates may
not receive the full amount of principal and interest due
to them. See "Description of the Certificates--
Reallocation of Cash Flows," "--Application of
Collections" and "--Defaulted Receivables; Investor
Charge-Offs."
LIMITED ABILITY TO
RESELL CERTIFICATES The underwriters may assist in the reselling of Class A
and Class B certificates but they are not required to do
so. A secondary market for any such securities
S-12
<PAGE> 13
may not develop. If a secondary market does develop, it
might not continue or it might not be sufficiently liquid
to allow you to resell any of your securities.
CERTAIN LIENS COULD BE
GIVEN PRIORITY OVER
YOUR SECURITIES First USA accounts for the transfer of the receivables to
the Trust as a sale. However, a court could conclude that
First USA still owns the receivables and that the Trust
holds only a security interest. First USA will take steps
to give the trustee a "first priority perfected security
interest" in the receivables. If First USA became
insolvent and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
were appointed conservator or receiver of First USA, the
FDIC's administrative expenses might be paid from the
receivables before the Trust received any payments on the
receivables. If a court concludes that the transfer to the
Trust is only a grant of a security interest in the
receivables certain liens on First USA's property arising
before new receivables come into existence may get paid
before the Trust's interest in those receivables. Those
liens include a tax or government lien or other liens
permitted under the law without the consent of First USA.
See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Transfer of
Receivables" and "Description of the
Certificates--Representations and Warranties" in the
attached prospectus.
INSOLVENCY OR
BANKRUPTCY OF FIRST
USA COULD RESULT IN
ACCELERATED, DELAYED OR
REDUCED PAYMENTS TO
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, as amended by the
Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement
Act of 1989, if First USA becomes insolvent and the FDIC
is appointed conservator or receiver of First USA, the
FDIC could--
- require The Bank of New York (Delaware), as trustee for
the Trust, to go through an administrative claims
procedure under which the FDIC could have up to 180 days
to determine the trustee's right to payments collected
on the receivables in the Trust;
- request a stay of up to 90 days of any judicial action
or proceeding involving First USA; or
- repudiate the pooling and servicing agreement
establishing the Trust up to 180 days following the date
of receivership and limit the Trust's resulting claim to
"actual direct compensatory damages" measured as of the
date of receivership.
If the FDIC were to take any of these actions your
payments of outstanding principal and interest could be
delayed and possibly reduced. In this regard, among other
possibilities, it is likely that the FDIC would not pay
you the interest accrued from the date of receivership to
the date of repudiation or payment. See "Certain Legal
Aspects of the Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to
Receivership" in the attached prospectus.
If a conservator or receiver were appointed for First USA,
then a "pay out event" could occur for all outstanding
series. Under the terms of the pooling and servicing
agreement new principal receivables would not be
transferred to the Trust and the trustee would sell the
receivables allocated to a series unless holders of more
than 50% of the invested amount of the series or, if the
series
S-13
<PAGE> 14
has more than one class, each class of the series gave the
trustee other instructions. The Trust would terminate
earlier than was planned if each series did not vote to
continue the Trust. You could have a loss if the sale of
the receivables produced insufficient net proceeds to pay
you in full. The conservator or receiver may nonetheless
have the power--
- regardless of the terms of the pooling and servicing
agreement, (a) to prevent the beginning of a rapid
amortization period, (b) to prevent the early sale of
the receivables and termination of the Trust or (c) to
require new principal receivables to continue being
transferred to the Trust; or
- regardless of the instructions of the
certificateholders, (a) to require the early sale of the
Trust's receivables, (b) to require termination of the
Trust and retirement of the Trust's certificates
(including Series 1999-4) or (c) to prohibit the
continued transfer of principal receivables to the
Trust.
The FDIC as conservator or receiver would also have the
power to repudiate or refuse to perform any obligations of
First USA, including any obligations of First USA as
servicer, and to request a stay of up to 90 days of any
judicial action or proceeding involving First USA. In
addition, if First USA, as servicer, defaults on its
obligations under the pooling and servicing agreement
solely because the FDIC is appointed conservator or
receiver for First USA, the FDIC might have the power to
prevent either the trustee or the certificateholders from
appointing a new servicer under the related pooling and
servicing agreement. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the
Receivables--Certain Matters Relating to Receivership" in
the attached prospectus.
ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL
SERIES BY THE TRUST MAY
AFFECT THE TIMING OF
PAYMENTS First USA Credit Card Master Trust, as a master trust, may
issue series of certificates from time to time. The Trust
may issue additional series with terms that are different
from your series without the prior review or consent of
any certificateholders. It is a condition to the issuance
of each new series that each rating agency that has rated
an outstanding series confirm in writing that the issuance
of the new series will not result in a reduction or
withdrawal of its rating of any class of any outstanding
series.
However, the terms of a new series could affect the timing
and amounts of payments on any other outstanding series.
See "Description of the Certificates--Exchanges" in the
attached prospectus.
INDIVIDUAL
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS WILL
HAVE LIMITED CONTROL OF
TRUST ACTIONS Certificateholders of any series or any class within a
series may need the consent or approval of a specified
percentage of the invested amount of other series or a
class of such other series to take or direct certain
actions, including to require the appointment of a
successor servicer after First USA, as servicer, defaults
on its obligations under the pooling and servicing
agreement, to amend the pooling and servicing agreement in
some cases, and to direct a repurchase of all outstanding
series after certain violations of First USA's
representations and warranties. The interests of the
certificateholders of any such series may not coincide
with yours, making it more difficult for any particular
certificateholder to achieve the desired results from such
vote.
S-14
<PAGE> 15
CLASS B BEARS
ADDITIONAL CREDIT RISKBecause Class B is subordinated to Class A, principal
payments to Class B will not begin until Class A is repaid
in full. Additionally, if collections of finance charge
receivables allocated to Series 1999-4 are insufficient to
cover amounts due to Class A, the invested amount for
Class B might be reduced. This would reduce the amount of
the collections of finance charge receivables available to
Class B in future periods and could cause a possible delay
or reduction in principal and interest payments on Class
B. If the receivables are sold, the net proceeds of that
sale available to pay principal would be paid first to
Class A and any remaining net proceeds would be paid to
Class B. See "Description of the
Certificates--Subordination of the Class B Certificates."
S-15
<PAGE> 16
FIRST USA'S CREDIT CARD PORTFOLIO
Capitalized terms are defined in this supplement and if not, in the
attached prospectus. Definitions are indicated by boldface type. Both the
attached prospectus and this supplement contain an index of terms listing the
page numbers where definitions can be found.
GENERAL
The receivables (the "RECEIVABLES") conveyed or to be conveyed to the Trust
pursuant to a pooling and servicing agreement (as the same may be amended from
time to time, the "POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"), between First USA Bank,
National Association ("FIRST USA" or the "BANK") as transferor (in such
capacity, the "TRANSFEROR") and as servicer of the Receivables (in such
capacity, the "SERVICER"), and The Bank of New York (Delaware), as trustee (the
"TRUSTEE"), as supplemented by the Series Supplement relating to the Offered
Certificates (the "OFFERED SERIES SUPPLEMENT") (the term "POOLING AND SERVICING
AGREEMENT," unless the context requires otherwise, refers to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 1, 1992, as amended, and as
supplemented by the Offered Series Supplement) have been or will be generated
from transactions made by holders of MasterCard and VISA credit card accounts
("ACCOUNTS") selected by First USA, including premium accounts and standard
accounts, from the Bank Portfolio. Each Class A Floating Rate Asset Backed
Certificate, Series 1999-4 (collectively, the "CLASS A CERTIFICATES") and each
Class B Floating Rate Asset Backed Certificate, Series 1999-4 (collectively, the
"CLASS B CERTIFICATES" and, together with the Class A Certificates, the "OFFERED
CERTIFICATES") will represent the right to receive certain payments from the
Trust. As used in this supplement, the term "CERTIFICATEHOLDERS" refers to
holders of the Certificates, the term "CLASS A CERTIFICATEHOLDERS" refers to
holders of the Class A Certificates, the term "CLASS B CERTIFICATEHOLDERS"
refers to holders of the Class B Certificates, and the term "EXCESS COLLATERAL
HOLDERS" refers to the holders of the Excess Collateral, Series 1999-4 (the
"EXCESS COLLATERAL" and, together with the Offered Certificates, the
"CERTIFICATES").
The Bank converted to a national bank charter on July 1, 1998 and is now
named "First USA Bank, National Association." Concurrently with this charter
conversion, all consumer VISA and MasterCard credit card accounts previously
held by other bank subsidiaries of BANK ONE CORPORATION ("BANK ONE") were
consolidated in the Bank, which also replaced Bank One, N.A. as seller/servicer
for the Banc One Credit Card Master Trust, another BANK ONE credit card
securitization vehicle. As a result of the merger of First USA, Inc. with and
into BANK ONE on June 27, 1997, the Bank is now an indirect wholly-owned
subsidiary of BANK ONE.
The Bank added receivables in certain accounts originated by the Bank, Bank
One, N.A., Bank One, Arizona, NA and other affiliates of the Bank to the Trust
on July 6, 1998. On September 30, 1998, the Bank purchased the credit card
portfolio of Chevy Chase Bank, F.S.B. ("CHEVY CHASE"). On November 16, 1998, the
Bank acquired accounts formerly owned by First National Bank of Commerce ("FIRST
COMMERCE") as a result of a merger between First Commerce and Bank One,
Louisiana, N.A. and the transfer by Bank One, Louisiana, N.A. to the Bank of
substantially all of such accounts. On December 24, 1998, the Bank purchased a
portfolio of VISA and MasterCard credit card loans from General Electric Capital
Corporation ("GE CAPITAL"). The portfolio includes approximately $2.2 billion in
managed credit card loans. The Bank has not added to the Trust receivables in
any of the accounts acquired from Chevy Chase, First Commerce or GE Capital. A
substantial portion of each such portfolio (other than the GE Capital portfolio)
is currently subject to securitization through other credit card master trusts.
However, the Bank may, from time to time, add to the Trust additional
Receivables arising in accounts originated by affiliates of the Bank or
purchased by the Bank. Each such addition to the Trust of receivables in
accounts originated by the Bank and affiliates of the Bank or purchased by the
Bank is subject to certain restrictions on additions of Accounts in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, including satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition
with respect to each such addition. See "Description of the
Certificates--Addition of Accounts" in the attached prospectus.
Effective October 2, 1998, First Chicago NBD Corporation, a Delaware
corporation, merged with and into BANK ONE, the parent corporation of the Bank.
Immediately prior to such merger, BANC ONE CORPORATION, an Ohio corporation
("BANC ONE"), also merged with and into BANK ONE, which had
S-16
<PAGE> 17
been a subsidiary of BANC ONE prior to such merger. BANK ONE is a bank holding
company headquartered in Chicago, Illinois and registered under the Bank Holding
Company Act of 1956, as amended.
There is currently a proposal to merge First USA into FCC National Bank, an
affiliated national banking association that would be the surviving bank. If
such merger were to occur, it is proposed that the surviving bank be renamed
First USA Bank, National Association. While such merger may occur during the
third quarter of 1999, it is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions,
including the conditions set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
approval by the Board of Directors of each of First USA and FCC National Bank,
and approval by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and there can be
no assurance that such merger will take place.
ASSESSMENT OF FEES AND FINANCE AND OTHER CHARGES
A billing statement is sent to each cardholder at the end of each monthly
billing cycle in which the account has a debit or credit balance of more than
one dollar or if a finance charge has been imposed. With minor exceptions, the
minimum payment due each month on each account is equal to the greater of $10 or
2% of the balance shown on the statement, plus the greater of any amount past
due or any amount over the cardholder's credit line. The Bank may assess a late
payment fee, generally ranging from $10 to $35 for most accounts, if it does not
receive the minimum payment by the payment due date shown on the monthly billing
statement. The Bank may assess a return check fee, generally ranging from $10 to
$35, for each payment check that is dishonored or that is unsigned or otherwise
irregular, an overlimit fee, generally ranging from $10 to $29, for Purchases or
Cash Advances that cause the credit line to be exceeded and administrative fees
for certain functions performed at the request of the cardholder. Unless
otherwise arranged between the Bank and the cardholder, any late payment fee,
return check fee, overlimit fee or administrative fee is added to the account
and treated as a Purchase. In some cases, the Bank charges a non-refundable
Annual Membership Fee. In addition, the Bank assesses on some cardholder
accounts, a transaction fee for the purchase of money orders, the use of wire
transfers, the use of convenience checks and certain balance transfer
transactions, equal to the greater of 2-3% of the amount thereof and $5, with a
cap ranging from $35 to $50.
Periodic finance charges ("PERIODIC FINANCE CHARGES") are not assessed in
most circumstances on Purchases and convenience checks if all balances shown in
the billing statement are paid by the payment due date, which is approximately
20 to 25 days from the previous cycle billing date. Periodic Finance Charges are
assessed on new Purchases and convenience checks from the day that they are
posted to the account if all balances shown in the prior billing statement were
not paid in full by the payment due date. Periodic Finance Charges are assessed
on Cash Advances from the later of the day that they are made or the first day
of the billing cycle during which they were posted to the account. Aggregate
finance charges for each account in any given monthly billing cycle consist of
Periodic Finance Charges equal to either (i) the product of the monthly periodic
rate multiplied by the average daily balance or (ii) the product of the daily
balance and the daily periodic rate totaled, in each case, for each day during
the monthly billing cycle; plus, if applicable, an additional Cash Advance
finance charge or transaction finance charge (not applicable for certain
accounts), generally equal to a one-time charge of 2% to 3% of the Cash Advance
or purchase of a money order, wire transfer or use of a convenience check or a
balance transfer request (with a minimum ranging from $2 to $15 and a maximum
ranging from $10 to unlimited), for each of these transactions posted to the
account. Certain accounts in the portfolio of VISA()(R) and MasterCard()(R)*
credit card accounts serviced by the Bank including accounts originated by the
affiliates of the Bank whose consumer credit card operations were consolidated
in the Bank on July 1, 1998 (the "BANK PORTFOLIO") have an introductory period
annual percentage rate ranging from 3.90% to 9.90%. The introductory rates on
the accounts in the Bank Portfolio are primarily fixed annual percentage rates.
The annual percentage rates, after the introductory rate period, are usually
fixed or floating periodic rates that adjust periodically according to an index.
Post-introductory annual percentage rates generally range from 9.99% to 26.99%.
- ---------------
*VISA()(R) and MasterCard()(R) are registered trademarks of VISA USA
Incorporated and MasterCard International Incorporated, respectively.
S-17
<PAGE> 18
DELINQUENCY AND LOSS EXPERIENCE
The Bank considers any account contractually delinquent if the minimum
payment due thereunder is not received by the Bank by the date of the statement
following the statement on which the amount is first stated to be due. An
account is not treated as delinquent by the Bank if the minimum payment is
received by the next billing date.
Efforts to collect delinquent credit card receivables are made by the
Bank's collection department personnel, collection agencies and attorneys
retained by the Bank. For a description of the Bank's collection practices and
policies, see "First USA's Credit Card Activities--Delinquencies and
Charge-Offs" in the attached prospectus.
The Bank generally charges off an account immediately prior to the end of
the sixth billing cycle after having become contractually past due. See "First
USA's Credit Card Activities--Delinquencies and Charge-Offs" in the attached
prospectus.
The following tables set forth the delinquency and loss experience for each
of the periods shown for the Trust Portfolio. Reported loss and delinquency
percentages for the Trust Portfolio may be reduced as a result of the addition
of newly originated receivables. Receivables in newly originated accounts
generally have lower delinquency and loss levels than receivables in more
seasoned accounts and the addition of these receivables to the Trust Portfolio
increases the outstanding Receivables balance for the Trust Portfolio.
DELINQUENCY EXPERIENCE
TRUST PORTFOLIO
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
AS OF DECEMBER 31,
AS OF MARCH 31, -----------------------------------------------------------
1999 1998 1997
-------------------------- -------------------------- --------------------------
DOLLAR DOLLAR DOLLAR
AMOUNT(1) PERCENTAGE AMOUNT(1) PERCENTAGE AMOUNT(1) PERCENTAGE
----------- ---------- ----------- ---------- ----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Receivables
Outstanding........ $33,624,729 100.00% $33,988,293 100.00% $26,059,175 100.00%
=========== ====== =========== ====== =========== ======
Number of Days
Delinquent:(2)
35-64 days......... 470,332 1.40% $468,434 1.38% $413,888 1.59%
65-94 days......... 309,008 0.92 307,108 0.90 269,870 1.03
95 or more days.... 645,860 1.92 615,051 1.81 572,987 2.20
----------- ------ ----------- ------ ----------- ------
Total............ $1,425,200 4.24% $1,390,593 4.09% $1,256,745 4.82%
=========== ====== =========== ====== =========== ======
<CAPTION>
AS OF DECEMBER 31,
--------------------------
1996
--------------------------
DOLLAR
AMOUNT(1) PERCENTAGE
----------- ----------
<S> <C> <C>
Receivables
Outstanding........ $19,717,111 100.00%
=========== ======
Number of Days
Delinquent:(2)
35-64 days......... $349,531 1.77%
65-94 days......... 244,013 1.24
95 or more days.... 538,583 2.73
----------- ------
Total............ $1,132,127 5.74%
=========== ======
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) The Dollar Amount includes all amounts due from cardholders as posted to the
accounts as of the date specified.
(2) The amount of Receivables delinquent 95 or more days as of March 31, 1999,
December 31, 1998 and December 31, 1997 is stated on a basis consistent with
the Bank's current policy of charging off an account immediately prior to
the end of the sixth billing cycle after having become contractually past
due. The amount of Receivables delinquent 95 or more days as of December 31,
1996 is stated on a basis consistent with the Bank's prior policy of
charging off accounts immediately prior to the end of the seventh billing
cycle after having become contractually past due. The policy change was
implemented to conform the charge-off policy of the Bank with that of BANK
ONE.
S-18
<PAGE> 19
LOSS EXPERIENCE
TRUST PORTFOLIO
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
MARCH 31, ------------------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1996
------------ ---------- ---------- --------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Net Losses(1)(2)......................... $421,089 $1,465,749 $1,273,354 $803,857
Net Loss Percentage(3)................... 5.13% 5.17% 5.90% 4.92%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Net Losses shown for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and the year
ended December 31, 1998 are stated on a basis consistent with the Bank's
current policy of charging off an account immediately prior to the end of
the sixth billing cycle after having become contractually past due. Its
prior policy was to charge off an account immediately prior to the end of
the seventh billing cycle after having become contractually past due. During
the year ended December 31, 1997, the Bank's charge-off policy was changed
to conform with that of BANK ONE. The prior policy applied for the year
ended December 31, 1996.
(2) Net Losses as a percentage of gross charge-offs for the three months ended
March 31, 1999 and for each of the years ended December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996 were 89.1%, 90.5%, 91.9% and 95.7%, respectively. Gross charge-offs are
principal charge-offs before recoveries and do not include the amount of any
reductions in Principal Receivables due to fraud, returned goods or customer
disputes.
(3) The Net Loss Percentage represents the average of the loss percentages for
all months during the periods shown calculated as described in "Selected
Trust Portfolio Summary Data."
The Trust's delinquency and net loss percentages at any time reflect, among
other factors, the quality of the related credit card loans, the average
seasoning of the related accounts, the success of the Bank's collection efforts
and general economic conditions. Total Receivables delinquent as a percentage of
total Principal Receivables outstanding decreased from 5.74% at December 31,
1996 to 4.82% at December 31, 1997 to 4.09% at December 31, 1998 and increased
to 4.24% at March 31, 1999. The net loss percentage increased from 4.92% for
1996 to 5.90% for 1997 and decreased to 5.17% for 1998 and to 5.13% for the
three months ended March 31, 1999. The industry continues to experience intense
competition, which results in increased account turnover and higher costs per
account. The Bank's focus continues to be to optimize the profitability of each
account within the context of acceptable risk characteristics. As the Bank
increases market penetration, it will continue to focus on segments of the
credit market which have been highly profitable, and the Bank believes the
Trust's delinquency and loss rates will generally follow industry trends.
INTERCHANGE
Creditors participating in the VISA and MasterCard associations receive
Interchange as partial compensation for taking credit risk, absorbing fraud
losses and funding receivables for a limited period prior to initial billing.
Under the VISA and MasterCard systems a portion of this Interchange in
connection with cardholder charges for goods and services is collected by banks
that issue credit cards by applying a discount to the amount paid by such banks
to the banks that clear the related transactions for merchants. Interchange
currently ranges from approximately 1.0% to 2.0% of the transaction amount.
Interchange will be allocated to the Trust by treating 1.3% (subject to
adjustment at the option of the Transferor upon the satisfaction of certain
conditions as described in the attached prospectus under "Description of the
Certificates--Discount Receivables") of collections on the Receivables (whether
arising from Purchases or Cash Advances), other than collections with respect to
Periodic Finance Charges, Annual Membership Fees and Other Charges, as
collections of Discount Receivables.
THE RECEIVABLES
GENERAL
The Receivables conveyed to the Trust have arisen and will arise in
Accounts selected by First USA from the Bank Portfolio on the basis of criteria
set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as applied on August 21,
S-19
<PAGE> 20
1992 (the "CUT-OFF DATE") and, with respect to Additional Accounts, as of the
related dates of their designations (the "TRUST PORTFOLIO"). The Receivables in
the Trust Portfolio (including the Additional Accounts added to the Trust on
April 6, 1999 and May 4, 1999), as of the close of business on March 31, 1999,
consisted of $33,912,841,512 of Principal Receivables and $1,073,869,490 of
Finance Charge Receivables. On the Closing Date, the Transferor will deposit
$1,390,000 into the Finance Charge Account, which will be applied as collections
of Finance Charge Receivables received during the initial Monthly Period and
allocated to Series 1999-4 (the "OFFERED SERIES"). The Accounts, including such
Additional Accounts, had an average Principal Receivable balance of $1,318
(including accounts with a zero balance) and an average credit limit of $8,352.
The percentage of the aggregate total Receivable balance to the aggregate total
credit limit was 16.3%.
As of March 31, 1999, cardholders whose Accounts are included in the Trust
Portfolio, including such Additional Accounts, had billing addresses in 50
states, the District of Columbia and other United States territories and
possessions. As of March 31, 1999, 71% of the Accounts, including such
Additional Accounts, were premium accounts and 29% were standard accounts, and
the aggregate Principal Receivable balances of premium accounts and standard
accounts, as a percentage of the aggregate total Principal Receivables, were 83%
and 17%, respectively.
Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, First USA has the right,
subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth therein, to designate
from time to time Additional Accounts and to transfer to the Trust all
Receivables of such Additional Accounts, whether such receivables are then
existing or thereafter created. Any Additional Accounts designated pursuant to
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement must be Eligible Accounts as of the date
First USA designates such accounts as Additional Accounts, and must have been
selected as Additional Accounts absent a selection procedure believed by First
USA to be materially adverse to the interests of the holders of any Series of
certificates. Additionally, First USA must have received notice from the
applicable Rating Agencies that the inclusion of such accounts as Additional
Accounts will not result in a reduction or withdrawal by such Rating Agencies of
any then existing rating of any Class of certificates of any Series then
outstanding. First USA will be required to designate Additional Accounts, to the
extent available, (a) to maintain the Transferor Interest so that the Transferor
Interest averaged over the preceding 30 consecutive days and expressed as a
percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables averaged over the
same period equals or exceeds the Minimum Transferor Interest and (b) to
maintain, for so long as certificates of any Series (including the Offered
Certificates) remain outstanding, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables
to be equal to or greater than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables. See
"Description of the Certificates--Addition of Accounts" in the attached
prospectus.
The Minimum Transferor Interest applicable to the Certificates is currently
4%. The Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables applicable to the Certificates
is an amount equal to (i) the sum of the initial invested amounts of all Series
then outstanding other than any Series of variable funding certificates, (ii)
with respect to any Series of variable funding certificates in its revolving
period, the then current invested amount of such Series and (iii) with respect
to any Series of variable funding certificates in its amortization period, the
invested amount of such Series at the end of the last day of the Revolving
Period for such Series.
Further, pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, First USA will
have the right (subject to certain limitations and conditions) to designate
certain Accounts and to require the Trustee to reconvey all Receivables in such
Accounts (the "REMOVED ACCOUNTS") to First USA, whether such Receivables are
then existing or thereafter created. See "Description of the
Certificates--Removal of Accounts" in the attached prospectus. Throughout the
term of the Trust, the Accounts from which the Receivables arise will be the
Accounts designated by First USA on the Cut-Off Date plus any Additional
Accounts minus any Removed Accounts.
The following tables summarize the Trust Portfolio (including the
Additional Accounts added to the Trust on April 6, 1999 and May 4, 1999) by
various criteria as of the close of business on March 31, 1999. Because the
S-20
<PAGE> 21
future composition of the Trust Portfolio may change over time, these tables are
not necessarily indicative of the composition of the Trust Portfolio at any
subsequent time.
COMPOSITION BY ACCOUNT BALANCE
TRUST PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL OF TOTAL
NUMBER OF NUMBER AMOUNT OF AMOUNT OF
ACCOUNT BALANCE ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- --------------- ---------- ------------ --------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Credit Balance......................... 333,111 1.3% $ (66,508,225) (0.2)%
No Balance............................. 13,148,581 51.1 -- --
$0.01 to $2,000.00..................... 6,770,091 26.3 4,116,427,614 11.8
$2,000.01 to $5,000.00................. 3,039,497 11.8 10,506,583,941 30.0
$5,000.01 to $10,000.00................ 1,914,970 7.4 13,312,125,444 38.0
$10,000.01 or More..................... 530,224 2.1 7,118,082,228 20.4
---------- ----- --------------- -----
TOTAL............................. 25,736,474 100.0% $34,986,711,002 100.0%
========== ===== =============== =====
</TABLE>
COMPOSITION BY CREDIT LIMIT
TRUST PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL OF TOTAL
NUMBER OF NUMBER AMOUNT OF AMOUNT OF
CREDIT LIMIT RANGE ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ------------------ ---------- ------------ --------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
$0.00 to $2,000.00..................... 2,564,959 10.0% $ 835,851,990 2.4%
$2,000.01 to $5,000.00................. 6,013,183 23.4 6,308,506,234 18.0
$5,000.01 to $10,000.00................ 9,248,710 35.9 12,961,382,994 37.1
$10,000.01 or More..................... 7,909,622 30.7 14,880,969,784 42.5
---------- ----- --------------- -----
TOTAL............................. 25,736,474 100.0% $34,986,711,002 100.0%
========== ===== =============== =====
</TABLE>
COMPOSITION BY PERIOD OF DELINQUENCY
TRUST PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL OF TOTAL
NUMBER OF NUMBER AMOUNT OF AMOUNT OF
PAYMENT STATUS (DAYS CONTRACTUALLY DELINQUENT) ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ---------------------------------------------- ---------- ------------ --------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Not Delinquent............................ 25,060,178 97.4% $32,119,278,042 91.9%
Up to 34 Days............................. 383,658 1.5 1,441,856,448 4.1
35 to 64 Days............................. 103,496 0.4 470,574,747 1.3
65 to 94 Days............................. 63,186 0.2 309,129,630 0.9
95 or More Days........................... 125,956 0.5 645,872,135 1.8
---------- ----- --------------- -----
TOTAL................................ 25,736,474 100.0% $34,986,711,002 100.0%
========== ===== =============== =====
</TABLE>
S-21
<PAGE> 22
COMPOSITION OF ACCOUNTS BY AGE
TRUST PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL OF TOTAL
NUMBER OF NUMBER AMOUNT OF AMOUNT OF
ACCOUNT AGE ACCOUNTS OF ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ----------- ---------- ------------ --------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Less than or equal to 6 Months......... 3,342,894 13.0% $ 4,998,767,315 14.3%
Over 6 Months to 12 Months............. 3,363,375 13.1 4,362,435,481 12.5
Over 12 Months to 24 Months............ 7,087,346 27.5 8,699,886,034 24.9
Over 24 Months to 36 Months............ 3,385,548 13.2 4,210,505,291 12.0
Over 36 Months to 48 Months............ 2,894,871 11.2 4,797,840,642 13.7
Over 48 Months to 60 Months............ 2,772,807 10.8 3,736,008,384 10.6
Over 60 Months......................... 2,889,633 11.2 4,181,267,855 12.0
---------- ----- --------------- -----
TOTAL............................. 25,736,474 100.0% $34,986,711,002 100.0%
========== ===== =============== =====
</TABLE>
S-22
<PAGE> 23
COMPOSITION BY GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION
TRUST PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PERCENTAGE PERCENTAGE
OF TOTAL OF TOTAL
NUMBER OF NUMBER OF AMOUNT OF AMOUNT OF
STATE ACCOUNTS ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLES RECEIVABLES
- ----- ---------- ---------- --------------- -----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Alabama................................................... 303,817 1.2% $ 428,991,618 1.2%
Alaska.................................................... 53,070 0.2 93,591,835 0.3
Arizona................................................... 450,247 1.7 629,073,314 1.8
Arkansas.................................................. 206,958 0.8 276,218,201 0.8
California................................................ 2,890,738 11.3 4,409,214,943 12.7
Colorado.................................................. 490,050 1.9 638,839,199 1.8
Connecticut............................................... 384,429 1.5 541,436,118 1.5
Delaware.................................................. 80,824 0.3 109,916,069 0.3
District of Columbia...................................... 42,855 0.2 66,487,708 0.2
Florida................................................... 1,596,529 6.2 2,179,344,555 6.2
Georgia................................................... 581,133 2.3 866,604,253 2.5
Hawaii.................................................... 105,030 0.4 167,071,280 0.5
Idaho..................................................... 115,010 0.4 156,200,075 0.4
Illinois.................................................. 1,167,088 4.5 1,519,309,472 4.3
Indiana................................................... 588,205 2.3 716,750,148 2.0
Iowa...................................................... 76,058 0.3 100,301,225 0.3
Kansas.................................................... 241,249 0.9 313,093,718 0.9
Kentucky.................................................. 416,902 1.6 453,715,962 1.3
Louisiana................................................. 420,344 1.6 559,161,250 1.6
Maine..................................................... 104,482 0.4 136,132,871 0.4
Maryland.................................................. 512,044 2.0 771,016,502 2.2
Massachusetts............................................. 703,984 2.7 888,791,642 2.5
Michigan.................................................. 818,453 3.2 1,127,221,092 3.2
Minnesota................................................. 390,923 1.5 439,498,039 1.3
Mississippi............................................... 173,424 0.7 235,492,539 0.7
Missouri.................................................. 478,736 1.9 606,521,436 1.7
Montana................................................... 92,423 0.4 122,024,331 0.3
Nebraska.................................................. 160,496 0.6 174,126,104 0.5
Nevada.................................................... 192,143 0.7 321,696,879 0.9
New Hampshire............................................. 118,775 0.5 164,264,362 0.5
New Jersey................................................ 881,319 3.4 1,209,396,423 3.5
New Mexico................................................ 153,478 0.6 219,241,333 0.6
New York.................................................. 1,715,360 6.7 2,363,896,845 6.8
North Carolina............................................ 560,999 2.2 743,040,140 2.1
North Dakota.............................................. 56,516 0.2 64,302,772 0.2
Ohio...................................................... 1,456,805 5.7 1,729,906,189 4.9
Oklahoma.................................................. 380,124 1.5 498,303,911 1.4
Oregon.................................................... 372,816 1.4 507,146,755 1.4
Pennsylvania.............................................. 1,148,032 4.5 1,349,820,079 3.9
Rhode Island.............................................. 103,115 0.4 137,930,305 0.4
South Carolina............................................ 267,765 1.0 348,232,101 1.0
South Dakota.............................................. 59,307 0.2 72,878,760 0.2
Tennessee................................................. 384,577 1.5 473,882,058 1.4
Texas..................................................... 2,162,270 8.4 3,230,025,594 9.2
Utah...................................................... 203,646 0.8 236,311,557 0.7
Vermont................................................... 54,977 0.2 74,214,776 0.2
Virginia.................................................. 632,190 2.5 909,797,599 2.6
Washington................................................ 614,175 2.4 893,788,406 2.6
West Virginia............................................. 182,012 0.7 227,509,865 0.7
Wisconsin................................................. 267,140 1.0 306,230,321 0.9
Wyoming................................................... 52,119 0.2 67,425,330 0.2
Other..................................................... 71,313 0.3 111,323,143 0.3
---------- ----- --------------- -----
TOTAL............................................. 25,736,474 100.0% $34,986,711,002 100.0%
========== ===== =============== =====
</TABLE>
Since the largest number of cardholders (based on billing addresses) whose
Accounts were included in the Trust Portfolio as of March 31, 1999 were in
California, Texas, New York, Florida and Ohio, adverse changes in the economic
conditions in these areas could have a direct impact on the timing and amount of
payments on the Certificates.
S-23
<PAGE> 24
MATURITY CONSIDERATIONS
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that Class A
Certificateholders will not receive payments of principal until the May 2002
Distribution Date (the "CLASS A SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE"), or earlier in the
event of a Pay Out Event which results in the commencement of the Rapid
Amortization Period. The Pooling and Servicing Agreement also provides that
Class B Certificateholders will not receive payments of principal until the
Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full. Principal of the Class B
Certificates is expected to be paid on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date which
is the May 2002 Distribution Date (the "CLASS B SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE," and
sometimes referred to herein collectively with the Class A Scheduled Payment
Date and the Excess Collateral Scheduled Payment Date as the "SCHEDULED PAYMENT
DATE"), or earlier in the event of a Pay Out Event which results in the
commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period (in either case, only after the
Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full).
On each Transfer Date during the Accumulation Period prior to the earlier
of the payment of the Class A Invested Amount in full and the commencement of
the Rapid Amortization Period, an amount equal to the least of (a) the Available
Investor Principal Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period, (b)
the applicable "CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT" for such Monthly Period, which is
equal to the sum of the applicable Controlled Accumulation Amount for such
Monthly Period and the applicable Accumulation Shortfall, if any, from the
previous Monthly Period, and (c) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount prior to
any deposits on such day will be deposited in the Principal Funding Account
until the amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account (the "PRINCIPAL
FUNDING ACCOUNT BALANCE") equals the Class A Invested Amount. After the full
amount of the Class A Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal
Funding Account, an amount equal to the least of (a) the Available Investor
Principal Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period remaining
after the application thereof to the Class A Invested Amount, if any, (b) the
applicable Controlled Deposit Amount (minus the Class A Monthly Principal) for
such Monthly Period and (c) the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount prior to any
deposits on such day will be deposited in the Principal Funding Account until
the Principal Funding Account Balance equals the sum of the Class A Invested
Amount and the Class B Invested Amount. On and after the Transfer Date preceding
the Distribution Date on which the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B
Invested Amount will be paid in full, an amount equal to, for each Monthly
Period, the least of (a) the Available Investor Principal Collections with
respect to the preceding Monthly Period remaining after the application thereof
to the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount, if any, (b) the
applicable Controlled Deposit Amount (minus the Class A Monthly Principal and
the Class B Monthly Principal) for such Monthly Period and (c) the Excess
Collateral Adjusted Amount prior to any deposits on such day will be deposited
in the Principal Funding Account until the Principal Funding Account Balance
equals the sum of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and
the Excess Collateral Amount and such amount will be distributed to the Excess
Collateral Holders on the Excess Collateral Scheduled Payment Date and, if the
Excess Collateral Amount is not paid in full on such date, on each subsequent
Transfer Date (other than the Transfer Date prior to the Stated Series
Termination Date) and on the Stated Series Termination Date until the earlier of
the date on which the Excess Collateral Amount has been paid in full and the
Stated Series Termination Date. Although it is anticipated that collections of
Principal Receivables will be available on each Transfer Date during the
Accumulation Period to make a deposit of the applicable Controlled Deposit
Amount and that amounts in the Principal Funding Account will be available to
pay the Class A Invested Amount to the Class A Certificateholders on the Class A
Scheduled Payment Date and the Class B Invested Amount to the Class B
Certificateholders on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, respectively, no
assurance can be given in this regard. If the amount required to pay the Class A
Invested Amount or the Class B Invested Amount in full is not available on the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date or the Class B Scheduled Payment Date,
respectively, the Rapid Amortization Period will commence.
If a Pay Out Event occurs during the Accumulation Period, the Rapid
Amortization Period will commence and the amount on deposit in the Principal
Funding Account up to the Class A Invested Amount will be paid to the Class A
Certificateholders on the first Distribution Date with respect to the Rapid
Amortization Period. In addition, to the extent that the Class A Invested Amount
has not been paid in full on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, the Class A
Certificateholders will be entitled to monthly payments of principal on each
S-24
<PAGE> 25
succeeding Distribution Date equal to the Available Investor Principal
Collections until the Class A Certificates have been paid in full. After the
Class A Certificates have been paid in full, Available Investor Principal
Collections will be paid to the Class B Certificates on each Distribution Date
until the earlier of the date on which the Class B Invested Amount has been paid
in full and the January 2005 Distribution Date (the "STATED SERIES TERMINATION
DATE").
A Pay Out Event occurs, either automatically or after specified notice,
upon (a) the failure of the Transferor to make certain payments or transfers of
funds for the benefit of the Certificateholders within the time periods stated
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (b) material breaches of certain
representations, warranties or covenants of the Transferor, which are not cured
within the time periods stated in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (c)
certain events of insolvency or receivership relating to the Transferor, (d) the
occurrence of a Servicer Default which would have a material adverse effect on
the Certificateholders, (e) the failure of the Transferor to convey Receivables
arising under Additional Accounts to the Trust when required by the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, (f) the Trust's becoming subject to regulation as an
"investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940,
as amended, or (g) a reduction in the average Portfolio Yield for any three
consecutive Monthly Periods to a rate which is less than the average Base Rate
for such three consecutive Monthly Periods. The "BASE RATE" means, with respect
to any Monthly Period, the weighted average of the Class A Certificate Rate, the
Class B Certificate Rate and the Excess Collateral Minimum Rate as of the last
day of such Monthly Period (weighted based on the Class A Invested Amount, the
Class B Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount, respectively, as of
the last day of such Monthly Period) plus the product of 2.00% per annum and a
fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the Class A Adjusted Invested
Amount, the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Adjusted
Amount and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount, each as of the last
day of such Monthly Period. The term "PORTFOLIO YIELD" means, with respect to
any Monthly Period, the annualized percentage equivalent of a fraction the
numerator of which is an amount equal to the sum of (i) the amount of
collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocable to the Certificateholders
for such Monthly Period, (ii) the investment proceeds on amounts on deposit in
the Principal Funding Account which are deposited in the Finance Charge Account
on the Transfer Date related to such Monthly Period and (iii) the amount, if
any, withdrawn from the Reserve Account to be deposited in the Finance Charge
Account on the Transfer Date relating to such Monthly Period, calculated on a
cash basis after subtracting an amount equal to the Investor Default Amount for
such Monthly Period, and the denominator of which is the Invested Amount as of
the last day of the preceding Monthly Period. See "Description of the
Certificates--Pay Out Events" herein and in the attached prospectus.
The following table sets forth the highest and lowest cardholder monthly
payment rates for the Trust Portfolio during any month in the periods shown and
the average cardholder monthly payment rates for all months during the periods
shown, in each case calculated as a percentage of average monthly principal
receivable balances during the periods shown. Payment rates shown in the table
are based on amounts which would be deemed payments of Principal Receivables
with respect to the Accounts.
CARDHOLDER MONTHLY PAYMENT RATES
TRUST PORTFOLIO
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
MARCH 31, --------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1996
------------ ------ ------ ------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Lowest Month...................................... 14.54% 13.43% 10.79% 9.54%
Highest Month..................................... 16.63% 15.32% 14.66% 11.10%
Monthly Average................................... 15.30% 14.16% 12.24% 10.33%
</TABLE>
The amount of collections of Receivables may vary from month to month due
to seasonal variations, general economic conditions, payment habits of
individual cardholders and number of collection days. There can be no assurance
that future collections of Principal Receivables with respect to the Trust
Portfolio will be similar to the historical experience set forth above. If a Pay
Out Event occurs, the average life and maturity of the Certificates
S-25
<PAGE> 26
could be significantly reduced. In addition, there can be no assurance that the
issuance of other Series or the terms of any such other Series might not have an
impact on the timing of the payments received by the Certificateholders.
Because there may be a slowdown in the payment rate to a rate below the
payment rate used to determine the Controlled Accumulation Amount or a Pay Out
Event may occur which would initiate the Rapid Amortization Period, there can be
no assurance that the actual number of months elapsed from the date of issuance
of the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates to their respective
final Distribution Dates will equal the expected number of months. See "Maturity
Assumptions" in the attached prospectus. As described under "Description of the
Certificates--Postponement of Accumulation Period," the Servicer may shorten the
Accumulation Period and, in such event, there can be no assurance that the
duration of the Accumulation Period will be sufficient for the accumulation of
all amounts necessary to pay the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B
Invested Amount on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date and the Class B Scheduled
Payment Date, respectively, especially if a pay out event were to occur with
respect to one or more other Series thereby limiting the amount of Excess
Principal Collections allocable to the Offered Series.
RECEIVABLE YIELD CONSIDERATIONS
The portfolio yield on the Trust Portfolio for the three months ended March
31, 1999 and for each of the three years contained in the period ended December
31, 1998 is set forth in the following table. The portfolio yields in the table
are calculated on a cash basis. Portfolio yield will be affected by numerous
factors, including changes in the periodic rates, variations in the rate of
payments and new borrowings on the Accounts, the amount of the Annual Membership
Fees and Other Charges, changes in the delinquency and loss rates on the
Receivables and the percentage of cardholders who pay their balances in full
each month and do not incur Periodic Finance Charges, which may in turn be
caused by a variety of factors, including seasonal variations, the availability
of other sources of credit and general economic conditions. See "Maturity
Assumptions" in the attached prospectus. Interchange will be included in the
Trust on an estimated basis by initially treating 1.3% of collections on the
Receivables, other than collections with respect to Periodic Finance Charges,
Annual Membership Fees and Other Charges, as collections of Discount
Receivables.
S-26
<PAGE> 27
YIELD PERCENTAGE
TRUST PORTFOLIO
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
THREE MONTHS
ENDED YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
MARCH 31, --------------------------------------
1999 1998 1997 1996
------------ ---------- ---------- ----------
<S> <C> <C> <C> <C>
Finance Charges and Fees and Discount
Receivables.......................... $1,689,768 $5,388,376 $3,807,617 $2,722,289
Average Yield Percentage(1)............ 20.18% 18.86% 17.44% 16.77%
</TABLE>
- ---------------
(1) Average Yield Percentage represents the average of the yield percentages for
all months during the periods shown calculated as described in "Selected
Trust Portfolio Summary Data."
USE OF PROCEEDS
The net proceeds from the sale of the Offered Certificates, in the amount
of $537,459,600, before deduction of expenses, will be (i) used to make an
initial deposit to the Finance Charge Account in the amount of $1,390,000 and
(ii) paid to First USA. First USA will use such balance of the proceeds for its
general corporate purposes.
FIRST USA BANK, N.A.
The Bank is among the nation's largest issuers of VISA and MasterCard
credit cards in the United States, with more than 36.8 million credit cards
issued and approximately $49.8 billion in managed credit card loans outstanding
as of March 31, 1999, including approximately 2.8 million credit card accounts
and approximately $4.3 billion of credit card loans purchased from Chevy Chase
on September 30, 1998 and approximately 1.7 million credit card accounts and
approximately $2.2 billion in managed credit card loans purchased from GE
Capital on December 24, 1998. See "First USA and BANK ONE CORPORATION" in the
attached prospectus.
S-27
<PAGE> 28
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
The Offered Certificates will be issued pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, and the Offered Series Supplement. Pursuant to the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, First USA and the Trustee may execute further Series
Supplements in order to issue additional Series. The following summary of the
Offered Certificates does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and is
qualified in its entirety by reference to, all of the provisions of the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement and the Offered Series Supplement. See "Description of
the Certificates" in the attached prospectus for additional information
concerning the Offered Certificates and the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
GENERAL
The Certificates will represent undivided interests in certain assets of
the Trust, including the right to the applicable allocation percentage of all
cardholder payments on the Receivables in the Trust. Each Class A Certificate
represents the right to receive payments of interest at the applicable Class A
Certificate Rate for the related Interest Period and payments of principal on
the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, or on each Distribution Date during the
Rapid Amortization Period, funded from collections of Finance Charge Receivables
(and Excess Finance Charge Collections and Reallocated Principal Collections, as
necessary) and Principal Receivables, respectively, allocated to the Class A
Certificateholders' Interest and certain other amounts. Each Class B Certificate
represents the right to receive payments of interest at the applicable Class B
Certificate Rate for the related Interest Period and payments of principal on
the Class B Scheduled Payment Date or on each Distribution Date during the Rapid
Amortization Period after the Class A Invested Amount has been paid in full,
funded from collections of Finance Charge Receivables (and Reallocated Excess
Collateral Principal Collections, as necessary) and Principal Receivables,
respectively, allocated to the Class B Certificateholders' Interest and certain
other amounts. Payments of interest and principal will be made on each
Distribution Date to Certificateholders in whose names the Certificates were
registered on the last day of the calendar month preceding such Distribution
Date (each, a "RECORD DATE").
The Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates initially will be
represented by certificates registered in the name of the nominee of DTC.
Application has been made to list the Class A Certificates and the Class B
Certificates on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
In the event that Definitive Certificates are issued, an Offered
Certificate that is mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen may be exchanged or
replaced, as the case may be, at the offices of the co-transfer agent and
co-registrar in Luxembourg upon presentation of the Offered Certificate or
satisfactory evidence of the mutilation, destruction, loss or theft thereof to
the co-transfer agent and co-registrar. An indemnity satisfactory to the
co-transfer agent and co-registrar and the Trustee may be required at the
expense of the Certificateholder before a replacement Offered Certificate will
be issued. The Certificateholder will be required to pay any tax or other
governmental charge imposed in connection with such exchange or replacement and
any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and the
co-transfer agent and co-registrar) connected therewith. The transfer agent and
registrar shall not be required to register the transfer or exchange of
Definitive Certificates for a period of fifteen days preceding the due date for
any payment with respect to such Definitive Certificates.
The Trustee will maintain a paying agent in Luxembourg for so long as the
Offered Certificates are outstanding. The name and address of the paying agent
in Luxembourg are set forth at the end of this supplement. If Definitive
Certificates are issued, such paying agent also will act as co-transfer agent
and co-registrar with respect to the Definitive Certificates and transfers of
the Definitive Certificates may be made through the facilities of such
co-transfer agent. In addition, upon maturity or final payment, such Definitive
Certificates may be presented for payment at the offices of such paying agent in
Luxembourg up to two years after maturity or final payment.
S-28
<PAGE> 29
STATUS OF THE CERTIFICATES
The Offered Series will rank pari passu with all other outstanding Series.
Payments on the Class B Certificates are subordinated to payments on the Class A
Certificates to the extent described herein and in the attached prospectus.
Payments on the Excess Collateral are subordinated to payments on the Class
A Certificates and the Class B Certificates to the extent described herein and
in the attached prospectus.
PRESCRIPTION
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that any money paid by the
Trust to any of the paying agents for the payment of principal or interest which
remains unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest shall have
become due and payable will be repaid to the Trust, and thereafter any holder of
an Offered Certificate may look only to the Trust for payment thereof.
INTEREST PAYMENTS
Interest will accrue on the outstanding principal balance of the Class A
Certificates at the applicable Class A Certificate Rate and on the outstanding
principal balance of the Class B Certificates at the applicable Class B
Certificate Rate from May 26, 1999 (the "CLOSING DATE"). Interest will accrue on
the Certificates and be payable on June 21, 1999, and on the 19th day of each
month thereafter, or if such 19th day is not a business day, on the next
succeeding business day (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE"), in an amount equal to (i)
with respect to the Class A Certificates, the product of (a) the actual number
of days in the related Interest Period divided by 360, (b) the Class A
Certificate Rate and (c) the outstanding principal amount of the Class A
Certificates as of the preceding Record Date (or in the case of the first
Distribution Date, an amount equal to the product of (x) the outstanding
principal amount of the Class A Certificates on the Closing Date, (y) 26 divided
by 360 and (z) the Class A Certificate Rate determined on May 24, 1999) and (ii)
with respect to the Class B Certificates, the product of (a) the actual number
of days in the related Interest Period divided by 360, (b) the Class B
Certificate Rate and (c) the outstanding principal amount of the Class B
Certificates as of the preceding Record Date (or in the case of the first
Distribution Date, an amount equal to the product of (x) the outstanding
principal amount of the Class B Certificates on the Closing Date, (y) 26 divided
by 360 and (z) the Class B Certificate Rate determined on May 24, 1999).
Interest payments on the Certificates will be funded, (i) with respect to the
Class A Certificates, from the portion of Finance Charge Receivables collected
during the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first Distribution
Date, from and including the Closing Date to and including May 31, 1999)
allocated to the Class A Certificateholders' Interest and, if necessary, from
Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Class A Certificates and
Reallocated Principal Collections (to the extent available), (ii) with respect
to the Class B Certificates, from the portion of Finance Charge Receivables
collected during the preceding Monthly Period (or with respect to the first
Distribution Date, from and including the Closing Date to and including May 31,
1999) allocated to the Class B Certificateholders' Interest and, if necessary,
from Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Class B Certificates and
Reallocated Excess Collateral Principal Collections (to the extent available)
remaining after certain other payments have been made with respect to the Class
A Certificates and (iii) with respect to the Excess Collateral Amount, from
Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated to the Excess Collateral Holders.
The "INTEREST PERIOD" with respect to any Distribution Date, or related Transfer
Date, as the case may be, will be the period from the previous Distribution Date
through the day preceding such Distribution Date, except that the initial
Interest Period will be the period from the Closing Date through the day
preceding the initial Distribution Date.
The Class A Certificates will bear interest at the rate of 0.09% above
LIBOR determined as set forth below from the Closing Date through June 20, 1999,
and with respect to each Interest Period thereafter (the "CLASS A CERTIFICATE
RATE"). The Class B Certificates will bear interest at the rate of 0.30% above
LIBOR determined as set forth below from the Closing Date through June 20, 1999,
and with respect to each Interest Period thereafter (the "CLASS B CERTIFICATE
RATE," sometimes referred to herein collectively with the Class A Certificate
Rate as the "CERTIFICATE RATE").
S-29
<PAGE> 30
The Trustee will determine LIBOR on May 24, 1999 for the period from the
Closing Date through June 20, 1999, and for each Interest Period following the
initial Interest Period, on the second London business day prior to the
Distribution Date on which such Interest Period commences (each, a "LIBOR
DETERMINATION DATE"). For purposes of calculating LIBOR, a "LONDON BUSINESS DAY"
is any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or day on which banking institutions
in London, England trading in U.S. dollar deposits in the London interbank
market, or banking institutions in New York, New York or in Newark, Delaware,
are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to be closed.
"LIBOR" means, as of any LIBOR Determination Date, the rate for deposits in
United States dollars for a one-month period which appears on Telerate Page 3750
as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such date. If such rate does not appear on
Telerate Page 3750, the rate for that LIBOR Determination Date will be
determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in United States dollars
are offered by the Reference Banks at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, on
that day to prime banks in the London interbank market for a one-month period.
The Trustee will request the principal London office of each of the Reference
Banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at least two such quotations are
provided, the rate for that LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean
of the quotations. If fewer than two quotations are provided as requested, the
rate for that LIBOR Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates
quoted by major banks in New York City, selected by the Servicer, at
approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that day for loans in United
States dollars to leading European banks for a one-month period.
"TELERATE PAGE 3750" means the display page currently so designated on the
Dow Jones Telerate Service (or such other page as may replace that page on that
service for the purpose of displaying comparable rates or prices).
"REFERENCE BANKS" means four major banks in the London interbank market
selected by the Servicer.
The Class A Certificate Rate and the Class B Certificate Rate applicable to
the then current and immediately preceding Interest Period may be obtained by
telephoning The Bank of New York at (800) 254-2826. The Trustee will cause the
Class A Certificate Rate and the Class B Certificate Rate, as well as the amount
of Class A Monthly Interest and Class B Monthly Interest applicable to an
Interest Period, to be provided to the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and to be
published in a daily newspaper in Luxembourg (expected to be the Luxemburger
Wort) as soon as possible after its determination but in no event later than the
first day of such Interest Period. Such information will also be included in a
statement to the Certificateholders of record prepared by the Servicer. See
"Description of the Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders" in the attached
prospectus.
Interest on the Class A Certificates and the Class B Certificates will be
calculated on the basis of the actual number of days in the Interest Period and
a 360-day year.
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
On each Transfer Date relating to the period from and including the Closing
Date and ending at the commencement of the Accumulation Period or, if earlier,
the Rapid Amortization Period (the "REVOLVING PERIOD"), collections of Principal
Receivables allocable to the Invested Amount will, subject to certain
limitations, including the allocation of any Reallocated Principal Collections
with respect to the related Monthly Period to pay the Class A Required Amount
and the Class B Required Amount, be treated as Excess Principal Collections.
On each Transfer Date following the commencement of the Accumulation
Period, prior to the earlier of the payment of the Class A Invested Amount in
full and the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period, the Trustee will
deposit in the Principal Funding Account an amount equal to the least of (a)
Available Investor Principal Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly
Period, (b) the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount for such Monthly Period and
(c) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount prior to any such deposit on such day.
Amounts in the Principal Funding Account will be paid to the Class A
Certificateholders on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date. Beginning with the
Transfer Date on which the full amount of the Class A Invested Amount has been
deposited in the Principal Funding Account and prior to the commencement of the
S-30
<PAGE> 31
Rapid Amortization Period, the Trustee will deposit in the Principal Funding
Account an amount equal to the least of (a) the Available Investor Principal
Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period remaining after
application thereof to the Class A Invested Amount, if any, (b) the applicable
Controlled Deposit Amount (minus the Class A Monthly Principal with respect to
such Transfer Date) for such Monthly Period and (c) the Class B Adjusted
Invested Amount prior to any such deposit on such day. After payment in full of
the Class A Invested Amount on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, amounts in
the Principal Funding Account will be paid to the Class B Certificateholders on
the Class B Scheduled Payment Date. Beginning with the Transfer Date on which
the full amount of the sum of the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B
Invested Amount has been deposited in the Principal Funding Account, prior to
the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period, the Trustee will deposit in
the Principal Funding Account an amount equal to the least of (a) the Available
Investor Principal Collections with respect to the preceding Monthly Period
remaining after the application thereof to the Class A Invested Amount and the
Class B Invested Amount, if any, (b) the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount
(minus the Class A Monthly Principal and the Class B Monthly Principal with
respect to such Transfer Date) for such Monthly Period and (c) the Excess
Collateral Adjusted Amount prior to any such deposit on such day. If the Class A
Invested Amount and the Class B Invested Amount will be paid in full on the
Class A Scheduled Payment Date and the Class B Scheduled Payment Date,
respectively, amounts in the Principal Funding Account will be paid to the
Excess Collateral Holders on the Excess Collateral Scheduled Payment Date. The
"EXCESS COLLATERAL SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE" is the May 2002 Transfer Date. During
the Accumulation Period, the portion of Available Investor Principal Collections
not applied to Class A Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal or Excess
Collateral Monthly Principal on a Transfer Date will generally be treated as
Excess Principal Collections.
"AVAILABLE INVESTOR PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" means, with respect to any
Monthly Period, an amount equal to the sum of (i) an amount equal to, during the
Revolving Period, the Investor Percentage, and during an Amortization Period,
the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of all collections in respect of
Principal Receivables received during such Monthly Period, plus (ii) the amount,
if any, of collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Excess Finance Charge
Collections allocated and available on the next succeeding Distribution Date to
(A) fund the Class A Investor Default Amount, the Class B Investor Default
Amount and the Excess Collateral Default Amount with respect to the next
succeeding Distribution Date and (B) reimburse Class A Investor Charge-Offs and
previous reductions in the Class B Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral
Amount, minus (iii) the amount of Reallocated Principal Collections with respect
to such Monthly Period used to fund the Class A Required Amount and the Class B
Required Amount.
The "RAPID AMORTIZATION PERIOD" is the period beginning on the earliest of
the day on which a Pay Out Event occurs, the Class A Scheduled Payment Date if
the Class A Invested Amount is not paid in full on such date, and the Class B
Scheduled Payment Date if the Class B Invested Amount is not paid in full on
such date, and ending on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount
have each been paid in full and (ii) the Stated Series Termination Date. On each
Distribution Date following the Monthly Period in which the Rapid Amortization
Period commences, the Class A Certificateholders will be entitled to receive
Available Investor Principal Collections for the preceding Monthly Period in an
amount up to the Class A Invested Amount until the earlier of the date the Class
A Invested Amount is paid in full and the Stated Series Termination Date. In
addition, if a Pay Out Event occurs during the Accumulation Period, the Rapid
Amortization Period will commence and any amount on deposit in the Principal
Funding Account will be paid to the Certificateholders of each Class of
Certificates, sequentially, in order of seniority, on the Distribution Date (or
on the Transfer Date in the case of Excess Collateral Holders) following the
Monthly Period in which the Rapid Amortization Period commences. After payment
in full of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Certificateholders will be
entitled to receive Available Investor Principal Collections on each
Distribution Date during the Rapid Amortization Period until the earlier of the
date the Class B Invested Amount is paid in full and the Stated Series
Termination Date. After payment in full of the Class B Invested Amount, the
Excess Collateral Holders will be entitled to receive Available Investor
Principal Collections on each Transfer Date (other than the Transfer Date prior
to the Stated Series Termination Date) and on the Stated Series Termination Date
until the earlier of the date on which the Excess Collateral Amount is paid
S-31
<PAGE> 32
in full and the Stated Series Termination Date. See "--Pay Out Events" below for
a discussion of events which might lead to the commencement of the Rapid
Amortization Period.
In the event of a sale of the Receivables and an early termination of the
Trust due to an event of insolvency, a material breach of certain
representations and warranties, an optional repurchase of the Receivables by the
Bank, a repurchase of the Receivables in connection with a Servicer Default or a
sale of the Receivables in connection with the Stated Series Termination Date
(each as described under "Description of the Certificates--Pay Out Events,"
"--Servicer Default" and "--Final Payment of Principal; Termination" in the
attached prospectus), distributions of principal will be made to the
Certificateholders upon surrender of their Certificates. The proceeds of any
such sale or repurchase of Receivables will be allocated first to pay amounts
due with respect to the Class A Certificates, then to pay amounts due with
respect to the Class B Certificates and then to pay amounts due with respect to
the Excess Collateral as described herein.
POSTPONEMENT OF ACCUMULATION PERIOD
The accumulation period with respect to the Certificates (the "ACCUMULATION
PERIOD") is scheduled to begin at the close of business on April 30, 2001 (the
Accumulation Period, together with the Rapid Amortization Period sometimes
referred to as an "AMORTIZATION PERIOD" and collectively as the "AMORTIZATION
PERIODS"). Upon written notice to the Trustee, the Servicer may elect to
postpone the commencement of the Accumulation Period, and extend the length of
the Revolving Period, subject to certain conditions including those set forth
below. The Servicer may make such election only if the Accumulation Period
Length (determined as described below) is less than twelve months. On each
Determination Date, until the Accumulation Period begins, the Servicer will
determine the "ACCUMULATION PERIOD LENGTH," which is the number of months
expected to be required to fully fund the Principal Funding Account no later
than the Excess Collateral Scheduled Payment Date, based on (a) the expected
monthly collections of Principal Receivables expected to be distributable to the
certificateholders of all Series (unless Excess Principal Collections from any
such other Series are not allocated to be shared with the Offered Series),
assuming a principal payment rate no greater than the lowest monthly principal
payment rate on the Receivables for the preceding twelve months and (b) the
amount of principal expected to be distributable to certificateholders of Series
(which may exclude certain other Series) which are not expected to be in their
revolving periods during the Accumulation Period. If the Accumulation Period
Length is less than twelve months, the Servicer may, at its option, postpone the
commencement of the Accumulation Period such that the number of months included
in the Accumulation Period will be equal to or exceed the Accumulation Period
Length. The effect of the foregoing calculation is to permit the reduction of
the length of the Accumulation Period based on the invested amounts of certain
other Series which are scheduled to be in their revolving periods during the
Accumulation Period and on increases in the principal payment rate occurring
after the Closing Date. The length of the Accumulation Period will not be less
than one month. If the Accumulation Period is postponed in accordance with the
foregoing, and if a Pay Out Event occurs after the date originally scheduled as
the commencement of the Accumulation Period, it is probable that
Certificateholders would receive some of their principal later than if the
Accumulation Period had not been so postponed.
EXCESS PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
Collections of Principal Receivables for any Monthly Period allocated to
the Invested Amount will first be used to cover, with respect to any Monthly
Period during either Amortization Period, payments to the Class A
Certificateholders and the Class B Certificateholders and then payments to the
Excess Collateral Holders. The Servicer will determine the amount of collections
of Principal Receivables for any Monthly Period allocated to the Invested Amount
remaining after covering required payments to the Certificateholders or deposits
with respect thereto and any similar amount remaining for any other Series
("EXCESS PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS"). The Servicer will allocate the Excess
Principal Collections to cover any scheduled or permitted principal
distributions to certificateholders and deposits to principal funding accounts,
if any, for any Series which have not been covered out of the collections of
Principal Receivables allocable to such Series and certain other amounts for
such Series. Excess Principal Collections will not be used to cover investor
charge-offs for any Series. If principal shortfalls for all Series exceed Excess
Principal Collections for any Monthly Period, Excess Principal Collections
S-32
<PAGE> 33
will be allocated pro rata among the applicable Series based on the relative
amounts of principal shortfalls. To the extent that Excess Principal Collections
exceed principal shortfalls for all Series, the balance will, subject to certain
limitations, be paid to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.
"PRINCIPAL SHORTFALLS" means with respect to the Offered Series and any
Distribution Date (a) the sum of the amount, if any, by which during the
Accumulation Period the Controlled Deposit Amount exceeds the sum of the Class A
Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly Principal and Excess Collateral Monthly
Principal for the related Transfer Date or (b) during the Rapid Amortization
Period, (i) the amount, if any, by which the Class A Invested Amount on such
Distribution Date exceeds the Class A Monthly Principal for the related Transfer
Date, (ii) on and after the Class B Principal Commencement Date, the amount, if
any, by which the Class B Invested Amount on such Distribution Date exceeds the
Class B Monthly Principal for the related Transfer Date and (iii) on and after
the date on which the Class B Invested Amount has been deposited in full in the
Principal Funding Account or paid in full, the amount, if any, by which the
Excess Collateral Amount on such Distribution Date exceeds the Excess Collateral
Monthly Principal for the related Transfer Date. "CLASS B PRINCIPAL COMMENCEMENT
DATE" means (a) with respect to the Accumulation Period, the first Distribution
Date on which an amount equal to the Class A Invested Amount has been deposited
in the Principal Funding Account or (b) with respect to the Rapid Amortization
Period, the Distribution Date on which the Class A Invested Amount is paid in
full or, if there are no Available Investor Principal Collections remaining
after payments have been made to the Class A Certificates on such Distribution
Date, the Distribution Date following the Distribution Date on which the Class A
Invested Amount is paid in full.
SUBORDINATION OF THE CLASS B CERTIFICATES
The Class B Certificateholders' Interest will be subordinated to the extent
necessary to fund payments with respect to the Class A Certificates. To the
extent the Class B Invested Amount is reduced, the percentage of collections of
Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Class B Certificateholders in
subsequent Monthly Periods will be reduced. Moreover, to the extent the amount
of such reduction in the Class B Invested Amount is not reimbursed, the amount
of principal distributable to the Class B Certificateholders will be reduced. No
principal will be paid to the Class B Certificateholders until the Class A
Invested Amount is paid in full.
If collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocable to the Class A
Certificateholders' Interest for any Monthly Period are insufficient to pay
Class A Monthly Interest, any overdue Class A Monthly Interest (with default
interest thereon), the Class A Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period,
and, if the Transferor is not the Servicer, the Class A Monthly Servicing Fee
for such Monthly Period, then Excess Finance Charge Collections will be applied
to fund the amount of such deficiency. If Excess Finance Charge Collections
available with respect to such Monthly Period are less than the Class A Required
Amount, Reallocated Principal Collections will be applied to fund the remaining
Class A Required Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount will be reduced until
the Excess Collateral Amount is equal to zero and then the Class B Invested
Amount will be reduced by the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections so used.
If Reallocated Principal Collections available with respect to such Monthly
Period are insufficient to fund the remaining Class A Required Amount and the
Excess Collateral Amount is reduced to zero, then a portion of the Class B
Invested Amount equal to such insufficiency (but not in excess of the lesser of
the Class A Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period and the Class B
Invested Amount) will be allocated to the Class A Certificates to avoid a
reduction in the Class A Invested Amount, and the Class B Invested Amount will
be reduced by the amount so allocated. Such reductions of the Class B Invested
Amount will thereafter be reimbursed and the Class B Invested Amount increased
on each Distribution Date by the amount, if any, of Excess Finance Charge
Collections for such Distribution Date allocated and available for such purpose.
See "--Excess Finance Charge Collections" and "--Reallocated Principal
Collections" herein.
INVESTOR PERCENTAGE AND TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE
Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, during each Monthly Period
the Servicer will allocate among the Class A Certificateholders (the "CLASS A
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' INTEREST"), the Class B Certificateholders (the "CLASS B
CERTIFICATEHOLDERS' INTEREST," and together with the Class A Certificateholders'
S-33
<PAGE> 34
Interest, the "INVESTOR INTEREST"), the Excess Collateral Holders (the "EXCESS
COLLATERAL HOLDERS' INTEREST"), the Transferor Interest and the interest of the
holders of the other Series outstanding at such time all collections of Finance
Charge Receivables and all collections of Principal Receivables and all amounts
of Receivables in Defaulted Accounts with respect to such calendar month (each
such month, a "MONTHLY PERIOD"). Collections of Finance Charge Receivables and
the amount of Receivables in Defaulted Accounts at all times and collections of
Principal Receivables during the Revolving Period will be allocated to the Class
A Certificateholders' Interest, the Class B Certificateholders' Interest and the
Excess Collateral Holders' Interest based on the percentage equivalent of the
ratio which each of the amount of the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, the
Class B Adjusted Invested Amount or the Excess Collateral Adjusted Amount,
respectively, on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period bears to the total
amount of Principal Receivables on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period
(the "CLASS A FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE," the "CLASS B FLOATING ALLOCATION
PERCENTAGE" and the "EXCESS COLLATERAL FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE,"
respectively, and the sum of all three percentages, the "INVESTOR PERCENTAGE").
During the initial Monthly Period, the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage,
the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage and the Excess Collateral Floating
Allocation Percentage will equal the percentage equivalent of the ratio which
the amount of the initial Class A Invested Amount, the initial Class B Invested
Amount and the initial Excess Collateral Amount, respectively, bears to the
total amount of Principal Receivables on the Closing Date. During the Revolving
Period, all Principal Receivables allocable to the Class A Certificates, the
Class B Certificates and the Excess Collateral will be allocated and paid to the
holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate (except for (i) Reallocated
Principal Collections used to pay interest and certain other amounts on the
Class A Certificates and Class B Certificates and, if the Bank is not the
Servicer, the Investor Servicing Fee, as described under "--Reallocated
Principal Collections" and "--Servicing Compensation and Payment of Expenses,"
(ii) amounts paid to the holders of certificates of other Series as Excess
Principal Collections, if any, and (iii) Unallocated Principal Collections).
During an Amortization Period, all Principal Receivables collected will be
allocated to the Investor Interest and the Excess Collateral Holders' Interest
based on the percentage equivalent of the ratio which each of the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount,
respectively, at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period bears to the
greater of (a) the total amount of Principal Receivables at the end of the last
day of the preceding Monthly Period and (b) the sum of the numerators used to
calculate allocation percentages with respect to Principal Receivables for each
Class of each Series outstanding for the current Distribution Date (the "CLASS A
FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE," the "CLASS B FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION
PERCENTAGE" and the "EXCESS COLLATERAL FIXED/FLOATING ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE,"
respectively, and the sum of all three percentages, the "FIXED/FLOATING
ALLOCATION PERCENTAGE") and the remainder will be allocated to the Transferor
Interest and the interest of certificateholders of other Series, if any.
Reallocated Excess Collateral Principal Collections will be allocated during the
Revolving Period based on the Excess Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage.
Reallocated Excess Collateral Principal Collections will be allocated during an
Amortization Period based on the Excess Collateral Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage. Reallocated Class B Principal Collections will be allocated during
the Revolving Period based on the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage.
Reallocated Class B Principal Collections will be allocated during an
Amortization Period based on the Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage.
However, with respect to any Monthly Period in which Additional Accounts are
added on a specified date (an "ADDITION DATE") to the Trust and the Servicer
need not make daily deposits of collections into the Collection Account, the
denominator in the definitions of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage,
the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage and the Excess Collateral Floating
Allocation Percentage and the denominator determined pursuant to clause (a) of
the definitions of Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage, Class A Fixed/ Floating
Allocation Percentage, Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and Excess
Collateral Fixed/ Floating Allocation Percentage above shall be the Average
Principal Balance; provided, however, that with respect to any Monthly Period in
which an Addition Date occurs and the Servicer is required to make daily
deposits of collections into the Collection Account, the denominators in the
definitions of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating
Allocation Percentage and the Excess Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage
and the denominator determined pursuant to clause (a) of the definitions of
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage, Class A Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage, Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and Excess Collateral
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage shall be (1) for the period from and
including the first day of such Monthly Period to but excluding the related
Addition Date, the aggregate amount of Principal
S-34
<PAGE> 35
Receivables in the Trust at the end of the day on the last day of the prior
Monthly Period and (2) for the period from and including the Addition Date
through the last day of such Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in the Trust at the end of the day on the related Addition Date.
"AVERAGE PRINCIPAL BALANCE" means, for a Monthly Period in which Additional
Accounts are designated for inclusion in the Trust, the weighted average of the
Principal Receivables in the Trust at the end of the day on the last day of the
prior Monthly Period and the Principal Receivables in the Trust at the end of
the day on the related Addition Date, weighted, respectively, by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of days from and including the first day of
such Monthly Period to but excluding the related Addition Date, and the
denominator of which is the number of days in such Monthly Period, and by a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from and including the
related Addition Date to and including the last day of such Monthly Period, and
the denominator of which is the number of days in such Monthly Period.
As used herein, the term "CLASS A INVESTED AMOUNT" for any day means an
amount equal to (a) the initial principal balance of the Class A Certificates,
minus (b) the amount of principal payments made to Class A Certificateholders
prior to such day and minus (c) the excess, if any, of the aggregate amount of
Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates over the aggregate
amount of any reimbursements of Class A Investor Charge-Offs for all
Distribution Dates preceding such date; provided, however, that the Class A
Invested Amount may not be reduced below zero.
As used herein, the term "CLASS A ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT" for any date of
determination, means an amount not less than zero equal to the then current
Class A Invested Amount, minus the Principal Funding Account Balance on such
date.
As used herein, the term "CLASS B INVESTED AMOUNT" for any day means an
amount equal to (a) the initial principal balance of the Class B Certificates,
minus (b) the amount of principal payments made to Class B Certificateholders
prior to such day, minus (c) the aggregate amount of Class B Investor
Charge-Offs for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate amount of
Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for which the Excess Collateral Amount
has not been reduced for all prior Distribution Dates, minus (e) the aggregate
amount by which the Class B Invested Amount has been reduced to fund the Class A
Investor Default Amount on all prior Distribution Dates as described herein
under "--Defaulted Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs," and plus (f) the
aggregate amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections and certain other amounts
applied for the purpose of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the
foregoing clauses (c), (d) and (e); provided, however, that the Class B Invested
Amount may not be reduced below zero.
As used herein, the term "CLASS B ADJUSTED INVESTED AMOUNT" for any date of
determination, means an amount not less than zero equal to the Class B Invested
Amount minus the excess, if any, of the Principal Funding Account Balance over
the Class A Invested Amount on such date.
As used herein, the term "EXCESS COLLATERAL AMOUNT" for any day means an
amount equal to (a) the initial Excess Collateral Amount, minus (b) the amount
of principal payments made to the Excess Collateral Holders prior to such day,
minus (c) the aggregate amount of Excess Collateral Charge-Offs for all prior
Distribution Dates, minus (d) the aggregate amount of Reallocated Principal
Collections for all prior Distribution Dates which have been used to fund the
Class A Required Amount or the Class B Required Amount, minus (e) an amount
equal to the aggregate amount by which the Excess Collateral Amount has been
reduced to fund the Class A Investor Default Amount and the Class B Investor
Default Amount on all prior Distribution Dates as described under "--Defaulted
Receivables; Investor Charge-Offs," and plus (f) the aggregate amount of Excess
Finance Charge Collections and certain other amounts allocated and available for
purposes of reimbursing amounts deducted pursuant to the foregoing clauses (c),
(d) and (e); provided, however, that the Excess Collateral Amount may not be
reduced below zero.
As used herein, the term "EXCESS COLLATERAL ADJUSTED AMOUNT" for any date
of determination, means an amount not less than zero equal to the Excess
Collateral Amount minus the excess, if any, of the Principal Funding Account
Balance over the sum of the Class A Invested Amount and the Class B Invested
Amount on such date.
S-35
<PAGE> 36
As used herein, the term "INVESTED AMOUNT" means the sum of the Class A
Invested Amount, the Class B Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount.
As used herein, the term "TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE" means (a) when used with
respect to collections of Finance Charge Receivables and the amount of
Receivables in Defaulted Accounts, 100% minus the sum of the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage and the Excess
Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage and the floating allocation
percentages for all other Series, (b) when used with respect to collections of
Principal Receivables during the Revolving Period, 100% minus the sum of the
Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage and the Excess Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage and the
allocation percentages for Principal Receivables for all other Series and (c)
when used with respect to collections of Principal Receivables during the
Accumulation Period or the Rapid Amortization Period, 100% minus the sum of the
Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and the allocation percentages for
Principal Receivables for all other Series.
As a result of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage, the Class B
Floating Allocation Percentage and the Excess Collateral Floating Allocation
Percentage, the portion of Receivables in Defaulted Accounts allocated to the
Class A Certificateholders, the Class B Certificateholders and the Excess
Collateral Holders as well as the collections of Finance Charge Receivables
allocated to the Class A Certificateholders, the Class B Certificateholders and
the Excess Collateral Holders will change for each Monthly Period based on the
relationship of the amount of the Class A Invested Amount, the Class B Invested
Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount to the total amount of Principal
Receivables on the last day of the preceding Monthly Period.
The numerator of the percentages of collections of Principal Receivables
allocable to the Class A Certificateholders, the Class B Certificateholders and
the Excess Collateral Holders, however, will remain fixed during either
Amortization Period. Collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Class
B Certificates are subject to possible reallocation for the benefit of the Class
A Certificateholders and collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the
Excess Collateral are subject to possible reallocation for the benefit of the
Class A Certificateholders and the Class B Certificateholders as described under
"--Reallocation of Cash Flows" below.
REALLOCATION OF CASH FLOWS
On each Determination Date, the Servicer will determine the Class A
Required Amount and the Class B Required Amount. The "CLASS A REQUIRED AMOUNT"
means the amount, if any, by which the sum of Class A Monthly Interest and any
overdue Class A Monthly Interest on the related Distribution Date (and default
interest thereon), the Class A Investor Default Amount for the related Monthly
Period and, if the Bank is no longer the Servicer, the Class A Monthly Servicing
Fee for the related Monthly Period exceeds the Class A Available Funds with
respect to the related Monthly Period. The "CLASS B REQUIRED AMOUNT" means the
sum of (i) the amount, if any, by which the sum of Class B Monthly Interest and
any overdue Class B Monthly Interest on the related Distribution Date (and
default interest thereon) and, if the Bank is no longer the Servicer, the Class
B Monthly Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period exceeds the Class B
Available Funds with respect to the related Monthly Period and (ii) the amount,
if any, by which the Class B Investor Default Amount for the related Monthly
Period exceeds the amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections available to make
payments with respect thereto on the related Transfer Date. If the Class A
Required Amount is greater than zero, Excess Finance Charge Collections will be
used to pay the Class A Required Amount with respect to such Distribution Date.
If such Excess Finance Charge Collections are insufficient to pay the Class A
Required Amount, Reallocated Principal Collections will then be used to fund the
remaining Class A Required Amount. If Reallocated Principal Collections with
respect to the related Monthly Period are insufficient to fund the remaining
Class A Required Amount for such related Monthly Period, then a portion of the
Excess Collateral Amount equal to such insufficiency (but not in excess of the
lesser of the Class A Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period and the
Excess Collateral Amount) will be allocated to the Class A Certificates to avoid
a charge-off with respect to the Class A Certificates. If the Excess Collateral
Amount is reduced to zero, then a portion of the Class B Invested Amount equal
to any remaining insufficiency (but not in excess of the lesser of the Class A
Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period and the Class B Invested Amount)
will be allocated to the Class A Certificates to avoid a charge-off with respect
to the Class A Certificates. If the Class B Invested Amount is
S-36
<PAGE> 37
reduced to zero, the Class A Invested Amount will be reduced by any remaining
deficiency (but not in excess of the Class A Investor Default Amount for such
Monthly Period).
If the Class B Required Amount is greater than zero, any Reallocated Excess
Collateral Principal Collections remaining after application of such amounts to
any Class A Required Amount (after the application of Excess Finance Charge
Collections) will then be used to fund the Class B Required Amount. If such
remaining Reallocated Excess Collateral Principal Collections with respect to
the related Monthly Period are insufficient to fund the Class B Required Amount
for such related Monthly Period, then a portion of any remaining Excess
Collateral Amount equal to such insufficiency (but not in excess of the lesser
of the Class B Investor Default Amount for such Monthly Period and the remaining
Excess Collateral Amount) will be allocated to the Class B Certificates to avoid
a charge-off with respect to the Class B Certificates. If the Excess Collateral
Amount is reduced to zero, the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced by any
remaining deficiency (but not in excess of the Class B Investor Default Amount
for such Monthly Period).
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
Daily Allocations. The Servicer will instruct the Trustee to withdraw from
the Collection Account on each business day an amount equal to the Transferor
Percentage of the aggregate amount of such deposits in respect of Principal
Receivables and Finance Charge Receivables, respectively, and pay such amounts
to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; provided, however,
that if the Transferor Interest expressed as a percentage of the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables is equal to or less than the Minimum Transferor
Interest such amount shall instead be retained in the Collection Account and
applied as Unallocated Principal Collections; provided, further, that on any
business day thereafter when the Transferor Interest expressed as a percentage
of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables is greater than the Minimum
Transferor Interest, the amount of Unallocated Principal Collections shall be
released to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.
With respect to the Certificates, the Servicer will instruct the Trustee to
make the following payments and deposits on each date of processing; provided,
however, that for so long as the Bank remains the Servicer under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and the Servicer has and maintains a certificate of deposit
rating of "P-1" by Moody's and of "A-1" by Standard & Poor's and deposit
insurance provided by either BIF or SAIF, then the Servicer may make such
deposits and payments on each Transfer Date in an amount equal to the net amount
of such deposits and payments which would have been made had the conditions of
this proviso not applied:
(a) during the Revolving Period, (i) allocate to the
Certificateholders an amount equal to the Investor Percentage of
collections of Finance Charge Receivables and deposit in the Finance Charge
Account (A) prior to the Calculation Date in each Monthly Period an amount
equal to the product of the Investor Percentage and the aggregate amount of
collections of Finance Charge Receivables, or (B) on and after each such
Calculation Date, the lesser of (x) the product of the Investor Percentage
and the aggregate amount of collections of Finance Charge Receivables and
(y) the excess of (1) the amounts owing to Certificateholders with respect
to interest for the Distribution Date following the then current Monthly
Period (plus, if the Transferor is not the Servicer, the Investor Servicing
Fee) over (2) the amounts previously deposited in the Finance Charge
Account with respect thereto; on each date of processing on and after the
Calculation Date collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the
Certificates in excess of the amount required to be retained in the Finance
Charge Account as provided above shall be held by the Servicer and applied
on each Transfer Date as described below and (ii) allocate to the
Certificateholders an amount equal to the product of (A) the Investor
Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount of collections of Principal
Receivables on such date of processing and pay such amount to the holder of
the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate subject to the obligation of such
holder to make an amount equal to the Reallocated Principal Collections and
Excess Principal Collections for such Monthly Period available on the
related Transfer Date as described below; provided, however, that the
amount to be paid to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
shall be paid only if the Transferor Interest expressed as a percentage of
the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables is greater than the Minimum
Transferor Interest (after giving effect to all Principal Receivables
transferred to the Trust on such day) and otherwise will be retained in the
Collection Account and applied as Unallocated Principal Collections; and
provided, further, that on and after the Calculation
S-37
<PAGE> 38
Date if the amounts previously deposited in the Finance Charge Account with
respect to the current Monthly Period are less than the sum of the amounts
owing to Certificateholders with respect to interest for the Distribution
Date following the then current Monthly Period (plus, if the Transferor is
not the Servicer, the Investor Servicing Fee) (the amount of such
shortfall, the "FINANCE CHARGE DEFICIT"), an amount not to exceed the
product of (x) the sum of the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage and
the Excess Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage and (y) collections of
Principal Receivables on any date of processing ("SUBORDINATE PRINCIPAL
COLLECTIONS") with respect to the then current Monthly Period will be
deposited into the Principal Account on a daily basis during such Monthly
Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed the Finance Charge Deficit; at
such time as the Finance Charge Deficit is equal to zero, such amounts may
be paid from the Principal Account to the holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate;
(b) during the Accumulation Period, (i) allocate to the
Certificateholders and retain in the Finance Charge Account an amount equal
to the product of (A) the Investor Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount
of collections of Finance Charge Receivables and (ii) allocate to the
Certificateholders and retain in the Principal Account an amount equal to
the product of (x) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (y) the
aggregate amount of collections of Principal Receivables (for any such
date, a "PERCENTAGE ALLOCATION"); provided, however, that if the sum of
such Percentage Allocations with respect to the same Monthly Period exceeds
the Controlled Deposit Amount for the related Distribution Date, then such
excess shall be paid to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate (subject to the obligation of such holder to make an amount
equal to the Reallocated Principal Collections and Excess Principal
Collections for such Monthly Period available on the related Transfer Date
as described below), only if the Transferor Interest expressed as a
percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables is greater than
the Minimum Transferor Interest (after giving effect to all Principal
Receivables transferred to the Trust on such day) and otherwise shall be
retained in the Collection Account and applied as Unallocated Principal
Collections; provided, further, that on and after the Calculation Date if
there is a Finance Charge Deficit, Subordinate Principal Collections with
respect to each Monthly Period will be deposited into the Principal Account
on a daily basis during such Monthly Period in an aggregate amount not to
exceed the Finance Charge Deficit; at such time as the Finance Charge
Deficit is equal to zero, such amounts may be paid from the Principal
Account to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate; and
(c) during the Rapid Amortization Period, (i) allocate to the
Certificateholders and retain in the Finance Charge Account an amount equal
to the product of (A) the Investor Percentage and (B) the aggregate amount
of collections of Finance Charge Receivables and (ii) allocate to the
Certificateholders and retain in the Principal Account an amount equal to
the product of (x) the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (y) the
aggregate amount of collections of Principal Receivables; provided,
however, that after the date on which an amount of such collections equal
to the Invested Amount has been deposited into the Collection Account and
allocated to the Certificateholders, the amount determined above will be
paid to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate only if the
Transferor Interest expressed as a percentage of the aggregate amount of
Principal Receivables is greater than the Minimum Transferor Interest
(after giving effect to all Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust
on such day) and otherwise will be retained in the Collection Account and
applied as Unallocated Principal Collections.
"CALCULATION DATE" means June 11, 1999 and the second business day (which
is a business day as defined for purposes of determining LIBOR) prior to the
15th day of each calendar month thereafter.
Monthly Deposits During the Revolving Period and Accumulation
Period. During the Revolving Period, the Servicer will deposit in the Finance
Charge Account on each Transfer Date an amount equal to (i) the lesser of (A)
the product of (x) the Investor Percentage with respect to the preceding Monthly
Period and (y) the aggregate amount of collections of Finance Charge Receivables
for the preceding Monthly Period, and (B) the aggregate of the amounts to be
applied from amounts on deposit in the Finance Charge Account on such Transfer
Date pursuant to clauses (a)(i) through (iii), (b)(i) and (ii) and (c)(i) under
"--Monthly Allocations" as described below and clauses (a) through (k) of
"--Excess Finance Charge Collections" less (ii) the amounts deposited in the
Finance Charge Account daily during such Monthly Period as described above in
"--Daily Allocations."
S-38
<PAGE> 39
During the Revolving Period and the Accumulation Period, on each Transfer Date
the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate will deposit in the
Principal Account an amount equal to the sum of (I) the excess of the amount of
Reallocated Principal Collections over the amount retained in the Collection
Account as described above in "--Daily Allocations" with respect to the
Revolving Period or Accumulation Period, respectively, and (II) an amount equal
to the amount of Excess Principal Collections to be applied for the benefit of
other Series from amounts that were originally allocated to the Offered Series,
not to exceed (a) during the Revolving Period, the Investor Percentage of
collections of Principal Receivables for the related Monthly Period or (b)
during the Accumulation Period, the Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage of
collections of Principal Receivables for the related Monthly Period less the
amount thereof applied to pay Class A Monthly Principal, Class B Monthly
Principal or Excess Collateral Monthly Principal on the related Distribution
Date or Transfer Date, as applicable.
Monthly Allocations. On each Transfer Date, the Trustee, acting pursuant to
the Servicer's instructions, will make the following payments and deposits:
(a) An amount equal to the Class A Available Funds for the preceding
Monthly Period will be distributed in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to Class A Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date, plus the amount of any overdue Class A Monthly
Interest, plus any default interest with respect to interest amounts
that were due but not paid on a prior Distribution Date, such interest
to be computed at the Class A Certificate Rate plus 2.0% per annum, will
be deposited into the Distribution Account for distribution to Class A
Certificateholders on the next succeeding Distribution Date;
(ii) if the Bank is no longer the Servicer, an amount equal to the
Class A Monthly Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period will be
paid to the Servicer;
(iii) an amount equal to the Class A Investor Default Amount, if
any, for the related Monthly Period will be paid in respect of principal
to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate during the
Revolving Period (provided that if such amount exceeds the Transferor
Interest, the excess will be treated as Unallocated Principal
Collections) and deposited in the Principal Account and treated as a
portion of Available Investor Principal Collections during an
Amortization Period; and
(iv) the balance, if any, will constitute a portion of Excess
Finance Charge Collections and will be allocated and distributed as
described under "--Excess Finance Charge Collections" below.
(b) An amount equal to the Class B Available Funds for the preceding
Monthly Period will be distributed in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to Class B Monthly Interest for such
Distribution Date, plus the amount of any overdue Class B Monthly
Interest, plus any default interest with respect to interest amounts
that were due but not paid on a prior Distribution Date, such interest
to be computed at the Class B Certificate Rate plus 2.0% per annum, will
be deposited into the Distribution Account for distribution to Class B
Certificateholders on the next succeeding Distribution Date;
(ii) if the Bank is no longer the Servicer, an amount equal to the
Class B Monthly Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period will be
paid to the Servicer; and
(iii) the balance, if any, will constitute a portion of Excess
Finance Charge Collections and will be allocated and distributed as
described under "--Excess Finance Charge Collections" below.
(c) An amount equal to the Excess Collateral Available Funds for the
preceding Monthly Period will be distributed in the following priority:
(i) if the Bank is no longer the Servicer, an amount equal to the
Excess Collateral Monthly Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period
will be paid to the Servicer; and
(ii) the balance, if any, will constitute a portion of Excess
Finance Charge Collections and will be allocated and distributed as
described under "--Excess Finance Charge Collections" below.
S-39
<PAGE> 40
"EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS" means, with respect to any Transfer
Date, an amount equal to the sum of the amounts described in clause (a)(iv),
clause (b)(iii) and clause (c)(ii) above.
"CLASS A MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any Distribution Date will be
equal to the product of (i) the Class A Certificate Rate for the related
Interest Period, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Period divided
by 360 and (iii) the outstanding principal balance of the Class A Certificates
on the related Record Date or with respect to the first Distribution Date, the
initial Class A Invested Amount.
"CLASS A AVAILABLE FUNDS" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage of
collections of Finance Charge Receivables in respect of such Monthly Period and
(b) with respect to any Monthly Period during the Accumulation Period prior to
the payment in full of the Class A Invested Amount, the product of (i) the Class
A Account Percentage and (ii) the sum of the Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds, if any, with respect to the related Transfer Date and the amounts, if
any, to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account which will be deposited into the
Finance Charge Account on the related Transfer Date as described under
"--Reserve Account" herein.
"CLASS A ACCOUNT PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to any Determination Date,
the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate
amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account with respect to the Class A
Certificates and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount on deposit in
the Principal Funding Account, in each case as of the last day of the preceding
Monthly Period.
"CLASS B MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any Distribution Date will be
equal to the product of (i) the Class B Certificate Rate for the related
Interest Period, (ii) the actual number of days in such Interest Period divided
by 360 and (iii) the Class B Invested Amount on the related Record Date or with
respect to the first Distribution Date, the initial Class B Invested Amount.
"CLASS B AVAILABLE FUNDS" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, an
amount equal to the sum of (a) the Class B Floating Allocation Percentage of
collections of Finance Charge Receivables in respect of such Monthly Period and
(b) with respect to any Monthly Period during the Accumulation Period prior to
the payment in full of the Class B Invested Amount, the product of (i) the Class
B Account Percentage and (ii) the sum of the Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds, if any, with respect to the related Transfer Date and the amounts, if
any, to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account which will be deposited into the
Finance Charge Account on the related Transfer Date as described under
"--Reserve Account" herein.
"CLASS B ACCOUNT PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to any Determination Date,
the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate
amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account with respect to the Class B
Certificates, if any, and the denominator of which is the aggregate amount on
deposit in the Principal Funding Account, in each case as of the last day of the
preceding Monthly Period.
"EXCESS COLLATERAL AVAILABLE FUNDS" means, with respect to any Monthly
Period, an amount equal to the sum of (a) the Excess Collateral Floating
Allocation Percentage of collections of Finance Charge Receivables in respect of
such Monthly Period and (b) with respect to any Monthly Period during the
Accumulation Period prior to the payment in full of the Excess Collateral
Amount, the product of (i) the Excess Collateral Account Percentage and (ii) the
sum of the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds, if any, with respect to the
related Transfer Date and the amounts, if any, to be withdrawn from the Reserve
Account which will be deposited into the Finance Charge Account on the related
Transfer Date as described under "--Reserve Account" herein.
"EXCESS COLLATERAL ACCOUNT PERCENTAGE" means, with respect to any
Determination Date, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of
which is the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account with
respect to the Excess Collateral, if any, and the denominator of which is the
aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account, in each case as of
the last day of the preceding Monthly Period.
S-40
<PAGE> 41
ALLOCATION OF COLLECTIONS OF FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES
The figure below demonstrates the manner in which collections of Finance
Charge Receivables are allocated and applied to Series 1999-4. The figure is a
simplified demonstration of certain allocation and payment provisions and is
qualified by the full descriptions of these provisions in this supplement and
the attached prospectus.
[Chart showing allocation of collections of
Finance Charge Receivables]
EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
On each Transfer Date, the Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to
apply Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to the related Monthly
Period, to make the following distributions in the following priority:
(a) an amount equal to the Class A Required Amount, if any, with
respect to the related Monthly Period will be used to fund the Class A
Required Amount;
(b) an amount equal to the aggregate amount of Class A Investor
Charge-Offs, which have not been previously reimbursed (after giving effect
to the allocation with respect to the related Distribution Date of certain
other amounts applied for that purpose), will be distributed to the holder
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate on each Transfer Date with
respect to the Revolving Period (but not exceeding the Transferor Interest
in Principal Receivables on such day (after giving effect to any new
Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust on such day)) and thereafter
will be deposited into the Principal Account and treated
S-41
<PAGE> 42
as a portion of Available Investor Principal Collections for the related
Distribution Date as described under "--Payments of Principal" below;
(c) an amount equal to the amount of interest which has accrued with
respect to the outstanding aggregate principal amount of the Class B
Certificates at the applicable Class B Certificate Rate but has not been
deposited in the Distribution Account for the benefit of the Class B
Certificateholders either on such Transfer Date or on a prior Transfer Date
and any other amounts due on the related Distribution Date or on any prior
Distribution Date as described in clause (b)(i) of "--Application of
Collections--Monthly Allocations" above but not yet paid will be deposited
into the Distribution Account for payment to the Class B
Certificateholders;
(d) an amount equal to the aggregate Class B Investor Default Amount,
if any, for the related Distribution Date will be distributed to the holder
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate on each Transfer Date with
respect to the Revolving Period (but not exceeding the Transferor Interest
on such day (after giving effect to any new Principal Receivables
transferred to the Trust on such day)) and on Transfer Dates with respect
to an Amortization Period will be deposited into the Principal Account and
treated as a portion of Available Investor Principal Collections for the
related Distribution Date as described under
"-- Payments of Principal" below;
(e) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Class B
Invested Amount has been reduced below the initial Class B Invested Amount
for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Class B
Certificateholders (but not in excess of the aggregate amount of such
reductions which have not been previously reimbursed) will be distributed
to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate on each Transfer
Date with respect to the Revolving Period, but not in an amount exceeding
the Transferor Interest on such day (after giving effect to any new
Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust on such day) and on Transfer
Dates with respect to an Amortization Period will be deposited into the
Principal Account and treated as a portion of Available Investor Principal
Collections for the related Distribution Date as described under
"--Payments of Principal" below;
(f) an amount equal to Excess Collateral Minimum Monthly Interest for
the related Transfer Date, plus the amount of any overdue Excess Collateral
Minimum Monthly Interest, will be paid to the Excess Collateral Holders in
accordance with the Transfer and Administration Agreement;
(g) an amount equal to the unpaid Investor Servicing Fee will be paid
to the Servicer;
(h) an amount equal to the aggregate Excess Collateral Default Amount,
if any, for the related Distribution Date will be distributed to the holder
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate on each Transfer Date with
respect to the Revolving Period (but not exceeding the Transferor Interest
on such day (after giving effect to any new Principal Receivables
transferred to the Trust on such day)) and on Transfer Dates with respect
to an Amortization Period will be deposited into the Principal Account and
treated as a portion of Available Investor Principal Collections for the
related Distribution Date as described under "--Payments of Principal"
below;
(i) an amount equal to the aggregate amount by which the Excess
Collateral Amount has been reduced below the initial Excess Collateral
Amount for reasons other than the payment of principal to the Excess
Collateral Holders (but not in excess of the aggregate amount of such
reductions which have not been previously reimbursed) will be distributed
to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate on each Transfer
Date with respect to the Revolving Period, but not in an amount exceeding
the Transferor Interest in Principal Receivables on such day (after giving
effect to any new Principal Receivables transferred to the Trust on such
day) and on Transfer Dates with respect to an Amortization Period will be
deposited into the Principal Account and treated as a portion of Available
Investor Principal Collections for the related Distribution Date as
described under "--Payments of Principal" below;
(j) on each Transfer Date from and after the Reserve Account Funding
Date, but prior to the date on which the Reserve Account terminates as
described under "--Reserve Account," an amount up to the
S-42
<PAGE> 43
excess, if any, of the Required Reserve Account Amount over the Available
Reserve Account Amount shall be deposited into the Reserve Account; and
(k) the balance, if any, after giving effect to the payments made
pursuant to clauses (a) through (j) above shall be paid to the Excess
Collateral Holders in accordance with a Transfer and Administration
Agreement between a Delaware business trust and the Bank (the "TRANSFER AND
ADMINISTRATION AGREEMENT").
"EXCESS COLLATERAL MINIMUM MONTHLY INTEREST" with respect to any Transfer
Date will be equal to the product of (i) the Excess Collateral Minimum Rate for
the related Interest Period, (ii) the actual number of days in the related
Interest Period divided by 360 and (iii) the Excess Collateral Amount on the
related Record Date or, with respect to the first Transfer Date, the initial
Excess Collateral Amount.
"EXCESS COLLATERAL MINIMUM RATE" means LIBOR plus 0.75% per annum or such
lesser rate as may be specified in the Transfer and Administration Agreement.
PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
The Trustee, acting pursuant to the Servicer's instructions, will
distribute Available Investor Principal Collections (see "--Principal Payments"
above) on deposit in the Principal Account in the following priority:
(a) on each Transfer Date with respect to the Revolving Period, all
Available Investor Principal Collections with respect to the preceding
Monthly Period will be treated as Excess Principal Collections and applied
as described under "--Excess Principal Collections" herein and "Description
of the Certificates--Shared Collections of Principal Receivables" in the
attached prospectus;
(b) with respect to the Accumulation Period or the Rapid Amortization
Period, all Available Investor Principal Collections with respect to the
preceding Monthly Period and the other amounts specified below will be
distributed or deposited in the following priority:
(i) an amount equal to the Class A Monthly Principal plus, to the
extent of any applicable Principal Shortfall, Excess Principal
Collections from other Series and Unallocated Principal Collections, to
the extent available, will be deposited on each Transfer Date in the
Principal Funding Account for distribution to the Class A
Certificateholders on the Class A Scheduled Payment Date (with respect
to the Accumulation Period) or distributed to the Class A
Certificateholders on each Distribution Date until the Class A Invested
Amount is paid in full (with respect to the Rapid Amortization Period);
(ii) on the Transfer Date related to the Class B Principal
Commencement Date and on each Transfer Date thereafter, an amount equal
to the Class B Monthly Principal plus, to the extent of any applicable
Principal Shortfall, Excess Principal Collections from other Series and
Unallocated Principal Collections, to the extent available, will be
deposited in the Principal Funding Account for distribution to the Class
B Certificateholders on the Class B Scheduled Payment Date (with respect
to the Accumulation Period) or distributed to the Class B
Certificateholders on each Distribution Date until the Class B Invested
Amount is paid in full (with respect to the Rapid Amortization Period);
and
(iii) on the Transfer Date related to the Distribution Date on
which the Class B Invested Amount is deposited in full in the Principal
Funding Account or paid in full to the Class B Certificateholders and on
each Transfer Date thereafter, an amount equal to the Excess Collateral
Monthly Principal plus, to the extent of any applicable Principal
Shortfall, Excess Principal Collections from other Series and
Unallocated Principal Collections, to the extent available, will be
deposited in the Principal Funding Account for distribution to the
Excess Collateral Holders on the Transfer Date immediately preceding the
Excess Collateral Scheduled Payment Date (with respect to the
Accumulation Period) or distributed to the Excess Collateral Holders on
each Transfer Date until the Excess Collateral Amount is paid in full
(with respect to the Rapid Amortization Period); and
(c) on each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period and
the Rapid Amortization Period, the balance of Available Investor Principal
Collections not applied pursuant to (a) and (b) above, if any, will
S-43
<PAGE> 44
be treated as Excess Principal Collections and applied as described under
"--Excess Principal Collections" herein and "Description of the
Certificates--Shared Collections of Principal Receivables" in the attached
prospectus.
"CLASS A MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" means, with respect to any Transfer Date
relating to the Accumulation Period or the Rapid Amortization Period, prior to
the payment in full of the Class A Invested Amount, an amount equal to the least
of (i) the Available Investor Principal Collections on deposit in the Principal
Account, (ii) for each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period,
prior to the payment in full of the Class A Invested Amount, and on or prior to
the Class A Scheduled Payment Date, the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount and
(iii) the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount on such Transfer Date.
"CLASS B MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" with respect to each Transfer Date relating to
the Accumulation Period or the Rapid Amortization Period beginning with the
Transfer Date first preceding the Class B Principal Commencement Date, prior to
the payment in full of the Class B Invested Amount, will equal the least of (i)
the Available Investor Principal Collections remaining on deposit in the
Principal Account after application thereof to Class A Monthly Principal on such
Transfer Date, if any, (ii) for each Transfer Date with respect to the
Accumulation Period, prior to the Class B Scheduled Payment Date, the applicable
Controlled Deposit Amount (minus the Class A Monthly Principal with respect to
such Transfer Date) and (iii) the Class B Adjusted Invested Amount on such
Transfer Date.
"EXCESS COLLATERAL MONTHLY PRINCIPAL" with respect to each Transfer Date
relating to the Accumulation Period or the Rapid Amortization Period beginning
with the Transfer Date first preceding the Distribution Date on which the Class
B Invested Amount is deposited in full in the Principal Funding Account or paid
in full, prior to the payment in full of the Excess Collateral Amount, will
equal the least of (i) the Available Investor Principal Collections remaining on
deposit in the Principal Account after application thereof to Class A Monthly
Principal and Class B Monthly Principal on such Transfer Date, if any, (ii) for
each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period, prior to the Excess
Collateral Scheduled Payment Date, the applicable Controlled Deposit Amount
(minus the Class A Monthly Principal and the Class B Monthly Principal with
respect to such Transfer Date) and (iii) the Excess Collateral Adjusted Amount
on such Transfer Date.
"CONTROLLED ACCUMULATION AMOUNT" means for any Transfer Date with respect
to the Accumulation Period, prior to the payment in full of the Invested Amount,
$49,603,250; provided, however, that if the commencement of the Accumulation
Period is delayed as described above under "--Postponement of Accumulation
Period," the Controlled Accumulation Amount may be higher than the amount stated
above for each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period and will be
determined by the Servicer in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement based on the principal payment rates for the Accounts and on the
invested amounts of other Series (other than certain excluded Series) which are
scheduled to be in their revolving periods and then scheduled to create Excess
Principal Collections during the Accumulation Period.
"ACCUMULATION SHORTFALL" initially means zero and thereafter means, with
respect to any Monthly Period during the Accumulation Period, the excess, if
any, of the Controlled Deposit Amount for the previous Monthly Period over the
amount deposited into the Principal Funding Account as described in clause (b)
of this section with respect to the Certificates for the previous Monthly
Period.
S-44
<PAGE> 45
ALLOCATION OF COLLECTIONS OF PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES
The figure below demonstrates the manner in which collections of Principal
Receivables are allocated and applied to Series 1999-4. The figure is a
simplified demonstration of certain allocation and payment provisions and is
qualified by the full descriptions of these provisions in this supplement and
the attached prospectus.
[Chart showing allocation of collections of Principal Receivables]
S-45
<PAGE> 46
REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS
On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to
apply an amount, not to exceed the Excess Collateral Amount, equal to the
product of (a)(i) during the Revolving Period, the Excess Collateral Floating
Allocation Percentage or (ii) during an Amortization Period, the Excess
Collateral Fixed/Floating Allocation Percentage and (b) the amount of
collections of Principal Receivables with respect to the related Monthly Period
in the following priority (such collections applied in accordance with clause
(a) below are called "REALLOCATED EXCESS COLLATERAL PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS"):
(a) an amount equal to the sum of (i) the excess, if any, of the Class
A Required Amount with respect to such related Monthly Period over the
amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to such related
Monthly Period and (ii) the Class B Required Amount with respect to the
related Monthly Period; and
(b) any such collections not applied in the foregoing manner (and
therefore not constituting Reallocated Excess Collateral Principal
Collections) will, on each Distribution Date with respect to the Revolving
Period, first be applied as Excess Principal Collections for the benefit of
other Series and then be distributed to the holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate, if the Transferor Interest expressed as a
percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables is greater than
the Minimum Transferor Interest, or applied as Unallocated Principal
Collections and on Distribution Dates with respect to an Amortization
Period will be included in the funds available to make principal payments
to the Class A Certificateholders until the Class A Invested Amount is paid
in full and then to the Class B Certificateholders until the Class B
Invested Amount is paid in full and then to the Excess Collateral Holders
until the Excess Collateral Amount is paid in full.
On each Distribution Date, the Servicer will apply or cause the Trustee to
apply an amount, not to exceed the Class B Invested Amount, equal to the product
of (a)(i) during the Revolving Period, the Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage or (ii) during an Amortization Period, the Class B Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage and (b) the amount of collections of Principal Receivables
with respect to the related Monthly Period in the following priority (such
collections applied in accordance with clause (a) below are called "REALLOCATED
CLASS B PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS" and the sum of Reallocated Excess Collateral
Principal Collections and Reallocated Class B Principal Collections is called
"REALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS"):
(a) an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Class A Required
Amount with respect to such related Monthly Period over the sum of (i) the
amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to such related
Monthly Period and (ii) the amount of Reallocated Excess Collateral
Principal Collections applied with respect thereto for the related Monthly
Period; and
(b) any such collections not applied in the foregoing manner (and
therefore not constituting Reallocated Class B Principal Collections) will,
on each Distribution Date with respect to the Revolving Period, first be
applied as Excess Principal Collections for the benefit of other Series and
then be distributed to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate, if the Transferor Interest expressed as a percentage of the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables is greater than the Minimum
Transferor Interest, or applied as Unallocated Principal Collections and on
Distribution Dates with respect to an Amortization Period will be included
in the funds available to make principal payments to the Class A
Certificateholders until the Class A Invested Amount is paid in full and
then to the Class B Certificateholders until the Class B Invested Amount is
paid in full and then to the Excess Collateral Holders until the Excess
Collateral Amount is paid in full.
On each Distribution Date the Excess Collateral Amount will be reduced by
the amount of Reallocated Excess Collateral Principal Collections and by the
amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections for such Distribution Date.
In the event that such reduction would cause the Excess Collateral Amount to be
a negative number, the Excess Collateral Amount will be reduced to zero and the
Class B Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Excess
Collateral Amount would have been reduced below zero. In the event that the
reallocation of collections of Principal Receivables would cause the Class B
Invested Amount to be a negative number on any Distribution Date, collections of
Principal Receivables will be reallocated on such Distribution
S-46
<PAGE> 47
Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount which would cause the Class
B Invested Amount to be reduced to zero.
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES; INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS
On each Determination Date, the Servicer will calculate the Investor
Default Amount for the preceding Monthly Period. The term "DEFAULT AMOUNT"
means, for any Monthly Period, an amount (which shall not be less than zero)
equal to (a) the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables (other than
Ineligible Receivables) in Defaulted Accounts on the day such Account became a
Defaulted Account for each day in such Monthly Period minus (b) the aggregate
amount of Recoveries received in such Monthly Period. The term "INVESTOR DEFAULT
AMOUNT" means, for any Monthly Period, the product of (i) the Investor
Percentage with respect to such Monthly Period and (ii) the Default Amount for
such Monthly Period. A portion of the Default Amount will be allocated to the
Class A Certificateholders (the "CLASS A INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT") on each
Distribution Date in an amount equal to the product of the Class A Floating
Allocation Percentage applicable during the related Monthly Period and the
Default Amount for such Monthly Period. A portion of the Default Amount will be
allocated to the Class B Certificateholders (the "CLASS B INVESTOR DEFAULT
AMOUNT") on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the product of the
Class B Floating Allocation Percentage applicable during the related Monthly
Period and the Default Amount for such Monthly Period. A portion of the Default
Amount will be allocated to the Excess Collateral Holders (the "EXCESS
COLLATERAL DEFAULT AMOUNT") on each Distribution Date in an amount equal to the
product of the Excess Collateral Floating Allocation Percentage applicable
during the related Monthly Period and the Default Amount for such Monthly
Period.
On each Distribution Date, if the Class A Investor Default Amount for such
Distribution Date exceeds the sum of the Class A Floating Allocation Percentage
of collections in respect of Finance Charge Receivables allocable with respect
thereto, and the Excess Finance Charge Collections and the Reallocated Principal
Collections available to cover such amount with respect to the Monthly Period
immediately preceding such Distribution Date, the Excess Collateral Amount will
be reduced by the amount of such excess, but not more than the lesser of the
Class A Investor Default Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount for such
Distribution Date. In the event that, but for the limitation on the amount of
such reduction in the preceding sentence, such reduction would cause the Excess
Collateral Amount to be a negative number, the Excess Collateral Amount will be
reduced to zero, and the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount
by which the Excess Collateral Amount would have been reduced below zero. In the
event that such reduction would cause the Class B Invested Amount to be a
negative number, the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced to zero, and the
Class A Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by which the Class B
Invested Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not more than the Class
A Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date (a "CLASS A INVESTOR
CHARGE-OFF"), which will have the effect of slowing or reducing the return of
principal to the Class A Certificateholders. If the Class A Invested Amount has
been reduced by the amount of any Class A Investor Charge-Offs, it will be
reimbursed on any Transfer Date (but not by an amount in excess of the aggregate
Class A Investor Charge-Offs) by the amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections
allocated and available for such purpose as described above under "--Excess
Finance Charge Collections."
If on any Distribution Date, the Class B Investor Default Amount for such
Distribution Date exceeds the amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections and
Reallocated Excess Collateral Principal Collections which are allocated and
available to fund such amount, the Excess Collateral Amount (after giving effect
to any adjustments with respect thereto as described in the preceding paragraph)
will be reduced by the amount of such excess, but not more than the lesser of
the Class B Investor Default Amount and the Excess Collateral Amount for such
Distribution Date. In the event that, but for the limitation on the amount of
such reduction in the preceding sentence, such reduction would cause the Excess
Collateral Amount to be a negative number, the Excess Collateral Amount will be
reduced to zero and the Class B Invested Amount will be reduced by the amount by
which the Excess Collateral Amount would have been reduced below zero, but not
more than the Class B Investor Default Amount for such Distribution Date (a
"CLASS B INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF"). The Class B Invested Amount will also be reduced
by the amount of Reallocated Class B Principal Collections applied to cover
shortfalls in excess of the Excess Collateral Amount and the amount of any
portion of the Class B Invested Amount allocated
S-47
<PAGE> 48
to the Class A Certificates to avoid a reduction in the Class A Invested Amount.
The Class B Invested Amount will thereafter be reimbursed (but not in the excess
of the unpaid principal balance of the Class B Certificates) on any Transfer
Date by the amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated and available
for that purpose as described above under "--Excess Finance Charge Collections."
If on any Distribution Date, the Excess Collateral Default Amount for such
Distribution Date exceeds the amount of Excess Finance Charge Collections which
are allocated and available to fund such amount as described above under
"--Excess Finance Charge Collections," the Excess Collateral Amount (after
giving effect to any adjustments with respect thereto as described in the
preceding paragraphs) will be reduced by the amount of such excess, but not more
than the lesser of the Excess Collateral Default Amount and the Excess
Collateral Amount for such Distribution Date (an "EXCESS COLLATERAL
CHARGE-OFF"). The Excess Collateral Amount will also be reduced by the amount of
Reallocated Principal Collections and the amount of any portion of the Excess
Collateral Amount allocated to the Class A Certificates to avoid a reduction in
the Class A Invested Amount or to the Class B Certificates to avoid a reduction
in the Class B Invested Amount. The Excess Collateral Amount will thereafter be
reimbursed on any Transfer Date by the amount of Excess Finance Charge
Collections allocated and available for that purpose as described above under
"--Excess Finance Charge Collections."
PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT
The Servicer will establish and maintain with a Qualified Institution a
principal funding account as a segregated trust account held for the benefit of
the Certificateholders (the "PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT"). During the
Accumulation Period, the Trustee at the direction of the Servicer shall transfer
collections in respect of Principal Receivables (other than Reallocated
Principal Collections) and Excess Principal Collections from other Series, if
any, allocated to Series 1999-4 from the Principal Account to the Principal
Funding Account as described under "--Application of Collections." Such
collections will be retained in the Principal Funding Account and ultimately
used to pay the principal of the Certificates on the Class A Scheduled Payment
Date, the Class B Scheduled Payment Date and the Excess Collateral Scheduled
Payment Date or the first Distribution Date with respect to the Rapid
Amortization Period, whichever occurs earlier.
Funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account will be invested to the
following Transfer Date by the Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in
Permitted Investments. Investment earnings (net of investment losses and
expenses) on funds on deposit in the Principal Funding Account (the "PRINCIPAL
FUNDING INVESTMENT PROCEEDS") during the Accumulation Period will be included in
Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds and Excess Collateral Available
Funds. If, for any Interest Period, the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds
are less than an amount equal to, for each Interest Period, the Covered Amount,
the amount of such deficiency will be paid from the Reserve Account to the
extent of the Available Reserve Account Amount and, if necessary, from Excess
Finance Charge Collections and Reallocated Principal Collections.
RESERVE ACCOUNT
Pursuant to the Offered Series Supplement, the Servicer will establish and
maintain with a Qualified Institution the reserve account as a segregated trust
account held for the benefit of the Certificateholders (the "RESERVE ACCOUNT").
The Reserve Account is established to assist with the subsequent distribution of
interest on the Certificates during the Accumulation Period. On each Transfer
Date from and after the Reserve Account Funding Date, but prior to the
termination of the Reserve Account, the Trustee, acting pursuant to the
Servicer's instructions, will apply Excess Finance Charge Collections allocated
to the Certificates (to the extent described above under "--Excess Finance
Charge Collections") to increase the amount on deposit in the Reserve Account
(to the extent such amount is less than the Required Reserve Account Amount).
The "RESERVE ACCOUNT FUNDING DATE" will be the Transfer Date which commences no
later than three months prior to the commencement of the Accumulation Period, or
such earlier date as the Servicer may determine. The "REQUIRED RESERVE ACCOUNT
AMOUNT" for any Transfer Date on or after the Reserve Account Funding Date will
be equal to (a) 0.5% of the Invested Amount or (b) any other amount designated
by First USA; provided, that if such designation is of a lesser amount, First
USA shall have provided the Servicer, the Excess Collateral Holders and the
Trustee with evidence that the Rating Agency Condition with respect to such
designation has been satisfied and First USA
S-48
<PAGE> 49
shall have delivered to the Trustee a certificate of an authorized officer to
the effect that, based on the facts known to such officer at such time, in the
reasonable belief of First USA, such designation will not cause a Pay Out Event
or an event that, after the giving of notice or the lapse of time, would cause a
Pay Out Event to occur with respect to the Offered Series.
Provided that the Reserve Account has not terminated as described below,
all amounts on deposit in the Reserve Account on any Transfer Date (after giving
effect to any deposits to, or withdrawals from, the Reserve Account to be made
on such Transfer Date) will be invested to the following Transfer Date by the
Trustee at the direction of the Servicer in Permitted Investments. The interest
and other investment income (net of investment expenses and losses) earned on
such investments will be retained in the Reserve Account (to the extent the
amount on deposit is less than the Required Reserve Account Amount) or deposited
in the Finance Charge Account for application as described above under
"--Application of Collections--Monthly Allocations."
On or before each Transfer Date with respect to the Accumulation Period and
on the first Transfer Date with respect to the Rapid Amortization Period, a
withdrawal will be made from the Reserve Account and the amount of such
withdrawal will be included in Class A Available Funds, Class B Available Funds
and Excess Collateral Available Funds to be applied to the payment of interest
on the Certificates for such Transfer Date in an amount equal to the lesser of
(a) the Available Reserve Account Amount with respect to such Transfer Date and
(b) the excess, if any, of (x) the sum of (a) with respect to the Class A
Certificates, the product of (i) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual
number of days in such Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, (ii)
the Class A Certificate Rate in effect with respect to such Interest Period and
(iii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account with
respect to Class A Monthly Principal as of the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding the Monthly Period in which such Interest Period ends, (b) with
respect to the Class B Certificates, the product of (i) a fraction the numerator
of which is the actual number of days in such Interest Period and the
denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Class B Certificate Rate in effect with
respect to such Interest Period and (iii) the aggregate amount on deposit in the
Principal Funding Account with respect to Class B Monthly Principal as of the
last day of the Monthly Period preceding the Monthly Period in which such
Interest Period ends and (c) with respect to the Excess Collateral, the product
of (i) a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual number of days in such
Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, (ii) the Excess Collateral
Minimum Rate in effect with respect to such Interest Period and (iii) the
aggregate amount on deposit in the Principal Funding Account with respect to
Excess Collateral Monthly Principal as of the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding the Monthly Period in which such Interest Period ends (the "COVERED
AMOUNT") over (y) the Principal Funding Investment Proceeds with respect to such
Transfer Date; provided, that the amount of such withdrawal shall be reduced to
the extent that funds otherwise would be available to be deposited in the
Reserve Account on such Transfer Date. On each Transfer Date, the amount
available to be withdrawn from the Reserve Account (the "AVAILABLE RESERVE
ACCOUNT AMOUNT") will be equal to the lesser of the amount on deposit in the
Reserve Account (before giving effect to any deposit to be made to the Reserve
Account on such Transfer Date) and the Required Reserve Account Amount for such
Transfer Date.
The Reserve Account will be terminated following the earliest to occur of
(a) the termination of the Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, (b) the date on which the Invested Amount is paid in full, (c) if the
Accumulation Period has not commenced, the occurrence of a Pay Out Event with
respect to the Certificates and (d) if the Accumulation Period has commenced,
the earlier of the first Transfer Date with respect to the Rapid Amortization
Period and the Class A Scheduled Payment Date. Upon the termination of the
Reserve Account, all amounts on deposit therein (after giving effect to any
withdrawal from the Reserve Account on such date as described above) will be
deposited in the Finance Charge Account and applied in accordance with the
priority of payments described above under "--Application of
Collections--Monthly Allocations." Any amounts withdrawn from the Reserve
Account and distributed to the Excess Collateral Holders as described above will
not be available for distribution to the Class A Certificateholders or the Class
B Certificateholders.
S-49
<PAGE> 50
PAY OUT EVENTS
As described above, the Revolving Period will continue until the
commencement of the Accumulation Period, unless a Pay Out Event occurs prior to
such date. A "PAY OUT EVENT" refers to any of the following events:
(a) failure on the part of the Transferor (i) to make any payment or
deposit on the date required under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or
the offered Series Supplement (or within the applicable grace period which
will not exceed five days) or (ii) to observe or perform in any material
respect any other covenants or agreements of the Transferor set forth in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Offered Series Supplement, which
failure has a material adverse effect on the Certificateholders and which
continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after written notice and
continues to materially and adversely affect the interests of the
Certificateholders for such period;
(b) any representation or warranty made by the Transferor in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any information required to be given by
the Transferor to the Trustee to identify the Accounts proves to have been
incorrect in any material respect when made and which continues to be
incorrect in any material respect for a period of 60 days after written
notice and as a result of which the interests of the Certificateholders are
materially and adversely affected and continue to be materially and
adversely affected for such period; provided, however, that a Pay Out Event
pursuant to this clause (b) shall not be deemed to occur thereunder if the
Transferor has accepted reassignment of the related Receivable or all such
Receivables, if applicable, during such period (or such longer period as
the Trustee may specify) in accordance with the provisions thereof;
(c) certain events of insolvency or receivership relating to the
Transferor;
(d) the average Portfolio Yield for any three consecutive Monthly
Periods is less than the average Base Rate for such three consecutive
Monthly Periods;
(e) the Trust becomes an "investment company" within the meaning of
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended;
(f) a failure by the Transferor to convey Receivables arising under
Additional Accounts to the Trust when required by the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement; or
(g) any Servicer Default occurs which would have a material adverse
effect on the Certificateholders.
In the case of any event described in clause (a), (b) or (g) above, a Pay
Out Event will be deemed to have occurred with respect to the Certificates only
if, after any applicable grace period, either the Trustee or Certificateholders
evidencing undivided interests aggregating more than 50% of the Investor
Interest, by written notice to the Transferor and the Servicer (and to the
Trustee if given by the Certificateholders) declare that a Pay Out Event has
occurred with respect to the Certificates as of the date of such notice. In the
case of any event described in clause (c) or (e), a Pay Out Event with respect
to all Series then outstanding, and in the case of any event described in clause
(d) or (f), a Pay Out Event with respect to only the Certificates, will be
deemed to have occurred without any notice or other action on the part of the
Trustee or the Certificateholders or all certificateholders, as appropriate,
immediately upon the occurrence of such event. On the date on which a Pay Out
Event is deemed to have occurred, the Rapid Amortization Period will commence.
In such event, distributions of principal to the Certificateholders will begin
on the first Distribution Date following the month in which such Pay Out Event
occurred. If, because of the occurrence of a Pay Out Event, the Rapid
Amortization Period begins earlier than the Monthly Period preceding the month
in which the Scheduled Payment Date occurs, Certificateholders will begin
receiving distributions of principal earlier than they otherwise would have,
which may shorten the average life of the Certificates.
If pursuant to certain provisions of Federal law, the Transferor
voluntarily enters liquidation or a receiver is appointed for the Transferor, on
the day of such event the Transferor will immediately cease to transfer
Principal Receivables to the Trust and promptly give notice to the Trustee of
such event. Within 15 days, the Trustee will publish a notice of the liquidation
or the appointment stating that the Trustee intends to sell, dispose of, or
S-50
<PAGE> 51
otherwise liquidate the Receivables in a commercially reasonable manner. With
respect to each Series outstanding at such time, unless otherwise instructed
within a specified period by certificateholders representing undivided interests
aggregating more than 50% of the invested amount of such Series (or, if such
Series has more than one Class, of each Class of such Series, and with respect
to Series required to vote as a group, all Classes of all such Series), the
Trustee will sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the portion of the
Receivables allocated to the Series with respect to which all outstanding
Classes did not vote to continue the Trust in accordance with the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement in a commercially reasonable manner and on commercially
reasonable terms. The proceeds from the sale, disposition or liquidation of the
Receivables will be treated as collections of the Receivables and applied with
respect to such Series as provided above under "--Application of Collections."
If the only Pay Out Event to occur is either the insolvency of the Transferor or
the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Transferor, the conservator
or receiver may have the power to prevent the early sale, liquidation or
disposition of the Receivables and the commencement of the Rapid Amortization
Period. In addition, a conservator or receiver may have the power to cause the
early sale of the Receivables and the early retirement of the Certificates. See
"Description of the Certificates--Pay Out Events" in the attached prospectus for
an additional discussion of the consequences of an insolvency, conservatorship
or receivership of the Transferor.
OPTIONAL REPURCHASE
The Invested Amount will be subject to optional repurchase by the
Transferor on any Distribution Date on or after the Distribution Date on which
the Invested Amount is reduced to an amount less than or equal to $29,761,950
(5% of the initial Invested Amount), if certain conditions set forth in the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement are met. The repurchase price will be equal to
the Invested Amount plus accrued and unpaid interest on the Certificates through
the last day of the Interest Period related to the Distribution Date on which
the repurchase occurs. See "Description of the Certificates--Final Payment of
Principal; Termination" in the attached prospectus.
SERVICING COMPENSATION AND PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
The Servicer's compensation for its servicing activities and reimbursement
for its expenses will take the form of the payment to it of a monthly servicing
fee in an amount equal to the sum of, with respect to all Series, one-twelfth of
the product of the applicable servicing fee percentages with respect to each
Series and the allocable portion of the Transferor Interest and the average
amount of the Principal Receivables during each month. The monthly servicing fee
will be allocated between the Transferor Interest, the Investor Interest and the
Excess Collateral Holders' Interest and the investor interests for all other
Series. The portion of the servicing fee allocable to the Investor Interest and
the Excess Collateral Holders' Interest on each Distribution Date (the "INVESTOR
SERVICING FEE") will be equal to one-twelfth of the product of the Servicing Fee
Percentage and the sum of the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, the Class B
Adjusted Invested Amount and the Excess Collateral Adjusted Amount on the last
day of the related Monthly Period or, in the case of the first Distribution
Date, the product of (i) the actual number of days from and including the
Closing Date to and including May 31, 1999 divided by 365, (ii) the Servicing
Fee Percentage and (iii) the initial Invested Amount. "CLASS A MONTHLY SERVICING
FEE," "CLASS B MONTHLY SERVICING FEE," and "EXCESS COLLATERAL MONTHLY SERVICING
FEE," mean, with respect to any Distribution Date, one-twelfth of the product of
the Servicing Fee Percentage and the Class A Adjusted Invested Amount, Class B
Adjusted Invested Amount or Excess Collateral Adjusted Amount, as applicable, on
the last day of the preceding Monthly Period. The "SERVICING FEE PERCENTAGE"
will mean 1.5% for so long as the Bank is the Servicer or 2.0% if the Bank is no
longer the Servicer. The Investor Servicing Fee will be funded from Excess
Finance Charge Collections and, with respect to a Servicer other than the Bank,
from the Investor Percentage of collections of Finance Charge Receivables and
Reallocated Principal Collections. The remainder of the servicing fee will be
allocable to the Transferor Interest and the investor interests of other Series.
Neither the Trust nor the Certificateholders will have any obligation to pay
such portion of the servicing fee.
The Servicer will pay from its servicing compensation certain expenses
incurred in connection with servicing the Receivables including, without
limitation, payment of the fees and disbursements of the Trustee and independent
certified public accountants and other fees which are not expressly stated in
the Pooling and
S-51
<PAGE> 52
Servicing Agreement to be payable by the Trust or the Certificateholders other
than Federal, state and local income and franchise taxes, if any, of the Trust.
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
The Trustee will publish or will cause to be published following each
Distribution Date (including the Stated Series Termination Date) in a daily
newspaper in Luxembourg (expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) a notice to the
effect that the information described in "Description of the
Certificates--Reports to Certificateholders" in the attached prospectus will be
available for review at the main office of the listing agent of the Trust in
Luxembourg.
Notices to Certificateholders will be given by publication in a daily
newspaper in Luxembourg, which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort. In the
event that Definitive Certificates are issued, notices to Certificateholders
will also be given by mail to the addresses of such holders as they appear in
the Certificate register.
LISTING AND GENERAL INFORMATION
Application has been made to list the Offered Certificates on the
Luxembourg Stock Exchange. In connection with the listing application, the
Amended and Restated Articles of Association and By-laws of the Bank, as well as
legal notice relating to the issuance of the Offered Certificates will be
deposited prior to listing with the Chief Registrar of the District Court in
Luxembourg, where copies thereof may be obtained upon request. Once the Offered
Certificates have been so listed, trading of the Offered Certificates may be
effected on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange. The Class A Certificates and the
Class B Certificates have been accepted for clearance through the facilities of
DTC, Cedelbank and Euroclear (ISIN number for the Class A Certificates
US337435EA54, and for the Class B Certificates US337435EB38, and Common Code
number for the Class A Certificates 009810048, and for the Class B Certificates
009810072.
The Bank has taken all reasonable care to ensure that the information
contained in this prospectus supplement and the prospectus in relation to the
Bank and the Offered Certificates is true and correct in all material respects
and that in relation to the Bank and the Offered Certificates there are no facts
the omission of which would make misleading any statement herein or in the
attached prospectus, whether fact or opinion. The Bank accepts responsibility
accordingly.
The transactions contemplated in this preliminary prospectus supplement
were authorized by resolutions adopted by the Bank on February 3, 1999.
Copies of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Offered Series
Supplement, the annual report of independent public accountants described in
"Description of the Certificates--Evidence as to Compliance" in the attached
prospectus, the documents listed under "Where You Can Find More Information" and
the reports to Certificateholders referred to under "Reports to
Certificateholders" and "Description of the Certificates--Reports to
Certificateholders" in the attached prospectus will be available at the office
of the listing agent of the Trust in Luxembourg, whose address is 14 Boulevard
Royal, 2449 Luxembourg, Grand-Duche de Luxembourg. Financial information
regarding the Bank is included in the consolidated financial statements of BANK
ONE in BANK ONE's Annual Report for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1997,
which documents are also available without charge at the office of the listing
agent in Luxembourg.
The Certificates, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Offered
Series Supplement are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit certain pension, profit
sharing or other employee benefit plans, individual retirement accounts or
annuities and employee annuity plans and Keogh plans (collectively, "BENEFIT
PLANS")
S-52
<PAGE> 53
from engaging in certain transactions involving "plan assets" with persons that
are "parties in interest" under ERISA or "disqualified persons" under the Code
(collectively, "PARTIES IN INTEREST") with respect to the Benefit Plan. A
violation of these "prohibited transaction" rules may generate excise tax and
other liabilities under ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code for such persons,
unless a statutory, regulatory or administrative exemption is available. Benefit
Plans that are governmental plans (as defined in section 3(32) of ERISA) and
certain church plans (as defined in section 3(33) of ERISA) are not subject to
ERISA requirements.
CLASS A CERTIFICATES
A violation of the prohibited transaction rules could occur if the Class A
Certificates were to be purchased with assets of any Benefit Plan and the
Transferor, the Trustee, any underwriters of such Series or any of their
affiliates were a Party in Interest with respect to such Benefit Plan, unless a
statutory, regulatory or administrative exemption is available or an exemption
applies under a regulation (the "PLAN ASSET REGULATION") issued by the
Department of Labor ("DOL"). The Transferor, the Trustee, any underwriters of a
Series and their affiliates are likely to be Parties in Interest with respect to
many Benefit Plans. Before purchasing the Class A Certificates or the Class B
Certificates, a Benefit Plan fiduciary or other Benefit Plan investor should
consider whether a prohibited transaction might arise by reason of the
relationship between the Benefit Plan and the Transferor, the Trustee, any
underwriters of such Series or any of their affiliates and consult their counsel
regarding the purchase in light of the considerations described below and in the
attached prospectus.
Under certain circumstances, the Plan Asset Regulation treats the assets of
an entity in which a Benefit Plan holds an equity interest as "plan assets" of
such Benefit Plan. Because the Class A Certificates will represent beneficial
interests in the Trust, and despite the agreement of the Transferor and the
Certificate Owners to treat the Class A Certificates as debt instruments, the
Class A Certificates are likely to be considered equity interests in the Trust
for purposes of the Plan Asset Regulation, with the result that the assets of
the Trust are likely to be treated as "plan assets" of the investing Benefit
Plans for purposes of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the "CODE"), unless the exception for "publicly-offered
securities" is applicable as described in the attached prospectus. The
Underwriters anticipate that the Class A Certificates will meet the criteria for
treatment as "publicly-offered securities" as described in the attached
prospectus. No restrictions will be imposed on the transfer of the Class A
Certificates. It is expected that the Class A Certificates will be held by at
least 100 or more investors who are independent of the issuer and of one another
("INDEPENDENT INVESTORS") at the conclusion of the initial public offering
although no assurance can be given, and no monitoring or other measures will be
taken to ensure, that such condition is met. The Class A Certificates will be
sold as part of an offering pursuant to an effective registration statement
under the Securities Act and then will be timely registered under the Exchange
Act.
If the foregoing exception under the Plan Asset Regulation were not
satisfied, transactions involving the Trust and Parties in Interest with respect
to a Benefit Plan that purchases or holds Class A Certificates or Class B
Certificates might be prohibited under Section 406 of ERISA and/or Section 4975
of the Code and result in excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and
Section 4975 of the Code unless an exemption were available. The five DOL class
exemptions described in the attached prospectus may not provide relief for all
transactions involving the assets of the Trust even if they would otherwise
apply to the purchase of a Class A Certificate or a Class B Certificate by a
Benefit Plan.
CLASS B CERTIFICATES
The Underwriters currently do not expect that the Class B Certificates will
be held by at least 100 Independent Investors and, therefore, do not expect that
such Class B Certificates will qualify as "publicly-offered securities" under
the regulation referred to in the preceding paragraph. Accordingly, the Class B
Certificates may not be acquired or held by (a) any employee benefit plan that
is subject to ERISA, (b) any plan or other arrangement (including an individual
retirement account or Keogh plan) that is subject to Section 4975 of the Code,
or (c) any entity whose underlying assets include "plan assets" under the
regulation by reason of any such plan's investment in the entity. By its
acceptance of a Class B Certificate, each Class B Certificateholder will be
deemed to have represented and warranted that it is not and will not be subject
to the foregoing limitation.
S-53
<PAGE> 54
CONSULTATION WITH COUNSEL
In light of the foregoing, fiduciaries or other persons contemplating
purchasing Class A Certificates or Class B Certificates on behalf or with "plan
assets" of any Benefit Plan should consult their own counsel regarding whether
the Trust assets represented by the Class A Certificates or Class B Certificates
would be considered "plan assets," the consequences that would apply if the
Trust's assets were considered "plan assets," and the possibility of exemptive
relief from the prohibited transaction rules.
Finally, Benefit Plan fiduciaries and other Benefit Plan investors should
consider the fiduciary standards under ERISA or other applicable law in the
context of the Benefit Plan's particular circumstances before authorizing an
investment of a portion of the Benefit Plan's assets in the Certificates.
Accordingly, among other factors, Benefit Plan fiduciaries and other Benefit
Plan investors should consider whether the investment (i) satisfies the
diversification requirement of ERISA or other applicable law, (ii) is in
accordance with the Benefit Plan's governing instruments, and (iii) is prudent
in light of the "Risk Factors" and other factors discussed in this supplement.
S-54
<PAGE> 55
UNDERWRITING
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement
dated May 19, 1999 (the "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT") between First USA and the
underwriters named below (the "UNDERWRITERS"), First USA has agreed to sell to
the Underwriters and the Underwriters have agreed to purchase, the principal
amount of the Offered Certificates offered hereby if any of the Offered
Certificates are not purchased.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF
UNDERWRITERS CLASS A CERTIFICATES CLASS B CERTIFICATES
- ------------ -------------------- --------------------
<S> <C> <C>
Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. ....................... $166,668,000 $12,897,000
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. ............................. 166,666,000 12,897,000
Lehman Brothers Inc. ................................. 166,666,000 12,897,000
------------ -----------
Total............................................ $500,000,000 $38,691,000
============ ===========
</TABLE>
The price to public, Underwriters' discounts and commissions, the
concessions that the Underwriters may allow to certain dealers, and the
discounts that such dealers may reallow to certain other dealers, each expressed
as a percentage of the principal amount of the Class A and Class B Certificates,
shall be as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITING
PRICE TO DISCOUNT AND
PUBLIC COMMISSIONS
-------- ------------
<S> <C> <C>
Class A Certificates........................................ 100.0% 0.225%
Class B Certificates........................................ 100.0% 0.275%
</TABLE>
After the offering is completed, First USA will receive the proceeds, after
deduction of the underwriting and other expenses, listed below:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PROCEEDS TO TRANSFEROR UNDERWRITING
PROCEEDS TO (AS % OF THE PRINCIPAL DISCOUNTS AND
TRANSFEROR AMOUNT OF THE CERTIFICATES) CONCESSIONS
------------ --------------------------- -------------
<S> <C> <C> <C>
Class A Certificates...................... $498,875,000 99.775% $1,125,000
Class B Certificates...................... $ 38,584,600 99.725% $ 106,400
</TABLE>
After the initial public offering, the public offering price and other
selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters. Additional offering expenses
are estimated to be $620,000.
The Underwriters may engage in over-allotment transactions, stabilizing
transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids with respect to
the Offered Certificates in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.
Over-allotment transactions involve syndicate sales in excess of the offering
size, which create a syndicate short position. Stabilizing transactions permit
bids to purchase the Offered Certificates so long as the stabilizing bids do not
exceed a specified maximum. Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of
the Offered Certificates in the open market after the distribution has been
completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. Penalty bids permit the
Underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the
Offered Certificates originally sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a
syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions. Such
over-allotment transactions, stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering
transactions and penalty bids may cause the price of the Offered Certificates to
be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of such transactions.
Neither the Transferor nor the Underwriters represent that the Underwriters will
engage in any such transactions or that such transactions, once commenced, will
not be discontinued without notice at any time.
The Transferor has been advised by each Underwriter that it proposes
initially to offer the Class A Certificates to the public at the price set forth
on the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at such price less concessions
not in excess of 0.135% of the principal amount of the Class A Certificates.
Each Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, concessions not in
excess of 0.081% of the principal amount of the Class A Certificates to certain
brokers and dealers. The Transferor has been advised by each Underwriter that it
proposes
S-55
<PAGE> 56
initially to offer the Class B Certificates to the public at the price set forth
on the cover page hereof and to certain dealers at such price less concessions
not in excess of 0.165% of the principal amount of the Class B Certificates.
Each Underwriter may allow, and such dealers may reallow, concessions not in
excess of 0.099% of the principal amount of the Class B Certificates to certain
brokers and dealers.
Each Underwriter has represented and agreed that (a) it has only issued or
passed on and will only issue or pass on in the United Kingdom any document
received by it in connection with the issue of the Offered Certificates to a
person who is of a kind described in Article 11(3) of the Financial Services Act
1986 (Investment Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1996 (as amended) or who is
a person to whom the document may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on, (b)
it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the Financial
Services Act 1986 and other applicable laws and regulations with respect to
anything done by it in relation to the Offered Certificates in, from or
otherwise involving the United Kingdom and (c) if the Underwriter is an
authorized person under the Financial Services Act 1986, it has only promoted
and will only promote (as that term is defined in Regulation 1.02 of the
Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated Schemes) Regulations 1991) to any
person in the United Kingdom the scheme described herein if that person is of a
kind described either in Section 76(2) of the Financial Services Act 1986 or in
Regulation 1.04 of the Financial Services (Promotion of Unregulated Schemes)
Regulations 1991.
The Transferor will indemnify each Underwriter against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments such
Underwriter may be required to make in respect thereof. Each Underwriter has
agreed to reimburse the Transferor for certain expenses incurred in connection
with the issuance and distribution of the Offered Certificates.
In the ordinary course of business, each Underwriter and its affiliates
have engaged and may engage in investment banking and/or commercial banking
transactions with the Transferor, its affiliates and the Trust. In addition,
each Underwriter may from time to time take positions in the Certificates and
other certificates issued by the Trust.
Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. ("BOCM") is an affiliate of the Transferor.
Any obligations of BOCM are the sole obligations of BOCM and do not create any
obligations on the part of any of its affiliates.
BOCM may from time to time purchase or acquire a position in the
Certificates and may, at its option, hold or resell such Certificates. BOCM
expects to offer and sell previously issued Certificates in the course of its
business as a broker-dealer. BOCM may act as a principal or agent in such
transactions. This supplement and the attached prospectus may be used by BOCM
and its successors in connection with such transactions. Such sales, if any,
will be made at varying prices related to prevailing market prices at the time
of sale.
EXCHANGE LISTING
We have applied to list the Certificates on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
We cannot guaranty that the application for the listing will be accepted. You
should consult with Banque de Luxembourg, the Luxembourg listing agent for the
Certificates, 14 Boulevard Royal, 2449 Luxembourg, Grand-Duche de Luxembourg,
phone number (352) 499243063, to determine whether or not the Certificates are
listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
S-56
<PAGE> 57
ANNEX I
OTHER SERIES
The Trust has previously issued thirty-six other Series that the Transferor
anticipates will remain outstanding on the Closing Date. The table below sets
forth the principal characteristics of such Series: Series 1994-4, Series
1994-6, Series 1994-7, Series 1994-8, Series 1995-2, Series 1995-5, Series
1995-6, Series 1996-1, Series 1996-2, Series 1996-3, Series 1996-4, Series
1996-6, Series 1996-7, Series 1996-8, Series 1997-1, Series 1997-2, Series
1997-3, Series 1997-4, Series 1997-5, Series 1997-6, Series 1997-7, Series
1997-8, Series 1997-9, Series 1997-10, Series 1998-1, Series 1998-2, Series
1998-3, Series 1998-4, Series 1998-5, Series 1998-6, Series 1998-7, Series
1998-8, Series 1998-9, Series 1999-1, Series 1999-2 and Series 1999-3. For more
specific information with respect to any Series, any prospective investor should
contact the Servicer at (214) 849-3700. The Servicer will provide, without
charge, to any prospective purchaser of the Certificates, a copy of the
disclosure documents for any previous publicly issued Series.
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1994-4
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $726,450,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.37%
Controlled Amortization Amount $60,537,500
Commencement of Controlled Amortization Period November 1, 2000
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Collateral Invested Amount $87,000,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date November 15, 2001
Scheduled Series Termination Date August 15, 2003
Series Issuance Date June 9, 1994
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $56,550,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.58%
Controlled Amortization Amount $56,550,000
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Collateral Invested Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1994-6
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $750,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.35%
Controlled Amortization Amount $62,500,000
Commencement of Controlled Amortization Period January 1, 2001
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Collateral Invested Amount $89,820,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date January 15, 2002
Scheduled Series Termination Date October 15, 2003
Series Issuance Date August 24, 1994
</TABLE>
A-I-1
<PAGE> 58
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $58,380,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.58%
Controlled Amortization Amount $58,380,000
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Collateral Invested Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1994-7
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $750,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.18%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $750,000,000
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) September 30, 1999
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Collateral Invested Amount $94,880,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date November 15, 1999
Scheduled Series Termination Date June 15, 2002
Series Issuance Date November 8, 1994
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $58,735,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.40%
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Collateral Invested Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1994-8
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate Three Month LIBOR + 0.24%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $41,666,667
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) October 31, 2000
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Collateral Invested Amount $63,253,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date November 15, 2001
Scheduled Series Termination Date June 15, 2004
Series Issuance Date November 8, 1994
</TABLE>
A-I-2
<PAGE> 59
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $39,157,000
Certificate Rate Three Month LIBOR + 0.45%
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Collateral Invested Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1995-2
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $660,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.24%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $55,000,000
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) February 28, 2001
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Collateral Invested Amount $83,500,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date March 15, 2002
Scheduled Series Termination Date October 15, 2004
Series Issuance Date March 1, 1995
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $51,700,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.425%
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Collateral Invested Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1995-5
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.17%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $41,666,667
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) August 31, 1999
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Collateral Invested Amount $57,230,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date September 15, 2000
Scheduled Series Termination Date April 15, 2003
Series Issuance Date September 14, 1995
</TABLE>
A-I-3
<PAGE> 60
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $45,180,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.29%
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Collateral Invested Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1995-6
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $1,245,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.17%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $103,750,000
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) October 31, 1999
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Collateral Invested Amount $142,500,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date November 10, 2000
Scheduled Series Termination Date July 10, 2003
Series Issuance Date December 7, 1995
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $112,500,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.33%
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Collateral Invested Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1996-1
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $750,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.16%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $75,301,250
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) February 29, 2000
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $85,845,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date March 15, 2001
Scheduled Series Termination Date November 15, 2003
Series Issuance Date March 6, 1996
</TABLE>
A-I-4
<PAGE> 61
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $67,770,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.29%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1996-2
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $600,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.18%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $60,250,000
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) May 31, 2002
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $68,700,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date June 10, 2003
Scheduled Series Termination Date February 10, 2006
Series Issuance Date June 4, 1996
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $54,300,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.33%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-5
<PAGE> 62
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1996-3
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $400,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.10%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $40,166,667
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) April 30, 1999
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $45,800,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date June 10, 1999
Scheduled Series Termination Date February 10, 2002
Series Issuance Date June 6, 1996
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $36,200,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.23%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1996-4
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.19%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $50,200,834
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation
Period(subject to adjustment) July 31, 2005
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $57,230,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date August 10, 2006
Scheduled Series Termination Date April 10, 2009
Series Issuance Date August 6, 1996
</TABLE>
A-I-6
<PAGE> 63
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $45,180,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.37%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1996-6
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $862,650,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.14%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $86,616,667
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) October 31, 2002
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $98,750,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date November 10, 2003
Scheduled Series Termination Date July 10, 2006
Series Issuance Date November 13, 1996
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $78,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.35%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-7
<PAGE> 64
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1996-7
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $483,060,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.095%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $48,500,000
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) January 1, 2000
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $55,290,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date February 10, 2000
Scheduled Series Termination Date October 10, 2002
Series Issuance Date December 11, 1996
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $43,650,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.29%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1996-8
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $400,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.12%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $40,166,667
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) December 31, 2002
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $45,800,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date January 10, 2004
Scheduled Series Termination Date September 10, 2006
Series Issuance Date December 11, 1996
</TABLE>
A-I-8
<PAGE> 65
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $36,200,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.34%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1997-1
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $750,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.10%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $75,301,250
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) January 31, 2003
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $85,845,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date February 17, 2004
Scheduled Series Termination Date October 17, 2006
Series Issuance Date February 4, 1997
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $67,770,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.31%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-9
<PAGE> 66
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1997-2
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.13%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $50,200,834
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) April 30, 2003
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $57,230,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date May 17, 2004
Scheduled Series Termination Date January 17, 2007
Series Issuance Date May 8, 1997
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $45,180,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.33%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1997-3
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.11%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $50,200,834
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) May 31, 2001
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $57,230,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date June 17, 2002
Scheduled Series Termination Date February 17, 2005
Series Issuance Date June 10, 1997
</TABLE>
A-I-10
<PAGE> 67
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $45,180,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.29%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1997-4
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.21%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $50,200,834
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) May 31, 2006
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $57,230,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date June 17, 2007
Scheduled Series Termination Date February 17, 2010
Series Issuance Date June 10, 1997
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $45,180,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.41%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-11
<PAGE> 68
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1997-5
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $650,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.14%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $65,260,834
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) July 31, 2003
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $74,395,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date August 17, 2004
Scheduled Series Termination Date April 17, 2007
Series Issuance Date August 7, 1997
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $58,735,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.33%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1997-6
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $1,300,000,000
Certificate Rate 6.42%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $130,521,667
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) June 30, 2001
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $148,790,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date July 17, 2002
Scheduled Series Termination Date March 17, 2005
Series Issuance Date September 9, 1997
</TABLE>
A-I-12
<PAGE> 69
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $117,470,000
Certificate Rate 6.58%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1997-7
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.098%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $50,200,834
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) August 31, 2003
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $57,230,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date September 17, 2004
Scheduled Series Termination Date May 17, 2007
Series Issuance Date September 9, 1997
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $45,180,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.30%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-13
<PAGE> 70
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1997-8
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $780,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.15%
Controlled Accumulation Amount(subject to
adjustment) $78,313,334
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) August 31, 2006
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $89,278,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date September 17, 2007
Scheduled Series Termination Date March 17, 2010
Series Issuance Date September 23, 1997
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $70,482,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.36%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1997-9
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.06%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $50,200,834
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) September 30, 2003
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificate Amount $57,230,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date October 17, 2004
Scheduled Series Termination Date June 17, 2007
Series Issuance Date October 9, 1997
</TABLE>
A-I-14
<PAGE> 71
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $45,180,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.33%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1997-10
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $700,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.09%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $70,281,167
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) December 31, 1999
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial CIA Certificates Amount $80,121,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date January 17, 2001
Scheduled Series Termination Date September 17, 2003
Series Issuance Date December 23, 1997
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $63,253,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.27%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial CIA Certificate Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-15
<PAGE> 72
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1998-1
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $700,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.08%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $70,281,167
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) April 30, 2002
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $80,121,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date May 18, 2003
Scheduled Series Termination Date January 18, 2006
Series Issuance Date May 21, 1998
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $63,253,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.25%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1998-2
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $579,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR - 0.125%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $58,132,667
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) May 31, 2007
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $66,272,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date June 18, 2008
Scheduled Series Termination Date February 18, 2011
Series Issuance Date May 21, 1998
</TABLE>
A-I-16
<PAGE> 73
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $52,320,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR - 0.125%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1998-3
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $800,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.06%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $80,321,334
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) May 31, 2000
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $91,567,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date June 18, 2001
Scheduled Series Termination Date February 18, 2004
Series Issuance Date June 25, 1998
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $72,289,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.22%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-17
<PAGE> 74
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1998-4
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $700,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.12%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $70,281,167
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) June 30, 2004
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $80,121,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date July 18, 2005
Scheduled Series Termination Date March 18, 2008
Series Issuance Date July 22, 1998
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $63,253,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.30%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1998-5
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $650,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.10%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $65,260,834
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) July 31, 2002
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $74,395,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date August 18, 2003
Scheduled Series Termination Date April 18, 2006
Series Issuance Date August 27, 1998
</TABLE>
A-I-18
<PAGE> 75
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $58,735,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.28%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1998-6
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $800,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.16%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $80,321,334
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) July 31, 2007
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $91,567,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date August 18, 2008
Scheduled Series Termination Date April 18, 2011
Series Issuance Date August 27, 1998
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $72,289,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.36%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-19
<PAGE> 76
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1998-7
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $750,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.10%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $75,301,250
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) July 31, 2000
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $85,845,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date August 18, 2001
Scheduled Series Termination Date April 18, 2004
Series Issuance Date September 17, 1998
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $67,770,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.30%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1998-8
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.15%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $50,200,833
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) August 31, 2004
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $57,230,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date September 19, 2005
Scheduled Series Termination Date May 19, 2008
Series Issuance Date September 17, 1998
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $45,180,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.41%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-20
<PAGE> 77
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1998-9
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $650,000,000
Certificate Rate 5.28%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $62,260,584
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) December 31, 2002
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $52,299,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date January 20, 2004
Scheduled Series Termination Date September 18, 2006
Series Issuance Date December 22, 1998
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $44,828,000
Certificate Rate 5.55%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1999-1
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $1,000,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.15%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $100,401,584
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) January 31, 2003
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $114,458,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date February 19, 2004
Scheduled Series Termination Date October 19, 2006
Series Issuance Date February 24, 1999
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $90,361,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.40%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-21
<PAGE> 78
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
SERIES 1999-2
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $500,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.19%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $50,200,834
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) January 31, 2005
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $57,230,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date February 21, 2006
Scheduled Series Termination Date October 20, 2008
Series Issuance Date February 24, 1999
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $45,180,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.44%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
SERIES 1999-3
1. Class A Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $700,000,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.15%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) $69,444,500
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) March 31, 2003
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage 1.5%, subject to increase to 2.0%
Initial Excess Collateral Amount $79,167,000
Other Enhancement Subordination of Class B Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date April 19,2004
Scheduled Series Termination Date December 19, 2006
Series Issuance Date May 4, 1999
2. Class B Certificates
Initial Invested Amount $54,167,000
Certificate Rate One Month LIBOR + 0.36%
Controlled Accumulation Amount (subject to
adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Commencement of Controlled Accumulation Period
(subject to adjustment) Same as above for Class A Certificates
Annual Servicing Fee Percentage Same as above for Class A Certificates
Initial Excess Collateral Amount Same as above for Class A Certificates
Expected Final Payment Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Scheduled Series Termination Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
Series Issuance Date Same as above for Class A Certificates
</TABLE>
A-I-22
<PAGE> 79
ANNEX II
GLOBAL CLEARANCE, SETTLEMENT AND TAX DOCUMENTATION PROCEDURES
Except in certain limited circumstances, the globally offered First USA
Credit Card Master Trust Asset Backed Certificates, Series 1999-4, Class A and
Class B (the "GLOBAL SECURITIES") will be available only in book-entry form.
Investors in the Global Securities may hold such Global Securities through any
of The Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), Cedelbank or Euroclear. The Global
Securities will be tradeable as home market instruments in both the European and
U.S. domestic markets. Initial settlement and all secondary trades will settle
in same-day funds.
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through Cedelbank and Euroclear will be conducted in the ordinary way in
accordance with their normal rules and operating procedures and in accordance
with conventional eurobond practice (i.e., seven calendar day settlement).
Secondary market trading between investors holding Global Securities
through DTC will be conducted according to the rules and procedures applicable
to U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior First USA Credit Card Master Trust
issues.
Secondary cross-market trading between Cedelbank Customers or Euroclear
Participants holding Certificates will be effected on a delivery-against-payment
basis through the respective Depositaries of Cedelbank and Euroclear (in such
capacity) and as Cedelbank Customers or Euroclear Participants.
Non-U.S. holders (as described below) of Global Securities will be subject
to U.S. withholding taxes unless such holders meet certain requirements and
deliver appropriate U.S. tax documents to the securities clearing organizations
or their participants.
Initial Settlement. All Global Securities will be held in book-entry form
by DTC in the name of Cede & Co. as nominee of DTC. Investors' interests in the
Global Securities will be represented through financial institutions acting on
their behalf as direct and indirect Participants. As a result, Cedelbank and
Euroclear will hold positions on behalf of their customers and participants
through their respective Depositaries, which in turn will hold such positions in
accounts as DTC Participants.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through DTC will follow
the settlement practices applicable to U.S. corporate debt obligations and prior
First USA Credit Card Master Trust issues. Investor securities custody accounts
will be credited with their holdings against payment in same-day funds on the
settlement date.
Investors electing to hold their Global Securities through Cedelbank or
Euroclear accounts will follow the settlement procedures applicable to
conventional eurobonds, except that there will be no temporary global security
and no "lock-up" or restricted period. Global Securities will be credited to the
securities custody accounts on the settlement date against payment in same-day
funds.
Secondary Market Trading. Since the purchaser determines the place of
delivery, it is important to establish at the time of the trade where both the
purchaser's and seller's accounts are located to ensure that settlement can be
made on the desired value date.
Trading between DTC Participants. Secondary market trading between DTC
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to prior First USA
Credit Card Master Trust issues in same-day funds.
Trading between Cedelbank Customers and/or Euroclear
Participants. Secondary market trading between Cedelbank Customers or Euroclear
Participants will be settled using the procedures applicable to conventional
eurobonds in same-day funds.
Trading between DTC seller and Cedelbank or Euroclear purchaser. When
Global Securities are to be transferred from the account of a DTC Participant to
the accounts of a Cedelbank Customer or a Euroclear Participant, the purchaser
will send instructions to Cedelbank or Euroclear through a Cedelbank Customer or
Euroclear Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. Cedelbank
or Euroclear, as the case may be, will instruct their respective Depositaries to
receive the Global Securities against payment. Payment will include
A-II-1
<PAGE> 80
interest accrued on the Global Securities from and including the last coupon
payment date to and excluding the settlement date, on the basis of actual days
elapsed and a 360 day year. Payment will then be made by the respective
Depositary to the DTC Participant's account against delivery of the Global
Securities. After settlement has been completed, the Global Securities will be
credited to the respective clearing system and by the clearing system, in
accordance with its usual procedures, to the Cedelbank Customer's or Euroclear
Participant's account. The Global Securities credit will appear the next day
(European time) and the cash debit will be back-valued to, and the interest on
the Global Securities will accrue from, the value date (which would be the
preceding day when settlement occurred in New York). If settlement is not
completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), the Cedelbank or
Euroclear cash debit will be valued instead as of the actual settlement date.
Cedelbank Customers and Euroclear Participants will need to make available
to the respective clearing systems the funds necessary to process same-day funds
settlement. The most direct means of doing so is to pre-position funds for
settlement, either from cash on hand or existing lines of credit, as they would
for any settlement occurring within Cedelbank or Euroclear. Under this approach,
they may take on credit exposure to Cedelbank or Euroclear until the Global
Securities are credited to their accounts one day later.
As an alternative, if Cedelbank or Euroclear has extended a line of credit
to them, Cedelbank Customers or Euroclear Participants can elect not to
pre-position funds and allow that credit line to be drawn upon the finance
settlement. Under this procedure, Cedelbank Customers or Euroclear Participants
purchasing Global Securities would incur overdraft charges for one day, assuming
they cleared the overdraft when the Global Securities were credited to their
accounts. However, interest on the Global Securities would accrue from the value
date. Therefore, in many cases the investment income on the Global Securities
earned during that one-day period may substantially reduce or offset the amount
of such overdraft charges, although this result will depend on each Cedelbank
Customer's or Euroclear Participant's particular cost of funds.
Since the settlement is taking place during New York business hours, DTC
Participants can employ their usual procedures for sending Global Securities to
the respective Depositary for the benefit of Cedelbank Customers or Euroclear
Participants. The sale proceeds will be available to the DTC seller on the
settlement date. Thus, to the DTC Participants a cross-market transaction will
settle no differently than a trade between two DTC Participants.
Trading between Cedelbank or Euroclear seller and DTC purchaser. Due to
time zone differences in their favor, Cedelbank Customers and Euroclear
Participants may employ their customary procedures for transactions in which
Global Securities are to be transferred by the respective clearing system,
through the respective Depositary, to a DTC Participant. The seller will send
instructions to Cedelbank or Euroclear through a Cedelbank Customer or Euroclear
Participant at least one business day prior to settlement. In these cases,
Cedelbank or Euroclear will instruct their respective Depositary, as
appropriate, to deliver the bonds to the DTC Participant's account against
payment. Payment will include interest accrued on the Global Securities from and
including the last coupon payment date to and excluding the settlement date on
the basis of actual days elapsed and a 360 day year. The payment will then be
reflected in the account of the Cedelbank Customer or Euroclear Participant the
following day, and receipt of the cash proceeds in the Cedelbank Customer's or
Euroclear Participant's account would be back-valued to the value date (which
would be the preceding day, when settlement occurred in New York). Should the
Cedelbank Customer or Euroclear Participant have a line of credit with its
respective clearing system and elect to be in debit in anticipation of receipt
of the sale proceeds in its account, the back-valuation will extinguish any
overdraft charges incurred over that one-day period. If settlement is not
completed on the intended value date (i.e., the trade fails), receipt of the
cash proceeds in the Cedelbank Customer's or Euroclear Participant's account
would instead be valued as of the actual settlement date.
Finally, day traders that use Cedelbank or Euroclear and that purchase
Global Securities from DTC Participants for delivery to Cedelbank Customers or
Euroclear Participants should note that these trades would automatically fail on
the sale side unless affirmative action were taken. At least three techniques
should be readily available to eliminate this potential problem:
A-II-2
<PAGE> 81
(a) borrowing through Cedelbank or Euroclear for one day (until the
purchase side of the day trade is reflected in their Cedelbank or Euroclear
accounts) in accordance with the clearing system's customary procedures;
(b) borrowing the Global Securities in the U.S. from a DTC Participant
no later than one day prior to settlement, which would give the Global
Securities sufficient time to be reflected in their Cedelbank or Euroclear
accounts in order to settle the sale side of the trade; or
(c) staggering the value dates for the buy and sell sides of the trade
so that the value date for the purchase from the Participant is at least
one day prior to the value date for the sale to the Cedelbank Customer or
Euroclear Participant.
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
A beneficial owner of Global Securities holding securities through
Cedelbank or Euroclear (or through DTC if the holder has an address outside the
U.S.) will be subject to the 30% U.S. withholding tax that generally applies to
payments of interest (including original issue discount) on registered debt
issued by U.S. Persons, unless (i) each clearing system, bank or other financial
institution that holds customers' securities in the ordinary course of its trade
or business in the chain of intermediaries between such beneficial owner and the
U.S. entity required to withhold tax complies with applicable certification
requirements and (ii) such beneficial owner takes one of the following steps to
obtain an exemption or reduced tax rate:
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons (Form W-8). Beneficial owners of
Certificates that are non-U.S. Persons can obtain a complete exemption from the
withholding tax by filing a signed Form W-8 (Certificate of Foreign Status). If
the information shown on Form W-8 changes, a new Form W-8 must be filed within
30 days of such change.
Exemption for non-U.S. Persons with effectively connected income (Form
4224). A non-U.S. Person, including a non-U.S. corporation or bank with a U.S.
branch, for which the interest income is effectively connected with its conduct
of a trade or business in the United States, can obtain an exemption from the
withholding tax by filing Form 4224 (Exemption from Withholding of Tax on Income
Effectively Connected with the Conduct of a Trade or Business in the United
States).
Exemption or reduced rate for non-U.S. Persons resident in treaty countries
(Form 1001). Non-U.S. Persons that are Certificate Owners residing in a country
that has a tax treaty with the United States can obtain an exemption or reduced
tax rate (depending on the treaty terms) by filing Form 1001 (Ownership,
Exemption or Reduced Rate Certificate). If the treaty provides only for a
reduced rate, withholding tax will be imposed at that rate unless the filer
alternatively files Form W-8. Form 1001 may be filed by the Certificate Owner or
his agent.
Exemption for U.S. Persons (Form W-9). U.S. Persons can obtain a complete
exemption from the withholding tax by filing Form W-9 (Payer's Request for
Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification).
U.S. Federal Income Tax Reporting Procedure. The Certificate Owner of a
Global Security or, in the case of a Form 1001 or a Form 4224 filer, his agent,
files by submitting the appropriate form to the person through whom it holds
(the clearing agency, in the case of persons holding directly on the books of
the clearing agency). Form W-8 and Form 1001 are effective for three calendar
years and Form 4224 is effective for one calendar year.
The term "U.S. PERSON" means (i) a citizen or resident of the United
States, (ii) a corporation or partnership organized in or under the laws of the
United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income
of which is includible in gross income for United States tax purposes,
regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if a U.S. court is able to exercise
primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S.
persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust.
This summary does not deal with all aspects of U.S. Federal income tax
withholding that may be relevant to foreign holders of the Global Securities.
Investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors for specific tax advice
concerning their holding and disposing of the Global Securities.
A-II-3
<PAGE> 82
INDEX OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ---- ----
<S> <C>
Accounts............................. S-16
Accumulation Period.................. S-32
Accumulation Period Length........... S-32
Accumulation Shortfall............... S-44
Addition Date........................ S-34
Amortization Period.................. S-32
Amortization Periods................. S-32
Available Investor Principal
Collections........................ S-31
Available Reserve Account Amount..... S-49
Average Principal Balance............ S-35
Bank................................. S-16
BANC ONE............................. S-16
BANK ONE............................. S-16
Bank Portfolio....................... S-17
Base Rate............................ S-25
Benefit Plans........................ S-52
BOCM................................. S-56
Calculation Date..................... S-38
Certificateholders................... S-16
Certificate Rate..................... S-29
Certificates......................... S-16
Chevy Chase.......................... S-16
Class A Account Percentage........... S-40
Class A Adjusted Invested Amount..... S-35
Class A Available Funds.............. S-40
Class A Certificateholders........... S-16
Class A Certificate Rate............. S-29
Class A Certificateholders'
Interest........................... S-33
Class A Certificates................. S-16
Class A Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage......................... S-34
Class A Floating Allocation
Percentage......................... S-34
Class A Invested Amount.............. S-35
Class A Investor Charge-Off.......... S-47
Class A Investor Default Amount...... S-47
Class A Monthly Interest............. S-40
Class A Monthly Principal............ S-44
Class A Monthly Servicing Fee........ S-51
Class A Required Amount.............. S-36
Class A Scheduled Payment Date....... S-24
Class B Account Percentage........... S-40
Class B Adjusted Invested Amount..... S-35
Class B Available Funds.............. S-40
Class B Certificateholders........... S-16
Class B Certificate Rate............. S-29
Class B Certificateholders'
Interest........................... S-33
Class B Certificates................. S-16
Class B Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage......................... S-34
Class B Floating Allocation
Percentage......................... S-34
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ---- ----
<S> <C>
Class B Invested Amount.............. S-35
Class B Investor Charge-Off.......... S-47
Class B Investor Default Amount...... S-47
Class B Monthly Interest............. S-40
Class B Monthly Principal............ S-44
Class B Monthly Servicing Fee........ S-51
Class B Principal Commencement
Date............................... S-33
Class B Required Amount.............. S-36
Class B Scheduled Payment Date....... S-24
Closing Date......................... S-29
Code................................. S-53
Controlled Accumulation Amount....... S-44
Controlled Deposit Amount............ S-24
Covered Amount....................... S-49
Cut-Off Date......................... S-20
Default Amount....................... S-47
Distribution Date.................... S-29
DOL.................................. S-53
DTC.................................. A-II-1
ERISA................................ S-52
Excess Collateral.................... S-16
Excess Collateral Account
Percentage......................... S-40
Excess Collateral Adjusted Amount.... S-35
Excess Collateral Amount............. S-35
Excess Collateral Available Funds.... S-40
Excess Collateral Charge-Off......... S-48
Excess Collateral Default Amount..... S-47
Excess Collateral Fixed/Floating
Allocation Percentage.............. S-34
Excess Collateral Floating Allocation
Percentage......................... S-34
Excess Collateral Holders............ S-16
Excess Collateral Holders'
Interest........................... S-34
Excess Collateral Minimum Monthly
Interest........................... S-43
Excess Collateral Minimum Rate....... S-43
Excess Collateral Monthly
Principal.......................... S-44
Excess Collateral Monthly Servicing
Fee................................ S-51
Excess Collateral Scheduled Payment
Date............................... S-31
Excess Finance Charge Collections.... S-40
Excess Principal Collections......... S-32
Finance Charge Deficit............... S-38
First Commerce....................... S-16
First USA............................ S-16
Fixed/Floating Allocation
Percentage......................... S-34
GE Capital........................... S-16
Global Securities.................... A-II-1
Independent Investors................ S-53
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 83
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ---- ----
<S> <C>
Interest Period...................... S-29
Invested Amount...................... S-36
Investor Default Amount.............. S-47
Investor Interest.................... S-34
Investor Percentage.................. S-34
Investor Servicing Fee............... S-51
LIBOR................................ S-30
LIBOR Determination Date............. S-30
London business day.................. S-30
Monthly Period....................... S-34
Offered Certificates................. S-16
Offered Series....................... S-20
Offered Series Supplement............ S-16
Parties in Interest.................. S-53
Pay Out Event........................ S-50
Percentage Allocation................ S-38
Periodic Finance Charges............. S-17
Plan Asset Regulation................ S-53
Pooling and Servicing Agreement...... S-16
Portfolio Yield...................... S-25
Principal Funding Account............ S-48
Principal Funding Account Balance.... S-24
Principal Funding Investment
Proceeds........................... S-48
Principal Shortfalls................. S-33
Rapid Amortization Period............ S-31
Reallocated Class B Principal
Collections........................ S-46
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ---- ----
<S> <C>
Reallocated Excess Collateral
Principal Collections.............. S-46
Reallocated Principal Collections.... S-46
Receivables.......................... S-16
Record Date.......................... S-28
Reference Banks...................... S-30
Removed Accounts..................... S-20
Required Reserve Account Amount...... S-48
Reserve Account...................... S-48
Reserve Account Funding Date......... S-48
Revolving Period..................... S-30
Scheduled Payment Date............... S-24
Servicer............................. S-16
Servicing Fee Percentage............. S-51
Stated Series Termination Date....... S-25
Subordinate Principal Collections.... S-38
Telerate Page 3750................... S-30
Transfer and Administration
Agreement.......................... S-43
Transferor........................... S-16
Transferor Percentage................ S-36
Trust Portfolio...................... S-20
Trustee.............................. S-16
Underwriters......................... S-55
Underwriting Agreement............... S-55
U.S. Person.......................... A-II-3
</TABLE>
<PAGE> 84
A certificate is not a
deposit and neither the
certificates nor the
underlying accounts or
receivables are insured or
guaranteed by the Federal
Deposit Insurance
Corporation or any other
governmental agency.
The certificates will
represent interests in the
trust only and will not
represent interests in or
obligations of First USA
Bank, N.A., the servicer or
any of their affiliates.
This prospectus may be used
to offer and sell any
series of certificates only
if accompanied by the
prospectus supplement for
that series.
PROSPECTUS
FIRST USA CREDIT CARD MASTER TRUST
Issuer
FIRST USA BANK, N. A.
Transferor and Servicer
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES
THE TRUST --
- - may periodically issue asset backed
certificates in one or more series with one or
more classes; and
- - will own --
- receivables in a portfolio of consumer
revolving credit card accounts;
- payments due on those receivables; and
- other property described in this prospectus
and in the prospectus supplement.
THE CERTIFICATES --
- - will represent interests in a trust and will be paid only from the assets of
the trust;
- - offered by this prospectus will be rated in one of the four highest rating
categories by at least one nationally recognized rating organization;
- - may have one or more forms of enhancement; and
- - will be issued as part of a designated series which may include one or more
classes of certificates and enhancement.
THE CERTIFICATEHOLDERS --
- - will receive interest and principal payments from a varying percentage of
credit card account collections.
NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY STATE SECURITIES
COMMISSION HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED WHETHER
THIS PROSPECTUS IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
May 19, 1999
<PAGE> 85
TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION
PRESENTED IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND THE
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT................. 3
THE TRUST............................... 4
FIRST USA'S CREDIT CARD ACTIVITIES...... 4
General............................ 4
Description of FDR................. 6
Billing and Payments............... 6
Delinquencies and Charge-Offs...... 7
Interchange........................ 7
Recoveries......................... 8
THE RECEIVABLES......................... 8
MATURITY ASSUMPTIONS.................... 9
USE OF PROCEEDS......................... 10
FIRST USA AND BANK ONE CORPORATION...... 10
Year 2000 Readiness Disclosure..... 12
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES......... 13
General............................ 13
Book-Entry Registration............ 15
Definitive Certificates............ 18
Interest Payments.................. 18
Principal Payments................. 19
Revolving Period................... 20
Controlled Amortization Period..... 20
Accumulation Period................ 20
Rapid Amortization Period.......... 21
Shared Excess Finance Charge
Collections...................... 21
Shared Collections of Principal
Receivables...................... 21
Companion Series................... 21
Transfer and Assignment of
Receivables...................... 21
Exchanges.......................... 22
Representations and Warranties..... 23
Addition of Accounts............... 25
Removal of Accounts................ 26
Collection and Other Servicing
Procedures....................... 26
Trust Accounts..................... 27
Discount Receivables............... 27
Investor Percentage and Transferor
Percentage....................... 28
Application of Collections......... 28
Funding Period..................... 28
Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and
Fraudulent Charges............... 29
Investor Charge-Offs............... 30
Defeasance......................... 30
Final Payment of Principal;
Termination...................... 30
Pay Out Events..................... 31
Certain Matters Regarding the
Transferor and the Servicer...... 32
Servicer Default................... 33
Reports to Certificateholders...... 34
Reports; Notices................... 34
Evidence as to Compliance.......... 35
Amendments......................... 35
List of Certificateholders......... 36
The Trustee........................ 36
ENHANCEMENT............................. 36
General............................ 36
Subordination...................... 37
Letter of Credit................... 37
Cash Collateral Guaranty or
Account.......................... 37
Collateral Invested Amount......... 38
Surety Bond or Insurance Policy.... 38
Spread Account..................... 38
Reserve Account.................... 38
CERTIFICATE RATINGS..................... 39
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE
RECEIVABLES........................... 39
Transfer of Receivables............ 39
Certain Matters Relating to
Receivership..................... 40
Consumer Protection Laws........... 41
Industry Litigation................ 42
Other Litigation................... 43
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX
CONSEQUENCES.......................... 44
General............................ 44
Characterization of the
Certificates as Indebtedness..... 44
Proposed Legislation............... 45
Taxation of Interest Income of
Certificateholders............... 45
Sale or Other Disposition of a
Certificate...................... 46
Tax Characterization of the
Trust............................ 46
Recent Legislation................. 48
Foreign Investors.................. 48
State and Local Taxation........... 49
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS.................... 49
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION.................... 52
LEGAL MATTERS........................... 52
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS........... 53
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION..... 53
INDEX OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS........... 54
</TABLE>
2
<PAGE> 86
IMPORTANT NOTICE ABOUT INFORMATION PRESENTED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
We provide information to you about the certificates in two separate
documents that progressively provide more detail: (a) this prospectus, which
provides general information, some of which may not apply to a particular series
of certificates, including your series, and (b) the prospectus supplement, which
will describe the specific terms of your series of certificates, including:
- the timing and amount of interest and principal payments;
- information about the receivables;
- information about credit enhancement for each offered class;
- credit ratings; and
- the method for selling the certificates.
WHENEVER INFORMATION IN THE PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT IS MORE SPECIFIC THAN THE
INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS, YOU SHOULD RELY ON THE INFORMATION IN THE
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT.
You should rely only on the information provided in this prospectus and the
prospectus supplement, including the information incorporated by reference. We
have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information.
We include cross-references in this prospectus and in the prospectus
supplement to captions in these materials where you can find further related
discussions. The preceding table of contents and the table of contents included
in the prospectus supplement provide the pages on which these captions are
located.
You can find a listing of the pages where capitalized terms are defined
under the caption "Index of Terms for Prospectus" beginning on page 54 in this
prospectus.
3
<PAGE> 87
THE TRUST
The First USA Credit Card Master Trust (the "TRUST") was formed, in
accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement dated as of September 1, 1992, as amended and supplemented
(the "POOLING AND SERVICING AGREEMENT"). The Trust was formed for the
transaction relating to the issuance of the Series 1992-1 Certificates, this
transaction and similar transactions, as contemplated by the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, and prior to formation had no assets or obligations. The
Trust will not engage in any business activity, other than as described herein
and in the related supplement to this Prospectus (the "PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT"),
but rather will only acquire and hold the Receivables, issue (or cause to be
issued) certificates representing undivided interests in the Trust (the
"CERTIFICATES"), the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and certificates
representing additional Series or Classes of Series and related activities
(including, with respect to any Series or Class of such Series, entering into
any Enhancement agreement) and make payments thereon. As a consequence, the
Trust is not expected to have any need for additional capital resources.
FIRST USA'S CREDIT CARD ACTIVITIES
GENERAL
The Receivables which First USA Bank, National Association (the "BANK") has
conveyed and will convey to the Trust pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement have been and will be generated from transactions made by holders of
selected VISA(R) and MasterCard(R)(1) credit card accounts. The Bank currently
services the credit card accounts (the "TRUST PORTFOLIO"). Certain data
processing and administrative functions associated with such servicing are
performed on behalf of the Bank by First Data Resources, Inc. ("FDR"). See
"--Description of FDR."
The following discussion describes certain terms and characteristics that
generally apply to the accounts in the Bank Portfolio from which the Accounts in
the Trust Portfolio were selected. The Eligible Accounts from which the Accounts
were selected do not represent the entire Bank Portfolio. In addition,
Additional Accounts consist of Eligible Accounts which may or may not currently
be in existence and which may be selected using different criteria from those
used in selecting the Accounts already included in the Trust Portfolio. See
"Description of the Certificates--Addition of Accounts." Consequently, actual
loss and delinquency, revenue and monthly payment rate experience with respect
to the Eligible Accounts and the Additional Accounts may be different from such
experience for the Trust Portfolio described in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
Growth Strategy and Origination. To achieve steady and diversified growth,
the Bank originates credit card accounts through several different programs: (i)
First USA brand products, (ii) partnership products such as affinity group,
financial institutions, sports marketing and co-branding programs, and (iii) the
acquisition of credit card portfolios from other financial institutions. These
programs (excluding portfolio acquisitions) emphasize segmentation and use
direct mail, telemarketing, take-one application displays, events, media and the
Internet as channels to market the Bank's products. The Bank has also originated
credit card accounts through mailings to BANK ONE customers and prospects.
Management believes that such multi-faceted account origination programs help to
ensure balanced and reliable growth for the Bank.
The First USA brand direct solicitation program represents the greatest
share of new account origination. The Bank has historically emphasized direct
solicitation as a source of new accounts as its expertise has increased through
experience and the benefit of numerous marketing, credit and risk management
tests. Currently, the Bank conducts national direct mail and telemarketing
solicitation to geographic areas that have been selected from a process that
includes a rigorous analysis of the economic indicators of each region of the
nation and targets the most favorable regions. The Bank carefully targets
consumers through various data mining methods and targeting
- ---------------
1VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) are registered trademarks of VISA USA
Incorporated and MasterCard International Incorporated, respectively.
4
<PAGE> 88
models. The Bank aligns the product offering with the target customer segment
along with the number and sequence of offers in order to maximize penetration,
response rates and usage.
The affinity groups, financial institutions and sports marketing programs
are partnership programs which involve the active participation of endorsing
organizations. The affinity group marketing program involves the solicitation of
prospective individual cardmembers from identifiable groups with a common
interest or affiliation. In this program, the Bank has entered into exclusive
marketing arrangements with a number of affinity groups. The Bank typically pays
referral compensation to the affinity groups for each new account generated. The
Bank has a similar relationship with certain professional sports organizations.
In its financial institutions program, the Bank maintains exclusive
marketing partnership relationships with banks, as well as mortgage companies,
insurance companies, brokerage firms and other financial institutions. Through
this program, participating financial institutions offer VISA(R) and
MasterCard(R) products to their customers without becoming primary issuers. In
addition to placing the name of the participating financial institution on the
front of the plastic card, the Bank typically pays a referral fee for each
account. The Bank believes that the endorsement of the participating financial
institution reduces overall origination costs and encourages cardmember usage.
The Bank also participates in co-branding, which involves a partnership
between the Bank and a consumer products or services company to solicit the
customers of such company. Companies such as airlines, computer on-line
services, catalog companies and general retailers participate with financial
institutions in co-branding programs. The Bank typically pays a portion of
on-going revenue to the co-branding partner, with the benefit of such payment
generally accruing to the customer in the form of "points" which can then be
redeemed with the co-branding partner.
The Bank currently has relationships with over 1,500 partners in these
various programs. Management believes this network is one of the largest of its
kind in the nation.
Underwriting Procedures. Generally, the credit risk of each applicant is
evaluated by application of a credit scoring system, which is intended to
provide a general indication, based on the information available, of the
applicant's willingness and ability to repay his or her obligations. Most
applications are scored based on the information received on the application as
well as data obtained from an independent credit reporting agency. In select
cases, based on certain criteria, including likelihood of fraud, and in
accordance with criteria established by Bank management, employment and earnings
are verified by telephone. Credit limits are determined based on income and
score or, in the case of applications that have not been scored, based on income
and certain information obtained from the application and the independent credit
reporting agency. Cardholder requests for increased credit limits are evaluated
based on a current credit bureau report, updated application data, and prior
account performance. In addition, credit limit increases are effected
periodically by the Bank for all cardholders meeting specific criteria.
For preapproved solicitations, the Bank generally purchases prospect names
that meet established credit criteria from credit bureaus. These lists are
further edited and matched against internal and external sources to insure
optimal quality and accuracy. The Bank then mails preapproved solicitation
packages requiring only the signature and a brief amount of information from the
prospect. Preapproved solicitations are targeted to high quality prospects and
exhibit similar credit quality results as compared to non-preapproved
solicitations.
For non-preapproved solicitations, the Bank purchases prospect names from a
variety of sources and then edits the list utilizing internal and external
sources to insure quality and accuracy. The prospective customers on the final
list are mailed solicitations which include full applications. Respondents are
approved or declined based on both the demographic characteristics drawn from
the application and a credit bureau check.
Portfolio Acquisitions. The Bank has made portfolio acquisitions in the
past and such acquisitions are possible in the future. See "First USA and BANK
ONE CORPORATION." Prior to acquiring a portfolio, the Bank reviews the
historical performance and seasoning of the portfolio and the policies and
practices of the selling institution, but individual accounts are not
requalified by the Bank. There can be no assurance that Accounts so acquired
were originated in a manner consistent with the Bank's policies as described
under "--Growth Strategy
5
<PAGE> 89
and Origination" and "--Underwriting Procedures" above or that the underwriting
and qualification of such Accounts conformed to any given standards. The
Accounts include accounts previously acquired by the Bank. Such accounts and any
accounts acquired in the future may become Additional Accounts provided that, at
such time, they constitute Eligible Accounts. See "The Receivables,"
"Description of the Certificates--Transfer and Assignment of Receivables" and
"--Representations and Warranties."
DESCRIPTION OF FDR
With respect to the Accounts, certain data processing and administrative
functions associated with servicing the Receivables will initially be performed
by FDR. If FDR were to fail or become insolvent, delays in processing and
recovery of information with respect to charges incurred by the respective
cardholders could occur, and the replacement of the services FDR currently
provides to the Bank could be time-consuming. As a result, delays in payments to
Certificateholders could occur.
FDR is located in Omaha, Nebraska and provides computer data processing
services primarily to the bankcard industry. FDR is a subsidiary of First Data
Corp.
The Bank utilizes a variety of the services provided by FDR in originating
and servicing the Bank's VISA and MasterCard accounts, including provision of
network interface to other card processors through VISA USA Incorporated and
MasterCard International Incorporated. This network provides cardholder
authorizations in addition to a conduit for funds transfer and settlement.
BILLING AND PAYMENTS
Cardholder Agreement. Each cardholder is subject to an agreement with the
Bank governing the terms and conditions of the related VISA or MasterCard
account. Pursuant to each such agreement, the Bank generally reserves the right,
upon advance notice to the cardholder, to add or to change any terms,
conditions, services or features of its VISA or MasterCard accounts at any time,
including increasing or decreasing periodic finance charges, other charges or
minimum payment terms. The agreement with each cardholder provides that, subject
to the requirements of applicable law, after notice to a cardholder of any such
new or changed terms, such new or changed terms will become effective at the
time stated in such notice and will apply to all outstanding unpaid indebtedness
as well as new transactions.
A cardholder may use the credit card to purchase or lease goods or services
wherever the card is honored ("PURCHASES") or to obtain cash loans ("CASH
ADVANCES") from any financial institution that accepts the card. Purchases and
Cash Advances may also be obtained through the use of "Convenience Checks"
issued by the Bank which may be completed and signed by the cardholder in the
same way as a regular personal check.
Billing, Payments and Fees. A billing statement is sent to each cardholder
at the end of each monthly billing cycle in which the account has a debit or
credit balance of more than one dollar or if a finance charge has been imposed.
The Bank may assess a late payment fee if it does not receive the minimum
payment by the payment due date shown on the monthly billing statement. The Bank
may assess a return check fee for each payment check that is dishonored or that
is unsigned or otherwise irregular, an overlimit fee for Purchases or Cash
Advances that cause the credit line to be exceeded and administrative fees for
certain functions performed at the request of the cardholder. Unless otherwise
arranged between the Bank and the cardholder, any late payment fee, return check
fee or administrative fee is added to the account and treated as a Purchase. In
some cases, the Bank charges a nonrefundable Annual Membership Fee.
Periodic Finance Charges are not assessed in most circumstances on
Purchases if the entire balance shown on the previous billing statement was paid
in full by the payment due date. New Purchases and Cash Advances are included in
the calculation of the balance subject to finance charge as of the later of the
day that they are made and the first day of the billing cycle during which they
were posted to the account; or, if a Convenience Check is used, the transaction
date of the check. Aggregate monthly finance charges for each account consist of
the sum of the Cash Advance finance charge (not applicable for certain accounts)
for each new Cash Advance posted to the account, transaction finance charge (not
applicable for certain accounts) plus the Periodic Finance Charge. The
6
<PAGE> 90
Bank issues accounts with fixed periodic rates and accounts with floating
periodic rates that adjust periodically according to an index.
The foregoing provisions apply with respect to cardholders that have
entered into one of the Bank's standard agreements by, in the case of a new
account, signature, recorded verbal confirmation of disclosure information or,
in the case of an account acquired by the Bank from another institution,
acceptance of the terms of the Bank's agreement in writing or by using the
credit card after disclosure that the account will be governed by such terms. If
the cardholder of an account acquired by the Bank from another institution has
not entered into one of the Bank's standard agreements, the terms of the account
may continue to be governed by the agreement between the cardholder and the
seller of the account, which may differ in material respects from the provisions
described above.
DELINQUENCIES AND CHARGE-OFFS
The Bank considers any account contractually delinquent if the minimum
payment due thereunder is not received by the Bank by the date of the statement
following the statement on which the amount is first stated to be due. An
account is not treated as delinquent by the Bank if the minimum payment is
received by the next billing date. The Bank classifies an account as "over
limit" if its posted balance exceeds its credit limit.
Efforts to collect delinquent credit card receivables currently are made by
the Bank's collection department personnel with regional collection units
located in Wilmington, Delaware, Orlando, Florida, Baton Rouge, Louisiana,
Columbus, Ohio, Austin, Texas and Frederick, Maryland. Collection activities
include statement messages, telephone calls and formal collection letters.
Collectors generally initiate telephone contact with cardholders whose accounts
have become 5 days or more delinquent. In the event that initial telephone
contact fails to resolve the delinquency, the Bank continues to contact the
cardholder by telephone and by mail. The Bank may also enter into arrangements
with cardholders to extend or otherwise change payment schedules as approved by
one of the Bank's collection managers. Delinquency levels are monitored daily by
the respective collectors and aggregate delinquency information is reported
daily to senior management.
The Bank generally charges off an account immediately prior to the end of
the sixth billing cycle after having become contractually past due unless a
payment has been received in an amount sufficient to bring the account into a
different delinquency category or to bring the account current. Charge-offs may
occur earlier in some circumstances, as in the case of bankrupt cardholders. At
the time of charge-off, an evaluation is made on a case by case basis whether to
pursue further remedies. In most cases outside collection agencies and, in some
cases, outside attorneys, are engaged. In some cases charged off accounts are
sold to outside collection agencies. The credit evaluation, servicing and
charge-off policies and collection practices of the Bank may change from time to
time in accordance with the Bank's business judgment and applicable law.
The Bank has a policy of restoring or "reaging" a delinquent account to
current status when the cardholder has made two consecutive payments and, in the
collector's judgment, has the ability to keep the account current. A collector
may recommend that an account be reaged in other circumstances. All reaging must
be approved by a supervisor and an account may be reaged no more than once per
year.
The Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council has adopted a
revised policy statement on the classification of retail credit. The revised
policy statement provides guidance for loans affected by bankruptcy, fraudulent
activity, and death; establishes standards for reaging, extending, deferring, or
rewriting of past due accounts; and broadens the circumstances under which
partial payments are recognized as full payments for purposes of determining
that a loan is no longer delinquent.
INTERCHANGE
Creditors participating in the VISA and MasterCard associations receive
certain fees ("INTERCHANGE") as partial compensation for taking credit risk,
absorbing fraud losses and funding receivables for a limited period prior to
initial billing. Under the VISA and MasterCard systems, a portion of Interchange
in connection with cardholder charges for goods and services is collected by
banks that issue credit cards by applying a discount to
7
<PAGE> 91
the amount paid by such banks to the banks that clear the related transactions
for merchants. Interchange will be allocated to the Trust, by treating 1.3%
(subject to adjustment at the option of the Transferor upon the satisfaction of
certain conditions as described herein in "Description of the
Certificates--Discount Receivables," which adjusted percentage, if applicable
will be specified in the applicable Prospectus Supplement) of collections on the
Receivables (whether arising from Purchases or Cash Advances), other than
collections with respect to Periodic Finance Charges, Annual Membership Fees and
Other Charges, as collections of Discount Receivables.
RECOVERIES
The Transferor and the Servicer will be required, pursuant to the terms of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, to transfer to the Trust all amounts
received by the Transferor or the Servicer with respect to Receivables in
Defaulted Accounts, including amounts received by the Transferor or the Servicer
from the purchaser or transferee with respect to the sale or other disposition
of Receivables in Defaulted Accounts ("RECOVERIES"). In the event of any such
sale or other disposition of Receivables, Recoveries will not include amounts
received by the purchaser or transferee of such Receivables but will be limited
to amounts received by the Transferor or the Servicer from the purchaser or
transferee. Collections of Recoveries will be treated as collections of
Principal Receivables; provided, however, that to the extent the aggregate
amount of Recoveries received with respect to any Monthly Period exceeds the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables) in
Defaulted Accounts on the day such Account became a Defaulted Account for each
day in such Monthly Period, the amount of such excess will be treated as
collections of Finance Charge Receivables.
THE RECEIVABLES
The property of the Trust includes and will include receivables (the
"RECEIVABLES") arising under certain VISA(R) and MasterCard(R) revolving credit
card accounts (the "ACCOUNTS") selected from the portfolio of VISA and
MasterCard accounts owned by the Transferor (the "BANK PORTFOLIO"), all monies
due or to become due in payment of the Receivables, all proceeds of the
Receivables and all monies on deposit in certain bank accounts of the Trust
(other than certain investment earnings on such amounts), Recoveries and any
Enhancement issued with respect to any Series or Class, as described in the
related Prospectus Supplement. The term "ENHANCEMENT" means, with respect to any
Series or Class thereof, any letter of credit, cash collateral account or
guaranty, collateral invested amount, guaranteed rate agreement, maturity
guaranty facility, tax protection agreement, interest rate swap or other
contract or agreement for the benefit of Certificateholders of such Series.
Enhancement may also take the form of subordination of one or more Classes of a
Series to any other Class or Classes of a Series or a cross-support feature
which requires collections on Receivables of one Series to be paid as principal
and/or interest with respect to another Series. The Receivables included in the
Trust may consist of Accounts originated and owned by the Transferor and/or
Accounts otherwise acquired by the Transferor, as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
The Transferor originally conveyed to the Trustee all Receivables existing
under certain Accounts that were selected from the Bank Portfolio based on
criteria provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement as applied on August
21, 1992 (the "ORIGINAL CUT-OFF DATE"), and on certain additional cut off dates
with respect to additional eligible revolving credit card accounts to be
included as Accounts (the "ADDITIONAL ACCOUNTS") and has conveyed and will
convey all Receivables arising under such Accounts from time to time thereafter
until termination of the Trust. See "Description of the Certificates--Addition
of Accounts."
The Receivables conveyed to the Trust have arisen and will arise in
Accounts selected from the Bank Portfolio on the basis of criteria set forth in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The Transferor will have the right (subject
to certain limitations and conditions set forth in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement) to designate from time to time Additional Accounts and to transfer to
the Trust all Receivables of such Additional Accounts, whether such Receivables
are then existing or thereafter created. Any Additional Accounts designated
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement must be Eligible Accounts as of
the date the Transferor designates such accounts as Additional Accounts. In
addition, the Transferor is required to designate Additional Accounts (x) to
maintain the Transferor Interest so that, during any period of 30 consecutive
days, the Transferor Interest
8
<PAGE> 92
averaged over that period and expressed as a percentage of the aggregate amount
of Principal Receivables equals or exceeds such percentage as may be specified
in any Series Supplement (such percentage, the "MINIMUM TRANSFEROR INTEREST") of
the average of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables for the same
period, or (y) to maintain, for so long as certificates of any Series (including
the Certificates) remain outstanding, an aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables in amount equal to or greater than the Minimum Aggregate Principal
Receivables. "MINIMUM AGGREGATE PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES" shall mean an amount
equal to (i) the sum of the initial invested amounts for all Series then
outstanding other than any Series of variable funding certificates, (ii) with
respect to any Series of variable funding certificates in its revolving period,
the then current invested amount of such Series and (iii) with respect to any
Series of variable funding certificates in its amortization period, the invested
amount of such Series at the end of the last day of the Revolving Period for
such Series. The Transferor will convey the Receivables then existing or
thereafter created under such Additional Accounts to the Trust. Throughout the
term of the Trust, the Accounts from which the Receivables arise will be the
Accounts designated by the Transferor on the Original Cut-Off Date plus any
Additional Accounts minus any Removed Accounts. See "Description of the
Certificates--Representations and Warranties."
The Receivables consist of amounts charged by cardholders for goods and
services and cash advances (such amounts, less the amount of Discount
Receivables, the "PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES"), plus the related periodic finance
charges (the "PERIODIC FINANCE CHARGES"), annual membership fees (the "ANNUAL
MEMBERSHIP FEES"), and amounts charged to the Accounts in respect of cash
advance finance charges, late fees, overlimit fees, return check fees and
similar fees and charges (the "OTHER CHARGES"). Receivables in an amount equal
to the product of the Yield Factor (initially 1.3%) and amounts charged by
cardholders for goods and services and cash advances (the "DISCOUNT
RECEIVABLES") will be treated as Finance Charge Receivables (Discount
Receivables, together with the Periodic Finance Charges, Annual Membership Fees
and Other Charges, the "FINANCE CHARGE RECEIVABLES"). See "Description of the
Certificates--Discount Receivables." The Finance Charge Receivables will not
affect the amount of the Invested Amount represented by the Certificates or the
amount of the Transferor Interest, which are determined on the basis of the
amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust.
During the term of the Trust, all new Receivables arising in the Accounts
will be transferred automatically to the Trust by the Transferor. The total
amount of Receivables in the Trust will fluctuate from day to day because the
amount of new Receivables arising in the Accounts and the amount of payments
collected on existing Receivables usually differ each day. Because the
Transferor Interest represents the interest in the Principal Receivables in the
Trust not represented by the Certificates or any other Series of Certificates,
the amount of the Transferor Interest will fluctuate from day to day as
Receivables are collected and new Receivables are transferred to the Trust.
The aggregate undivided interest in the Principal Receivables in the Trust
evidenced by the Certificates will never exceed the aggregate Invested Amount
regardless of the total amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust at any
time.
The Prospectus Supplement relating to each Series of Certificates will
provide certain information about the Receivables in the Accounts selected from
the Bank Portfolio included in the Trust on the basis of criteria set forth in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement (the "TRUST PORTFOLIO") as of the date
specified. Such information will include, but not be limited to, the amount of
Principal Receivables, the amount of Finance Charge Receivables, the range of
principal balances of the Accounts and the average thereof, the range of credit
limits of the Accounts and the average thereof, the range of ages of the
Accounts and the average thereof, the geographic distribution of the Accounts,
the types of Accounts and delinquency and loss statistics relating to the
Accounts.
MATURITY ASSUMPTIONS
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, for each
Series, following the Revolving Period, collections of Principal Receivables are
expected to be distributed to the holders of each class of Certificates (the
"CERTIFICATEHOLDERS") of such Series or any specified class of Certificates
(each, a "CLASS") thereof on each specified Distribution Date during the
Controlled Amortization Period or are expected to be
9
<PAGE> 93
accumulated for payment to Certificateholders of such Series or any specified
Class thereof during the Accumulation Period and distributed on a Scheduled
Payment Date; provided, however, that, if the Rapid Amortization Period
commences, collections of Principal Receivables will be paid to
Certificateholders in the manner described herein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the date on which the
Controlled Amortization Period or the Accumulation Period, as applicable, will
commence, or how such date will be determined, the principal payments expected
or available to be received or accumulated during such Controlled Amortization
Period or Accumulation Period, or on the Scheduled Payment Date, as applicable,
the manner and priority of principal accumulations and payments among the
Classes of a Series of Certificates and the Pay Out Events which, if any were to
occur, would lead to the commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period.
No assurance can be given, however, that collections of Principal
Receivables allocated to be paid to Certificateholders or the holders of any
specified Class thereof will be available for distribution or accumulation for
payment to Certificateholders on each Distribution Date during the Controlled
Amortization Period, or, with respect to the Accumulation Period, on the
Scheduled Payment Date, as applicable. In addition, the Transferor can give no
assurance that the payment rate assumptions for any Series will prove to be
correct. The related Prospectus Supplement will provide certain historical data
relating to payments by cardholders, total charge-offs and other related
information relating to the Trust Portfolio. There can be no assurance that
future events will be consistent with such historical data.
The amount of collections of Receivables may vary from month to month due
to seasonal variations, general economic conditions and payment habits of
individual cardholders and number of collection days. There can be no assurance
that collections of Principal Receivables with respect to the Trust Portfolio,
and thus the rate at which the related Certificateholders could expect to
receive or accumulate payments of principal on their Certificates during the
Controlled Amortization Period, Accumulation Period, Rapid Amortization Period
or other type of amortization period (each an "AMORTIZATION PERIOD") or on any
Scheduled Payment Date, as applicable, will be similar to any historical
experience set forth in a related Prospectus Supplement. If a Pay Out Event
occurs, the average life and maturity of such Series of Certificates could be
significantly reduced. In addition, there can be no assurance that the issuance
of other Series of Certificates or the terms of such other Series might not have
an impact on the timing of the payments received by Certificateholders.
The actual payment rate for any Series of Certificates may be slower than
the payment rate used to determine the amount of collections of Principal
Receivables scheduled or available to be distributed or accumulated for later
payment to Certificateholders or any specified Class thereof during the
Controlled Amortization Period or the Accumulation Period or on the Scheduled
Payment Date, as applicable, or a Pay Out Event may occur which would initiate
the Rapid Amortization Period. There can be no assurance that the actual number
of months elapsed from the date of issuance of such Series of Certificates to
the final Distribution Date with respect to the Certificates will equal the
expected number of months. In addition if, after the issuance of a Series, a
related Companion Series is issued and a Rapid Amortization Period commences,
payments to the Holders of such Series may be delayed. See "Description of the
Certificates--Companion Series."
USE OF PROCEEDS
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the net
proceeds from the sale of each Series of Certificates offered hereby will be
paid to the Transferor. The Transferor will use such proceeds for its general
corporate purposes.
FIRST USA AND BANK ONE CORPORATION
First USA Bank, N.A. The Bank is a wholly-owned subsidiary of First USA
Financial, Inc. ("FIRST USA FINANCIAL"), which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
BANK ONE CORPORATION ("BANK ONE").
10
<PAGE> 94
The Bank is one of the nation's two largest issuers of VISA and MasterCard
credit cards in the United States. The Bank's revenues derive primarily from
interest income and fees on its credit card accounts and interchange income. Its
primary cash expenses include the cost of funding credit card loans, credit
losses, salaries and employee benefits, marketing expenses, processing expenses
and income taxes.
The Bank offers a broad array of bankcard products to targeted segments of
creditworthy consumers. The Bank's primary target market is experienced users of
general purpose credit products. The strategy of the Bank is to offer uniquely
tailored individualized products to profitable consumer segments.
The Bank markets over 1,000 credit card products to customers throughout
the United States. These products cover a range which includes standard card
products, those that are identified and developed through data mining efforts,
as well as products that are developed and marketed through partnership
relationships. Products include designs that are tailored to an individual's
lifestyle, profession or interest; those that are built around affiliations,
such as universities or fraternal organizations, co-brand relationships and
programs with financial institutions and an upscale platinum card product.
The Bank's products feature low interest rates, specific features and
benefits, unique card design and individualized credit lines. The Bank's
strategy is to target customers through a carefully matched combination of
pricing, credit analysis and packaging. Rates, fees, other features and credit
lines offered vary depending on the profile of targeted prospect groups. The
Bank generally markets its products with low introductory and regular rates and
no annual fee.
In line with its product diversity, the Bank has built and maintains a
broad set of distribution channels. The Bank is one of the leading direct
mailers and telemarketers in the industry and manages a large active sales force
to distribute its products via fairs, tradeshows and other events. The Bank also
markets its products through an array of Web sites and utilizes other direct
response media channels for distribution.
BANK ONE CORPORATION. BANK ONE is a multi-bank holding company organized in
1998 under the laws of the State of Delaware to effect the merger, effective
October 2, 1998 (the "MERGER"), of First Chicago NBD Corporation with BANC ONE
CORPORATION.
Throughout its banking subsidiaries, BANK ONE provides domestic retail
banking, worldwide corporate and institutional banking and trust and investment
management services. At October 2, 1998, BANK ONE operated banking offices in
Arizona, Colorado, Delaware, Florida, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Louisiana,
Michigan, Ohio, Oklahoma, Texas, Utah, West Virginia and Wisconsin. BANK ONE
also owns nonbank subsidiaries that engage in businesses related to banking and
finance, including credit card and merchant processing, consumer and education
finance, mortgage lending and servicing, insurance, venture capital, investment
and merchant banking, trust, brokerage, investment management, leasing,
community development and data processing.
On July 1, 1998, BANK ONE consolidated substantially all of its current
consumer credit card operations in the Bank. The Bank added receivables in
accounts originated by the Bank, Bank One, N.A., Bank One, Arizona, NA and other
affiliates of the Bank to the Trust on July 6, 1998. On September 30, 1998, the
Bank purchased the credit card portfolio of Chevy Chase Bank F.S.B. ("CHEVY
CHASE"). On November 16, 1998, the Bank acquired accounts formerly owned by
First National Bank of Commerce ("FIRST COMMERCE") as a result of a merger
between First Commerce and Bank One, Louisiana, N.A. and the transfer by Bank
One, Louisiana, N.A. to the Bank of substantially all of such accounts. On
December 24, 1998, the Bank purchased a portfolio of VISA and MasterCard credit
card loans from General Electric Capital Corporation ("GE CAPITAL"). The
portfolio includes approximately $2.2 billion in managed credit card loans. The
Bank has not added to the Trust receivables in any of the accounts acquired from
Chevy Chase, First Commerce or GE Capital. A substantial portion of these
portfolios (other than the GE Capital portfolio) is currently subject to
securitization through other credit card master trusts. The Bank may, from time
to time, add to the Trust additional Receivables arising in accounts originated
by affiliates of the Bank or purchased by the Bank. Each such addition of
receivables in accounts originated by the Bank and affiliates of the Bank or
purchased by the Bank to the Trust is subject to certain restrictions on
additions of Accounts in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, including
satisfaction of the Rating
11
<PAGE> 95
Agency Condition with respect to such addition. "RATING AGENCY CONDITION" with
respect to any proposed action means the condition that each Rating Agency then
rating any Series of Certificates outstanding confirms in writing that such
action would not result in any downgrading or withdrawal of such Rating Agency's
rating of any Series of Certificates then outstanding. See "Description of the
Certificates--Addition of Accounts" herein.
Effective October 2, 1998, First Chicago NBD, a Delaware corporation,
merged with and into BANK ONE, the parent corporation of the Bank. Immediately
prior to such merger, BANC ONE CORPORATION, an Ohio corporation ("BANC ONE"),
also merged with and into BANK ONE, which had been a subsidiary, of BANC ONE
prior to such merger. BANK ONE is a bank holding company headquartered in
Chicago, Illinois and registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as
amended.
There is currently a proposal to merge First USA into FCC National Bank, an
affiliated national banking association that would be the surviving bank. If
such merger were to occur, it is proposed that the surviving bank be renamed
First USA Bank, National Association. While such merger may occur during the
third quarter of 1999, it is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions,
including the conditions set forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
approval by the Board of Directors of each of First USA and FCC National Bank,
and approval by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and there can be
no assurance that such merger will take place.
BANK ONE's executive offices are located at One First National Plaza,
Chicago, Illinois 60670, and its telephone number is (312)732-4000.
YEAR 2000 READINESS DISCLOSURE
BANK ONE, like most other companies, utilizes computer programs which
process transactions based on using two digits for the year of the transaction
rather than a full four digits. Programs processing Year 2000 transactions using
only the last two digits "00" for the year may read the date as 1900, not 2000.
This can lead to significant processing inaccuracies or render systems
inoperable.
Solving the Year 2000 problem is a top priority for BANK ONE CORPORATION. A
focused comprehensive effort addresses every area of BANK ONE to ensure products
and services are able to accurately process dates within and between the 20th
and 21st centuries, including leap year calculations. The Year 2000 issue is
being addressed by either modifying, retiring or replacing existing software
applications and systems or installing vendor upgrades.
A plan has been developed and is being followed to ensure that the
modifications, replacements and upgrades are implemented and thoroughly tested
on a timely basis. As of March 31, 1999, 99 percent of BANK ONE's mission
critical applications and 90 percent of all other applications have been
renovated, tested and returned to production. BANK ONE expects all applications,
systems and equipment to be Year 2000-ready by June 30, 1999.
BANK ONE utilizes some software provided by outside suppliers which must
also become Year 2000-ready on a timely basis. BANK ONE is actively monitoring
the progress of vendor and business partner readiness and the validation of
contingency plans covering critical business processes. However, there is no
guarantee that the software of other suppliers on which BANK ONE's information
systems rely will be converted on a timely basis, or that failure to convert
would not have a material adverse effect on BANK ONE's operations. Appropriate
actions will be taken if a vendor's readiness does not meet BANK ONE's
expectations.
Year 2000 costs and the date on which the Year 2000 modifications are
expected to be completed are based on management's best estimates, which were
derived utilizing numerous assumptions of future events including the
availability of certain resources, third party modifications and other factors.
However, there can be no guarantee that these estimates will be achieved and
actual results could differ materially from those plans. Specific factors that
might cause material differences include, but are not limited to, the
availability and cost of personnel trained in this area, the ability to locate
and correct all relevant computer codes and similar uncertainties.
12
<PAGE> 96
DESCRIPTION OF THE CERTIFICATES
The Certificates will be issued in Series. Each Series will represent an
interest in the Trust other than the interests represented by any other Series
of Certificates issued by the Trust (which may include Series offered pursuant
to this Prospectus) and the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. Each Series
will be issued pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement entered into by
the Bank and the Trustee and a series supplement (a "SERIES SUPPLEMENT") to the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, a copy of the form of which is filed as an
exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus is a part. The
Prospectus Supplement for each Series will describe any provisions of the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement relating to such Series which may differ
materially from the Pooling and Servicing Agreement filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement. The following is a summary of the provisions common to
each Series of Certificates. The summary is qualified in its entirety by
reference to all of the provisions of the related Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and Series Supplement.
GENERAL
The assets of the Trust will be allocated among the Certificateholders of
each Series (the "INVESTOR INTEREST") of the Trust and the holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and, in certain circumstances, the related
Enhancement Providers. The aggregate principal amount of the interest of the
Certificateholders of a Series in the Trust is referred to herein as the
"INVESTED AMOUNT" and is based on the aggregate amount of the Principal
Receivables in the Trust allocated to such Series. The aggregate principal
amount of the interest of the Transferor in the Trust is referred to herein as
the "TRANSFEROR INTEREST," and is based on the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables (the "TRANSFEROR AMOUNT") in the Trust not allocated to the
Certificateholders or any Enhancement Provider. The certificate that evidences
the Transferor Interest is referred to herein as the "EXCHANGEABLE TRANSFEROR
CERTIFICATE."
The Certificates of each Series will represent undivided interests in
certain assets of the Trust, including the right to the applicable Investor
Percentage of all cardholder payments on the Receivables. For each Series of
Certificates, unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
the Invested Amount on any date will be equal to the initial Invested Amount as
of the related Series Closing Date for such Series minus the amount of principal
paid to the Certificateholders prior to such date and minus the amount of
unreimbursed Investor Charge-Offs with respect to such related Series prior to
such date. If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement relating to any Series
of Certificates, under certain circumstances the Invested Amount may be further
adjusted by the amount of principal allocated to Certificateholders, the funds
on deposit in any specified account, and any other amount specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
Each Series of Certificates may consist of one or more Classes, one or more
of which may be senior certificates ("SENIOR CERTIFICATES") and one or more of
which may be subordinated certificates ("SUBORDINATED CERTIFICATES"). Each Class
of a Series will evidence the right to receive a specified portion of each
distribution of principal or interest or both. The Invested Amount with respect
to a Series with more than one Class will be allocated among the Classes as
described in the related Prospectus Supplement. The Certificates of a Class may
differ from Certificates of other Classes of the same Series in, among other
things, the amounts allocated to principal payments, maturity date, interest
rate per annum ("CERTIFICATE RATE") and the availability of Enhancement.
The Certificateholders of each Series will have the right to receive (but
only to the extent needed to make required payments under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement and the related Series Supplement and subject to any
reallocation of such amounts if the Series Supplement so provides) varying
percentages of the collections of Finance Charge Receivables and Principal
Receivables for each month and will be allocated a varying percentage of the
amount of Receivables in Accounts which were written off as uncollectible by the
Servicer ("DEFAULTED ACCOUNTS") for such month (each such percentage, an
"INVESTOR PERCENTAGE"). The related Prospectus Supplement will specify the
Investor Percentages with respect to the allocation of collections of Principal
Receivables, Finance Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts
during the Revolving Period, any Amortization Period and any Accumulation
Period, as applicable. If the Certificates of a Series offered
13
<PAGE> 97
hereby include more than one Class of Certificates, the assets of the Trust
allocable to the Certificates of such Series may be further allocated among each
Class in such Series as described in the related Prospectus Supplement. See
"--Investor Percentage and Transferor Percentage."
The Certificates of each Series will represent interests in the Trust only
and will not represent interests in or recourse obligations of the Bank or any
of its affiliates. A Certificate is not a deposit and neither the Certificates
nor the underlying Accounts or Receivables are insured or guaranteed by the
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") or any other governmental agency.
For each Series of Certificates, payments of interest and principal will be
made on Distribution Dates or other payment dates as specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement to Certificateholders in whose names the Certificates were
registered on the record dates (each, a "RECORD DATE") specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. Interest will be distributed to Certificateholders in the
amounts, for the periods and on the dates specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
For each Series of Certificates, the Transferor initially will own the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. The Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
will represent the undivided interest in the Trust not represented by the
Certificates issued and outstanding under the Trust or the rights, if any, of
any Enhancement Providers to receive payments from the Trust. The holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate will have the right to a percentage (the
"TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE") of all cardholder payments from the Receivables in the
Trust.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, with
respect to each Series of Certificates, during the Revolving Period, the
Invested Amount will remain constant except under certain limited circumstances.
See "--Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges" and "--Investor
Charge-Offs." The amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust, however, will
vary each day as new Principal Receivables are created and others are paid or
charged-off. The amount of the Transferor Interest will fluctuate each day,
therefore, to reflect the changes in the amount of the Principal Receivables in
the Trust. When a Series is amortizing, the Invested Amount of such Series will
generally decline as payments of Principal Receivables are collected and
distributed to the Certificateholders. As a result, the Transferor Interest will
generally increase each month during an Amortization Period for any Series to
reflect the reductions in the Invested Amount of such Series and will also
change to reflect the variations in the amount of Principal Receivables in the
Trust. The Transferor Interest may also be reduced as the result of an Exchange.
See "--Exchanges."
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement,
Certificates of each Series initially will be represented by certificates
registered in the name of the nominee of DTC (together with any successor
depository selected by the Transferor, the "DEPOSITORY") except as set forth
below. Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, with
respect to each Series of Certificates, beneficial interests in the Certificates
will be available for purchase in minimum denominations of $1,000 and integral
multiples thereof in book-entry form only. The Transferor has been informed by
DTC that DTC's nominee will be Cede & Co. ("CEDE"). No Certificate Owner
acquiring an interest in the Certificates will be entitled to receive a
certificate representing such person's interest in the Certificates unless
Definitive Certificates are issued. Unless and until Definitive Certificates are
issued for any Series under the limited circumstances described herein, all
references herein to actions by Certificateholders shall refer to actions taken
by DTC upon instructions from DTC Participants (as defined below), and all
references herein to distributions, notices, reports and statements to
Certificateholders shall refer to distributions, notices, reports and statements
to DTC or Cede, as the registered holder of the Certificates, as the case may
be, for distribution to Certificate Owners in accordance with DTC procedures.
See "--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates."
If so specified in the Prospectus Supplement relating to a Series,
application will be made to list the Certificates of such Series, or all or a
portion of any Class thereof, on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or any other
specified exchange.
14
<PAGE> 98
BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, with
respect to each Series of Certificates in book-entry form, Certificateholders
may hold their Certificates through DTC (in the United States) or Cedelbank or
Euroclear (in Europe) which in turn hold through DTC, if they are participants
of such systems, or indirectly through organizations that are participants in
such systems.
Cede, as nominee for DTC, will hold the global Certificates. Cedelbank and
Euroclear will hold omnibus positions on behalf of the Cedelbank Customers and
the Euroclear Participants, respectively, through customers' securities accounts
in Cedelbank's and Euroclear's names on the books of their respective
depositaries (collectively, the "DEPOSITARIES") which in turn will hold such
positions in customers' securities accounts in the Depositaries' names on the
books of DTC.
DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking
Law, a "banking organization" within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a
member of the Federal Reserve System, a "clearing corporation" within the
meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a "clearing agency"
registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT"). DTC holds securities that its
participating organizations ("DTC PARTICIPANTS") deposit with DTC. DTC also
facilitates the clearance and settlement among DTC Participants of securities
transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through
electronic book-entry changes in DTC Participants' accounts, thereby eliminating
the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC Participants
include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing
corporations and may include certain other organizations. DTC is owned by a
number of its DTC Participants and the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., the
American Stock Exchange, Inc. and the National Association of Securities
Dealers, Inc. Indirect access to the DTC system is also available to others such
as securities brokers and dealers, banks, and trust companies that clear through
or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or
indirectly ("INDIRECT PARTICIPANTS"). The rules applicable to DTC and DTC
Participants are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"SEC").
DTC management is aware that some computer applications and systems used
for processing data were written using two digits rather than four to define the
applicable year, and therefore may not recognize a date using "00" as the Year
2000. This could result in the inability of these systems to properly process
transactions with dates in the Year 2000 and thereafter. DTC has developed and
is implementing a program to address this problem so that its applications and
systems as the same relate to the timely payment of distributions (including
principal and interest payments) to securityholders, book-entry deliveries and
settlement of trades within DTC continue to function properly. This program
includes a technical assessment and a remediation plan, each of which is
complete. Additionally, DTC plans to implement a testing phase of this program
which is expected to be completed within appropriate time frames.
In addition, DTC is contacting (and will continue to contact) third party
vendors that provide services to DTC to determine the extent of their Year 2000
compliance, and DTC will develop contingency plans as it deems appropriate to
address failures in Year 2000 compliance on the part of third party vendors.
However, there can be no assurance that the systems of third party vendors will
be timely converted and will not adversely affect the proper functioning of
DTC's services.
The information set forth in the preceding two paragraphs has been provided
by DTC for informational purposes only and is not intended to serve as a
representation, warranty or contract modification of any kind. The Transferor
makes no representations as to the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Transfers between DTC Participants will occur in accordance with DTC rules.
Transfers between Cedelbank Customers and Euroclear Participants will occur in
the ordinary way in accordance with their applicable rules and operating
procedures.
Cross-market transfers between persons holding directly or indirectly
through DTC in the United States, on the one hand, and directly or indirectly
through Cedelbank Customers or Euroclear Participants, on the other, will be
effected in DTC in accordance with DTC rules on behalf of the relevant European
international clearing
15
<PAGE> 99
system by its Depositary; however, such cross-market transactions will require
delivery of instructions to the relevant European international clearing system
by the counterparty in such system in accordance with its rules and procedures
and within its established deadlines (European time). The relevant European
international clearing system will, if the transaction meets its settlement
requirements, deliver instructions to its Depositary to take action to effect
final settlement on its behalf by delivering or receiving securities in DTC, and
making or receiving payment in accordance with normal procedures for same-day
funds settlement applicable to DTC. Cedelbank Customers and Euroclear
Participants may not deliver instructions directly to the Depositaries.
Because of time-zone differences, credits of securities in Cedelbank or
Euroclear as a result of a transaction with a DTC Participant will be made
during the subsequent securities settlement processing, dated the business day
following the DTC settlement date, and such credits or any transactions in such
securities settled during such processing will be reported to the relevant
Cedelbank Customer or Euroclear Participant on such business day. Cash received
in Cedelbank or Euroclear as a result of sales of securities by or through a
Cedelbank Customer or a Euroclear Participant will be received with value on the
DTC settlement date but will be available in the relevant Cedelbank or Euroclear
cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.
Certificate Owners that are not DTC Participants or Indirect Participants
but desire to purchase, sell or otherwise transfer ownership of, or other
interests in, Certificates may do so only through the DTC Participants and
Indirect Participants. In addition, Certificate Owners will receive all
distributions of principal of and interest on the Certificates from the Trustee
through DTC Participants who in turn will receive them from DTC. Under a
book-entry format, Certificate Owners may experience some delay in their receipt
of payments, since such payments will be forwarded by the Trustee to Cede, as
nominee for DTC. DTC will forward such payments to DTC Participants which
thereafter will forward them to Indirect Participants or Certificate Owners. It
is anticipated that the only "Certificateholder" of Certificates in book-entry
form will be Cede, as nominee of DTC. Certificate Owners will not be recognized
by the Trustee as Certificateholders, as such term is used in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, and Certificate Owners will only be permitted to exercise
the rights of Certificateholders indirectly through the DTC Participants who in
turn will exercise the rights of Certificateholders through DTC.
Under the rules, regulations and procedures creating and affecting DTC and
its operations, DTC is required to make book-entry transfers among DTC
Participants on whose behalf it acts with respect to the Certificates and is
required to receive and transmit distributions of principal of and interest on
the Certificates. DTC Participants and Indirect Participants with which
Certificate Owners have accounts with respect to the Certificates similarly are
required to make book-entry transfers and receive and transmit such payments on
behalf of their respective Certificate Owners. Accordingly, although Certificate
Owners will not possess Certificates, Certificate Owners will receive payments
and will be able to transfer their interests.
Because DTC can only act on behalf of DTC Participants, who in turn act on
behalf of Indirect Participants and certain banks, the ability of a Certificate
Owner to pledge Certificates to persons or entities that do not participate in
the DTC system, or otherwise take actions in respect of such Certificates, may
be limited due to the lack of a physical certificate for such Certificates.
DTC has advised the Transferor that it will take any action permitted to be
taken by a Certificateholder under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement only at
the direction of one or more DTC Participants to whose account with DTC the
Certificates are credited. Additionally, DTC has advised the Transferor that it
will take such actions with respect to specified percentages of the Invested
Amount only at the direction of and on behalf of DTC Participants whose holdings
include undivided interests that satisfy such specified percentages. DTC may
take conflicting actions with respect to other undivided interests to the extent
that such actions are taken on behalf of DTC Participants whose holdings include
such undivided interests.
Cedelbank, societe anonyme ("CEDELBANK") is incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg as a professional depository. Cedelbank holds securities for its
participating organizations ("CEDELBANK CUSTOMERS") and facilitates the
clearance and settlement of securities transactions between Cedelbank Customers
through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of Cedelbank Customers,
thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities. Transactions
may be settled in Cedelbank in any of 36 currencies,
16
<PAGE> 100
including United States dollars. Cedelbank provides to its Cedelbank Customers,
among other things, services for safekeeping, administration, clearance and
settlement of internationally traded securities and securities lending and
borrowing. Cedelbank deals with domestic securities markets in over 30 countries
through established depository and custodial relationships. Cedelbank has
established an electronic bridge with Morgan Guaranty Trust as the Operator of
the Euroclear System ("MGT/EOC") in Brussels to facilitate settlement of trades
between Cedelbank and MGT/EOC. Cedelbank currently accepts over 110,000
securities issues on its books. As a professional depository, Cedelbank is
subject to regulation by the Luxembourg Commission for the Supervision of the
Financial Sector, which supervises Luxembourg banks. Cedelbank Customers are
recognized financial institutions around the world, including underwriters,
securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations
and certain other organizations and may include the underwriters of any Series
of Certificates. Cedelbank Customers in the United States are limited to
securities brokers and dealers and banks. Currently, Cedelbank has approximately
2,000 customers located in over 80 countries, including all major European
countries, Canada and the United States. Indirect access to Cedelbank is also
available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Cedelbank Customer,
either directly or indirectly.
The Euroclear System (the "EUROCLEAR SYSTEM") was created in 1968 to hold
securities for participants of the Euroclear System ("EUROCLEAR PARTICIPANTS")
and to clear and settle transactions between Euroclear Participants through
simultaneous electronic book-entry delivery against payment, thereby eliminating
the need for physical movement of securities and any risk from lack of
simultaneous transfers of securities and cash. Transactions may now be settled
in any of 34 currencies, including United States dollars. The Euroclear System
includes various other services, including securities lending and borrowing and
interfaces with domestic markets in several countries generally similar to the
arrangements for cross-market transfers with DTC described above. The Euroclear
System is operated by Morgan Guaranty Trust Company of New York's Brussels,
Belgium office (the "EUROCLEAR OPERATOR" or "EUROCLEAR"), under contract with
Euroclear Clearance System, S.C., a Belgian cooperative corporation (the
"COOPERATIVE"). All operations are conducted by the Euroclear Operator, and all
Euroclear securities clearance accounts and Euroclear cash accounts are accounts
with the Euroclear Operator, not the Cooperative. The Cooperative establishes
policy for the Euroclear System on behalf of Euroclear Participants. Euroclear
Participants include banks (including central banks), securities brokers and
dealers and other professional financial intermediaries and may include the
underwriters of any Series of Certificates. Indirect access to the Euroclear
System is also available to other firms that clear through or maintain a
custodial relationship with a Euroclear Participant, either directly or
indirectly.
The Euroclear Operator is the Belgian branch of a New York banking
corporation which is a member bank of the Federal Reserve System. As such, it is
regulated and examined by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
and the New York State Banking Department, as well as the Belgian Banking
Commission.
Securities clearance accounts and cash accounts with the Euroclear Operator
are governed by the Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear and the
related Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System and applicable Belgian law
(collectively, the "TERMS AND CONDITIONS"). The Terms and Conditions govern
transfers of securities and cash within the Euroclear System, withdrawal of
securities and cash from the Euroclear System, and receipts of payments with
respect to securities in the Euroclear System. All securities in the Euroclear
System are held on a fungible basis without attribution of specific certificates
to specific securities clearance accounts. The Euroclear Operator acts under the
Terms and Conditions only on behalf of Euroclear Participants and has no record
of or relationship with persons holding through Euroclear Participants.
Distributions with respect to Certificates held through Cedelbank or
Euroclear will be credited to the cash accounts of Cedelbank Customers or
Euroclear Participants in accordance with the relevant system's rules and
procedures, to the extent received by its Depositary. Such distributions will be
subject to tax reporting in accordance with relevant United States tax laws and
regulations. See "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences." Cedelbank or
the Euroclear Operator, as the case may be, will take any other action permitted
to be taken by a Certificateholder under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement on
behalf of a Cedelbank Customer or Euroclear Participant only in accordance with
its relevant rules and procedures and subject to its Depositary's ability to
effect such actions on its behalf through DTC.
17
<PAGE> 101
Although DTC, Cedelbank and Euroclear have agreed to the foregoing
procedures in order to facilitate transfers of Certificates among participants
of DTC and Euroclear and customers of Cedelbank, they are under no obligation to
perform or continue to perform such procedures and such procedures may be
discontinued at any time.
DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Certificates of each Series otherwise issued in book-entry form will be issued
in fully registered, certificated form to Certificate Owners or their nominees
("DEFINITIVE CERTIFICATES") rather than to DTC or its nominee, only if (i) the
Transferor advises the Trustee in writing that DTC is no longer willing or able
to discharge properly its responsibilities as Depository with respect to such
Series of Certificates, and the Trustee or the Transferor is unable to locate a
qualified successor, (ii) the Transferor, at its option, advises the Trustee in
writing that it elects to terminate the book-entry system through DTC or (iii)
after the occurrence of a Servicer Default, Certificate Owners representing not
less than 50% (or such other percentage specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement) of the Invested Amount advise the Trustee and DTC through
participants in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system through DTC
(or a successor thereto) is no longer in the best interest of the Certificate
Owners.
Upon the occurrence of any of the events described in the immediately
preceding paragraph, DTC is required to notify all participants of the
availability through DTC of Definitive Certificates. Upon surrender by DTC of
the definitive certificate representing the Certificates and instructions for
re-registration, the Trustee will issue the Certificates as Definitive
Certificates, and thereafter the Trustee will recognize the holders of such
Definitive Certificates as holders under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
("HOLDERS").
Distribution of principal and interest on the Certificates will be made by
the Trustee directly to Holders of Definitive Certificates in accordance with
the procedures set forth herein and in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
Interest payments and any principal payments on each Distribution Date or other
payment date as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement will be made to
Holders in whose names the Definitive Certificates were registered at the close
of business on the related Record Date. Distributions will be made by check
mailed to the address of such Holder as it appears on the register maintained by
the Trustee or, if such Holder holds more than an aggregate principal amount of
such Definitive Certificates to be specified in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, by wire transfer to such Holder's account. The final payment on any
Certificate (whether Definitive Certificates or the Certificates registered in
the name of Cede representing the Certificates), however, will be made only upon
presentation and surrender of such Certificate at the office or agency specified
in the notice of final distribution to Certificateholders. The Trustee will
provide such notice to registered Certificateholders not later than the fifth
day of the month of such final distributions.
Definitive Certificates will be transferable and exchangeable at the
offices of the Transfer Agent and Registrar specified in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, which shall initially be the Trustee. No service charge
will be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the transfer
agent and registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
other governmental charge imposed in connection therewith.
INTEREST PAYMENTS
For each Series of Certificates and Class thereof, interest will accrue
from the relevant Closing Date on the applicable Invested Amount, plus, if
applicable, the Pre-Funding Amount (or other amount specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement) at the applicable Certificate Rate, which may be a fixed,
floating or other type of rate as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement. Interest will be distributed to Certificateholders in the amounts
and on the dates (which may be monthly, quarterly, semiannually or otherwise as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) (each, a "DISTRIBUTION DATE").
Interest payments on any Distribution Date will generally be funded from
collections of Finance Charge Receivables allocated to the Investor Interest
during the preceding monthly period or periods (each, a "MONTHLY PERIOD") and
may be funded from certain investment earnings on funds held in accounts of the
Trust, from any applicable Enhancement, if necessary, or certain other
18
<PAGE> 102
amounts as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. If the Distribution
Dates for payment of interest for a Series or Class occur less frequently than
monthly, such collections or other amounts (or the portion thereof allocable to
the Investor Interest of such Class) may be deposited in one or more trust
accounts (each, an "INTEREST FUNDING ACCOUNT") pending distribution to the
Certificateholders of such Series or Class, as described in the related
Prospectus Supplement. If a Series has more than one Class of Certificates, each
such Class may have a separate Interest Funding Account. The Prospectus
Supplement relating to each Series of Certificates and each Class thereof will
describe the amounts and sources of interest payments to be made, the
Certificate Rate for each Class thereof, and, for a Series or each Class thereof
bearing interest at a floating Certificate Rate, the initial Certificate Rate,
the dates and the manner for determining subsequent Certificate Rates, and the
formula, index or other method by which such Certificate Rates are determined.
PRINCIPAL PAYMENTS
The principal of the Certificates of each Series offered hereby will be
scheduled to be paid either in installments commencing on a date specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement (the "PRINCIPAL COMMENCEMENT DATE"), in which
case such Series will have either a Controlled Amortization Period, as described
below, or on an expected date specified in, or determined in the manner
specified in, the related Prospectus Supplement (the "SCHEDULED PAYMENT DATE"),
in which case such Series will have an Accumulation Period, as described below.
If a Series has more than one Class of Certificates, a different method of
paying principal, Principal Commencement Date or Scheduled Payment Date may be
assigned to each Class. The payment of principal with respect to the
Certificates of a Series or Class may commence earlier than the applicable
Principal Commencement Date or Scheduled Payment Date, and the final principal
payment with respect to the Certificates of a Series or Class may be made later
than the applicable expected payment date, Scheduled Payment Date or other
expected date, if a Pay Out Event occurs and the Rapid Amortization Period
commences with respect to such Series or Class or under certain other
circumstances described herein or in the related Prospectus Supplement.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, during the
Revolving Period for each Series of Certificates (which begins on the Series
Closing Date relating to such Series and ends with the commencement of an
Amortization Period), no principal payments will be made to the
Certificateholders of such Series. During the Controlled Amortization Period or
Accumulation Period, as applicable, which will be scheduled to begin on the date
specified in, or determined in the manner specified in, the related Prospectus
Supplement, and during the Rapid Amortization Period, which will begin upon the
occurrence of a Pay Out Event, principal will be paid to the Certificateholders
in the amounts and on Distribution Dates specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement or will be accumulated in a trust account established for the benefit
of such Certificateholders (a "PRINCIPAL FUNDING ACCOUNT") for later
distribution to Certificateholders on the Scheduled Payment Date in the amounts
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. Principal payments for any
Series or Class thereof will be funded from collections of Principal Receivables
received during the related Monthly Period or Periods as specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement and allocated to the Investor Interest of such
Series or Class and from certain other sources specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement. In the case of a Series with more than one Class of
Certificates, the Certificateholders of one or more Classes may receive payments
of principal at different times. The related Prospectus Supplement will describe
the manner, timing and priority of payments of principal to Certificateholders
of each Class.
Funds on deposit in any Principal Funding Account applicable to a Series
may be subject to a guaranteed rate agreement or investment contract or other
arrangement specified in the related Prospectus Supplement intended to assure a
minimum rate of return on the investment of such funds. In order to enhance the
likelihood of the payment in full of the principal amount of a Series of
Certificates or Class thereof at the end of an Accumulation Period, such Series
of Certificates or Class thereof may be subject to a principal payment guaranty
or other similar arrangement specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
19
<PAGE> 103
REVOLVING PERIOD
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, with
respect to each Series and any Class thereof, no principal will be payable to
Certificateholders until the Principal Commencement Date or the Scheduled
Payment Date with respect to such Series or Class. For the period beginning on
the Closing Date and ending with the commencement of an Amortization Period (the
"REVOLVING PERIOD"), collections of Principal Receivables otherwise allocable to
the Investor Interest will, subject to certain limitations, be paid from the
Trust to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate or, under certain
circumstances and if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, will be
treated as Excess Principal Collections and paid to the holders of other Series
of Certificates issued by the Trust, as described herein and in the related
Prospectus Supplement. See "--Shared Collections of Principal Receivables."
CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD
If the Prospectus Supplement relating to a Series so specifies, unless a
Rapid Amortization Period with respect to such Series commences, the
Certificates of such Series or any Class thereof will have an amortization
period (the "CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION PERIOD") during which collections of
Principal Receivables allocable to the Investor Interest of such Series (and
certain other amounts if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) will
be used on each Distribution Date to make principal distributions in scheduled
amounts to the Certificateholders of such Series or any Class of such Series
then scheduled to receive such distributions. The amount to be distributed on
any Distribution Date during the Controlled Amortization Period will be limited
to an amount (the "CONTROLLED DISTRIBUTION AMOUNT") equal to an amount specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "CONTROLLED AMORTIZATION AMOUNT") plus
any existing deficit Controlled Amortization Amount arising from prior
Distribution Dates. If a Series has more than one Class of Certificates, each
Class may have a separate Controlled Amortization Amount. In addition, the
related Prospectus Supplement may describe certain priorities among such Classes
with respect to such distributions. The Controlled Amortization Period will
commence at the close of business on the Principal Commencement Date and
continue until the earliest of (a) the commencement of the Rapid Amortization
Period, (b) payment in full of the Invested Amount of the Certificates of such
Series or Class and (c) the close of business on the Stated Series Termination
Date with respect to such Series.
ACCUMULATION PERIOD
If the Prospectus Supplement relating to a Series so specifies, unless a
Rapid Amortization Period with respect to such Series commences, the
Certificates of such Series or any Class thereof will have an accumulation
period (the "ACCUMULATION PERIOD") during which collections of Principal
Receivables allocable to the Investor Interest of such Series (and certain other
amounts if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) will be deposited
prior to each Distribution Date in a Principal Funding Account and used to make
distributions of principal to the Certificateholders of such Series or Class on
the Scheduled Payment Date. If the Prospectus Supplement relating to a series so
specifies, the amount to be deposited in the Principal Funding Account on any
date will be limited to an amount (the "CONTROLLED DEPOSIT AMOUNT") equal to an
amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement (the "CONTROLLED
ACCUMULATION AMOUNT") plus the amount of any shortfalls arising from the failure
to pay the Controlled Accumulation Amount on any prior Distribution Dates. If a
Series has more than one Class of Certificates, each Class may have a separate
Principal Funding Account and Controlled Accumulation Amount. In addition, the
related Prospectus Supplement may describe certain priorities among such Classes
with respect to deposits of principal into such Principal Funding Account. The
Accumulation Period will commence at the close of business on a date specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement (subject to adjustment if so specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement) and continue until the earliest of (a) the
commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period, (b) payment in full of the
Invested Amount of the Certificates of such Series or Class and (c) the close of
business on the Stated Series Termination Date with respect to such Series.
Funds on deposit in any Principal Funding Account may be invested in
permitted investments or subject to a guaranteed rate or investment agreement or
other arrangement intended to assure a specified return on the
20
<PAGE> 104
investment of such funds. Investment earnings on such funds may be applied to
pay interest on the related Series of Certificates. In order to enhance the
likelihood of payment in full of principal at the end of an Accumulation Period
with respect to a Series of Certificates, such Series may be subject to a
principal guaranty or other similar arrangement. See "--Principal Payments."
RAPID AMORTIZATION PERIOD
During the period from the day on which a Pay Out Event has occurred with
respect to a Series to the earlier of the date on which the Invested Amount of
the Certificates of such Series has been paid in full or the related Stated
Series Termination Date (the "RAPID AMORTIZATION PERIOD"), unless otherwise
provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, collections of Principal
Receivables allocable to the Investor Interest of such Series (and certain other
amounts if so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement) will be
distributed as principal payments to the Certificateholders of such Series
monthly on each Distribution Date with respect to such Series in the manner and
order of priority set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. During the
Rapid Amortization Period with respect to a Series, distributions of principal
to Certificateholders will not be limited by any Controlled Distribution Amount
or Controlled Deposit Amount. In addition, upon the commencement of the Rapid
Amortization Period with respect to a Series, unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, any funds on deposit in a Principal Funding
Account with respect to such Series or any Class thereof will be paid to the
Certificateholders of such Series or Class on the first Distribution Date in the
Rapid Amortization Period. See "--Pay Out Events" for a discussion of the events
which might lead to commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period.
SHARED EXCESS FINANCE CHARGE COLLECTIONS
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the
Certificateholders of a Series or any Class thereof may be entitled to receive
all or a portion of Excess Finance Charge Collections with respect to another
Series to cover any shortfalls with respect to amounts payable from collections
of Finance Charge Receivables allocable to such Series or Class.
SHARED COLLECTIONS OF PRINCIPAL RECEIVABLES
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, to the
extent that collections of Principal Receivables and certain other amounts that
are allocated to the Invested Amount of any Series are not needed to make
payments or deposits with respect to such Series, such collections ("EXCESS
PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS") will be applied to cover principal payments due to or
for the benefit of Certificateholders of another Series. Any such reallocation
will not result in a reduction in the Invested Amount of the Series to which
such collections were initially allocated.
COMPANION SERIES
If so provided in the Prospectus Supplement relating to a Series, each such
Series is subject to being paired with another Series (in such case, a
"COMPANION SERIES"). The Prospectus Supplement for such Series and the
Prospectus Supplement for the Companion Series will each specify the
relationship between the Series.
TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT OF RECEIVABLES
With respect to the Trust, the Transferor has transferred and assigned to
the Trust of all its right, title and interest in and to Receivables in certain
Accounts which were selected from the Bank Portfolio based upon criteria set
forth in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
In connection with the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust, the
Transferor has indicated in its computer files that the Receivables have been
conveyed to the Trust. In addition, the Transferor has provided to the Trustee
computer files or microfiche lists containing a true and complete list showing
each Account, including each Additional Account, identified by account number
and by total outstanding balance, respectively. The Transferor has not delivered
and will not deliver to the Trustee any other records or agreements relating to
the Accounts or
21
<PAGE> 105
the Receivables, except in connection with additions or removals of Accounts.
Except as stated above, the records and agreements relating to the Accounts and
the Receivables maintained by the Transferor or the Servicer are not segregated
by the Transferor or the Servicer from other documents and agreements relating
to other credit card accounts and receivables and are not stamped or marked to
reflect the transfer of the Receivables to the Trust, but the computer records
of the Transferor are required to be marked to evidence such transfer. The
Transferor has filed UCC financing statements with respect to the Receivables
meeting the requirements of Delaware state law. See "Certain Legal Aspects of
the Receivables."
EXCHANGES
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides for the Trustee to issue two
types of certificates: (i) one or more Series of Certificates that will be
transferable and have the characteristics described below and (ii) the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, a certificate which evidences the
Transferor Interest, which initially will be held by the Transferor and will be
transferable only as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. The
Pooling and Servicing Agreement also provides that, pursuant to any one or more
Series Supplements, the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may
tender the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, or, if provided in the relevant
Series Supplement, Certificates representing any Series and the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate, to the Trustee in exchange for one or more new Series
(which may include Series offered pursuant to this Prospectus) and a reissued
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate (any such tender, an "EXCHANGE"). However,
after giving effect to the Exchange the Transferor Interest expressed as a
percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables must be equal to or
exceed the Minimum Transferor Interest. Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may define,
with respect to any newly issued Series, certain terms including: (i) its
initial invested amount (or method for calculating such amount) which amount may
not be greater than the current principal amount of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate; (ii) its certificate rate (or formula for the determination
thereof); (iii) its payment dates and the date from which interest shall accrue;
(iv) its series termination date; and (v) such other terms as the Transferor may
deem appropriate (all such terms, the "PRINCIPAL TERMS" of such Series). Upon
the issuance of an additional Series of Certificates, none of the Transferor,
the Servicer, the Trustee or the Trust will be required or will intend to obtain
the consent of any Certificateholder of any other Series previously issued by
the Trust. However, as a condition of an Exchange, the holder of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate will deliver to the Trustee written
confirmation that the Exchange will not result in the Rating Agency reducing or
withdrawing its rating of any Certificates of any outstanding Series. As used
herein, "RATING AGENCY" means a nationally recognized rating organization
selected by the Bank to rate any Series. The Transferor may offer any Series to
the public or other investors under a Prospectus or other disclosure document (a
"DISCLOSURE DOCUMENT") in offerings pursuant to this Prospectus or in
transactions either registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"SECURITIES ACT") or exempt from registration thereunder directly, through the
Underwriter or one or more other underwriters, purchasers or placement agents,
in fixed-price offerings or in negotiated transactions or otherwise. Any such
series may be issued in fully registered or book-entry form in minimum
denominations by the Transferor. Other Series have been issued by the Trust and
may be issued concurrently herewith. The Transferor intends to offer, from time
to time, additional Series issued by the Trust.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the holder
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may perform Exchanges and define
Principal Terms such that each Series issued by the Trust has a period during
which amortization or accumulation of the principal amount thereof is intended
to occur which may have a different length and begin on a different date than
such period for any other Series. Further, one or more Series may be in their
amortization or accumulation periods while other Series are not. Moreover, each
Series may have the benefit of an Enhancement which is available only to such
Series. Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will hold any
such form of Enhancement only on behalf of the Series with respect to which it
relates. The holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may deliver a
different form of Enhancement agreement with respect to each Series. The holder
of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate may specify different certificate
rates and monthly servicing fees with respect to each Series (or a particular
Class within such Series). The holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
will also have the option under the
22
<PAGE> 106
Pooling and Servicing Agreement to vary between Series the terms upon which a
Series (or a particular Class within such Series) may be repurchased by the
Transferor.
Additionally, certain Series may be subordinated to other Series, or
Classes within a Series may have different priorities. There will be no limit to
the number of Exchanges that may be performed under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and pursuant to a Series
Supplement, an Exchange may only occur upon the satisfaction of certain
conditions provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Under the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement, the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate
may perform an Exchange by notifying the Trustee at least five days in advance
of the date upon which the Exchange is to occur. Under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the notice will state the designation of any Series to be issued on
the date of the Exchange and, with respect to each such Series: (i) its initial
principal amount (or method for calculating such amount) which amount may not be
greater than the current principal amount of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate, (ii) its certificate rate (or method of calculating such rate) and
(iii) the Enhancement Provider, if any, which is expected to provide credit
support with respect to it. On the date of the Exchange, the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement provides that the Trustee will authenticate any such Series
only upon delivery to it of the following, among other things, (i) a Series
Supplement specifying the Principal Terms of such Series, (ii) an opinion of
counsel to the effect that, unless otherwise stated in the related Series
Supplement, the certificates of such Series will be characterized as
indebtedness for Federal income tax purposes under existing law, and that the
issuance of such Series will not have a material adverse effect on the Federal
income tax characterization of any outstanding Series, (iii) if required by the
related Series Supplement, the form of Enhancement, (iv) if an Enhancement is
required by the Series Supplement, an appropriate Enhancement agreement with
respect thereto, (v) written confirmation from each Rating Agency that the
Exchange will not result in such Rating Agency's reducing or withdrawing its
rating on any then outstanding Series rated by it, (vi) the existing
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate and, if applicable, the certificates
representing the Series to be exchanged, and (vii) an officer's certificate of
the Transferor to the effect that on the date of the Exchange the Transferor,
after giving effect to the Exchange, would not be required to add Receivables
from Additional Accounts pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and
the Transferor Interest averaged expressed as a percentage of the aggregate
amount of Principal Receivables would be at least equal to a certain specified
minimum percentage (the "MINIMUM TRANSFEROR INTEREST"). Upon satisfaction of
such conditions, the Trustee will cancel the existing Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate and the certificates of the exchanged Series, if applicable, and
authenticate the new Series and a new Exchangeable Transferor Certificate.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
The Transferor has made and will make certain representations and
warranties to the Trust to the effect that, among other things, (a) as of the
date of issuance of a Series (a "SERIES CLOSING DATE"), the Transferor was duly
incorporated and in good standing and that it has the authority to consummate
the transactions contemplated by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and (b) as
of the relevant cut-off date for each Series as defined herein and in the
related Prospectus Supplement (the "SERIES CUT-OFF DATES") (or as of the date of
the designation of Additional Accounts), each Account was an Eligible Account
(as defined below). If (i) any of these representations and warranties proves to
have been incorrect in any material respect when made, and continues to be
incorrect for 60 days after notice to the Transferor by the Trustee or to the
Transferor and the Trustee by the Certificateholders holding more than 50% of
the Investor Interest of the related Series, and (ii) as a result the interests
of the Certificateholders are materially and adversely affected, and continue to
be materially and adversely affected during such period, then the Trustee or
Certificateholders holding more than 50% of the Investor Interest may give
notice to the Transferor (and to the Trustee in the latter instance) declaring
that a Pay Out Event has occurred, thereby commencing the Rapid Amortization
Period. See "--Pay Out Events."
The Transferor has made and will make representations and warranties to the
Trust relating to the Receivables to the effect, among other things, that (a) as
of the Series Closing Date of the initial Series of Certificates, the 1992-1
Series issued by the Trust (the "INITIAL CLOSING DATE"), each of the Receivables
then
23
<PAGE> 107
existing was an Eligible Receivable (as defined below) and (b) as of the date of
creation of any new Receivable, such Receivable is an Eligible Receivable and
the representation and warranty set forth in clause (b) in the immediately
following paragraph is true and correct with respect to such Receivable. In the
event (i) of a breach of any representation and warranty set forth in this
paragraph, within 60 days, or such longer period as may be agreed to by the
Trustee, of the earlier to occur of the discovery of such breach by the
Transferor or Servicer or receipt by the Transferor of written notice of such
breach given by the Trustee, or, with respect to certain breaches relating to
prior liens, immediately upon the earlier to occur of such discovery or notice
and (ii) that as a result of such breach, the Receivables in the related
Accounts are charged off as uncollectible, the Trust's rights in, to or under
the Receivables or its proceeds are impaired or the proceeds of such Receivables
are not available for any reason to the Trust free and clear of any lien, the
Transferor shall accept reassignment of each Principal Receivable as to which
such breach relates (an "INELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE") on the terms and conditions set
forth below; provided, however, that no such reassignment shall be required to
be made with respect to such Ineligible Receivable if, on any day within the
applicable period (or such longer period as may be agreed to by the Trustee),
the representations and warranties with respect to such Ineligible Receivable
shall then be true and correct in all material respects. The Transferor shall
accept reassignment of each such Ineligible Receivable by (i) directing the
Servicer to deduct the amount of each such Ineligible Receivable from the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables used to calculate the Transferor
Interest and (ii) depositing into the Collection Account an amount equal to the
finance charge at the annual percentage rate applicable to such Ineligible
Receivable from the last date billed through the end of the Monthly Period in
which such reassignment obligation arises. In the event that the exclusion of an
Ineligible Receivable from the calculation of the Transferor Interest would
cause the Transferor Interest to be a negative number, on the date of
reassignment of such Ineligible Receivable the Transferor shall make a deposit
in the Principal Account in immediately available funds in an amount equal to
the amount by which the Transferor Interest would be reduced below zero. Any
such deduction or deposit shall be considered a repayment in full of the
Ineligible Receivable. The obligation of the Transferor to accept reassignment
of any Ineligible Receivable is the sole remedy respecting any breach of the
representations and warranties set forth in this paragraph with respect to such
Receivable available to the Certificateholders or the Trustee on behalf of
Certificateholders.
The Transferor has made representations and warranties to the Trust to the
effect, among other things, that as of the Initial Closing Date (a) the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement constituted a legal, valid and binding obligation of the
Transferor and (b) the transfer of Receivables by it to the Trust under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement constituted either a valid transfer and
assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the Transferor in
and to the Receivables (other than Receivables in Additional Accounts), whether
then existing or thereafter created and the proceeds thereof (including amounts
in any of the accounts established for the benefit of Certificateholders) or the
grant of a first priority perfected security interest in such Receivables
(except for certain tax liens) and the proceeds thereof (including amounts in
any of the accounts established for the benefit of Certificateholders), which is
effective as to each such Receivable upon the creation thereof. In the event of
a breach of any of the representations and warranties described in this
paragraph, either the Trustee or the holders of certificates evidencing
undivided interests in the Trust aggregating more than 50% of the Investor
Interest of all Series outstanding, by written notice to the Transferor (and to
the Trustee and the Servicer if given by the Certificateholders of all Series
outstanding), may direct the Transferor to accept reassignment of the Trust
Portfolio within 60 days of such notice, or within such longer period specified
in such notice. The Transferor will be obligated to accept reassignment of the
Trust Portfolio on a Distribution Date occurring within such applicable period.
Such reassignment will not be required to be made, however, if at any time
during such applicable period, or such longer period, the representations and
warranties shall then be true and correct in all material respects. The deposit
amount for such reassignment will be equal to the Invested Amount for all Series
of Certificates required to be repurchased on the last day of the Monthly Period
preceding the Distribution Date on which the reassignment is scheduled to be
made less the amount, if any, previously allocated for payment of principal to
such Certificateholders on such Distribution Date, plus an amount equal to all
accrued and unpaid interest on such Certificates at the applicable certificate
rate through such last day of such Monthly Period, less the amount transferred
to the Distribution Account from the Finance Charge Account in respect of
interest on such Certificates. The payment of the reassignment deposit amount
and the transfer of all other amounts deposited for
24
<PAGE> 108
the preceding month in the Distribution Account will be considered a payment in
full of the invested amount for all Series of Certificates required to be
repurchased and will be distributed upon presentation and surrender of the
Certificates for each such Series. If the Trustee or Certificateholder gives a
notice as provided above, the obligation of the Transferor to make any such
deposit will constitute the sole remedy respecting a breach of the
representations and warranties available to the Trustee or such
Certificateholders.
An "ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT" means, as of the Original Cut-Off Date (or, with
respect to Additional Accounts, as of their date of designation for inclusion in
the Trust), each Account owned by the Transferor (a) which was in existence and
maintained with the Transferor, (b) which is payable in United States dollars,
(c) the cardholder of which has provided, as his most recent billing address, an
address located in the United States or its territories or possessions or any
mailing address on any United States armed forces military base of operations,
including APO and FPO addresses, (d) which has not been classified by the
Transferor in its computer files as being involved in a voluntary or involuntary
bankruptcy proceeding, (e) which has not been identified as an Account with
respect to which the related card has been lost or stolen, (f) which is not sold
or pledged to any other party at the time of its inclusion in the Trust, (g)
which does not have receivables which are sold or pledged to any other party at
the time of their inclusion in the Trust, and (h) which is a VISA or MasterCard
revolving credit card account.
An "ELIGIBLE RECEIVABLE" means each Receivable (a) which has arisen under
an Eligible Account, (b) which was created in compliance, in all material
respects, with all requirements of law applicable to the Transferor, and
pursuant to a credit card agreement which complies in all material respects with
all requirements of law applicable to the Transferor, (c) with respect to which
all consents, licenses or authorizations of, or registrations with, any
governmental authority required to be obtained or given by the Transferor in
connection with the creation of such Receivable or the execution, delivery,
creation and performance by the Transferor of the related credit card agreement
have been duly obtained or given and are in full force and effect as of the date
of the creation of such Receivable, (d) as to which, at the time of its
inclusion in the Trust, the Transferor or the Trust had good and marketable
title free and clear of all liens and security interests arising under or
through the Transferor (other than certain tax liens for taxes not then due or
which the Transferor is contesting), (e) which is the legal, valid and binding
payment obligation of the cardholder thereof, legally enforceable against such
cardholder in accordance with its terms (with certain bankruptcy-related
exceptions) and (f) which constitutes an "account" under Article 9 of the UCC as
then in effect in the State of Delaware.
It is not required or anticipated that the Trustee will make any initial or
periodic general examination of the Receivables or any records relating to the
Receivables for the purpose of establishing the presence or absence of defects,
compliance with the Transferor's representations and warranties or for any other
purpose. The Servicer, however, will deliver to the Trustee on or before March
31 of each year an opinion of counsel with respect to the validity of the
security interest of the Trust in and to the Receivables.
ADDITION OF ACCOUNTS
As described above in "The Receivables," the Transferor will have the right
to designate for the Trust, from time to time, Additional Accounts to be
included as Accounts. In addition, the Transferor will be required to designate
Additional Accounts (i) if the average of the Transferor Interest for any 30
consecutive days expressed as a percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal
Receivables is less than the Minimum Transferor Interest, or (ii) if, on the
last day of any Monthly Period, the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables is
less than the Minimum Aggregate Principal Receivables. Receivables from such
Additional Accounts shall be transferred to the Trust on or before the tenth
business day following such 30-day period or the last day of any Monthly Period,
as the case may be. The Transferor will convey to the Trust its interest in all
Receivables of such Additional Accounts, whether such Receivables are then
existing or thereafter created. The total amount of Receivables in the Trust
will fluctuate from day to day, because the amount of new Receivables arising in
the Accounts and the amount of payments collected on existing Receivables
usually differ each day.
Each Additional Account must be an Eligible Account at the time of its
designation. However, Additional Accounts may not be of the same credit quality
as the initial Accounts. Additional Accounts may have been originated by the
Transferor using credit criteria different from those which were applied by the
Transferor to the
25
<PAGE> 109
initial Accounts or may have been acquired by the Transferor from a third-party
financial institution which may have had different credit criteria.
A conveyance by the Transferor to the Trust of Receivables in Additional
Accounts is subject to the following conditions, among others: (i) the
Transferor shall give the Trustee, each Rating Agency and the Servicer written
notice that such Additional Accounts will be included, which notice shall
specify the approximate aggregate amount of the Receivables to be transferred;
(ii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a written assignment
(including an acceptance by the Trustee on behalf of the Trust for the benefit
of the Certificateholders) as provided in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
relating to such Additional Accounts (the "ASSIGNMENT") and, within five (5)
business days thereafter, the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee a
computer file or microfiche list, dated the date of such Assignment, containing
a true and complete list of such Additional Accounts; (iii) the Transferor shall
represent and warrant that (x) each Additional Account is, as of the date the
Account is selected to have its receivables added to the Trust (the "ADDITION
CUT-OFF DATE"), an Eligible Account, and each Receivable in such Additional
Account is, as of the Addition Cut-Off Date, an Eligible Receivable, (y) no
selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be materially adverse to the
interests of the Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the Additional
Accounts from the available Eligible Accounts from the Bank Portfolio, and (z)
as of the Addition Cut-Off Date, the Transferor is not insolvent; (iv) the
Transferor shall deliver an opinion of counsel with respect to the security
interest of the Trust in the Receivables in the Additional Accounts transferred
to the Trust; and (v) the Trustee shall have received notice that the Rating
Agency Condition has been satisfied with respect to such addition.
REMOVAL OF ACCOUNTS
Subject to the conditions set forth in the next succeeding sentence, the
Transferor may, but shall not be obligated to, designate from time to time, all
Receivables from certain Accounts to be Removed Accounts, all Receivables in
which shall be subject to deletion and removal from the Trust; provided,
however, that the Transferor shall not make more than one such designation in
any Monthly Period. The Transferor will be permitted to designate and require
reassignment to it of the Receivables from Removed Accounts only upon
satisfaction of the following conditions: (i) the removal of any Receivables of
any Removed Accounts shall not, in the reasonable belief of the Transferor,
cause a Pay Out Event for any Series to occur, cause the Transferor Interest
expressed as a percentage of the aggregate amount of Principal Receivables to be
less than the Minimum Transferor Interest on such date of removal, or result in
the failure to make any payment specified in the related Series Supplement with
respect to any Series; (ii) the Transferor shall have delivered to the Trustee
for execution a written assignment and, within five business days thereafter, a
computer file or microfiche list containing a true and complete list of all
Removed Accounts identified by account number and the aggregate amount of the
Receivables in such Removed Accounts; (iii) not more than 15% of the Trust
Portfolio is more than 34 days delinquent; (iv) the Transferor shall represent
and warrant that no selection procedures believed by the Transferor to be
materially adverse to the interests of the Certificateholders were utilized in
selecting the Removed Accounts to be removed from the Trust; (v) the Rating
Agency shall have received notice of such proposed removal of Accounts and the
Transferor shall not have received notice from the Rating Agency that such
proposed removal will result in a downgrade of its then-current rating for any
Series of Certificates; (vi) the Principal Receivables of the Removed Accounts
shall not equal or exceed 5% of the aggregate amount of the Principal
Receivables in the Trust at such time; provided, that if any Series has been
paid in full, the Principal Receivables in such Removed Accounts may equal the
initial invested amount of such Series; and (vii) the Transferor shall have
delivered to the Trustee an officer's certificate confirming the items set forth
in clauses (i) through (vi) above.
COLLECTION AND OTHER SERVICING PROCEDURES
Pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will be
responsible for servicing and administering the Receivables in accordance with
the Servicer's policies and procedures for servicing credit card receivables
comparable to the Receivables. The Servicer will be required to maintain
fidelity bond coverage insuring against losses through wrongdoing of its
officers and employees who are involved in the servicing of
26
<PAGE> 110
credit card receivables covering such actions and in such amounts as the
Servicer believes to be reasonable from time to time.
TRUST ACCOUNTS
The Trustee has established and maintains in the name of the Trust two
separate accounts in a segregated trust account (which need not be a deposit
account), a "FINANCE CHARGE ACCOUNT" and a "PRINCIPAL ACCOUNT" for the benefit
of the Certificateholders of each Series. The Trustee has also established a
"DISTRIBUTION ACCOUNT" (a non-interest bearing segregated demand deposit account
established with a "QUALIFIED INSTITUTION" other than the Transferor). The
Servicer has established and maintains, in the name of the Trust, for the
benefit of Certificateholders of all Series, a "COLLECTION ACCOUNT," which is a
non-interest bearing segregated account established and maintained with the
Servicer or with a Qualified Institution, defined as a depository institution,
which may include the Trustee, organized under the laws of the United States or
any one of the states thereof, which at all times has a certificate of deposit
rating of P-1 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (" MOODY'S") and of A-1+ by
Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc. ("STANDARD & POOR'S") or long-term unsecured debt obligation (other than
such obligation the rating of which is based on collateral or on the credit of a
person other than such institution or trust company) rating of Aa3 by Moody's
and AA- by Standard & Poor's and deposit insurance provided by either the Bank
Insurance Fund ("BIF") or the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF"), each
administered by the FDIC, or a depository institution, which may include the
Trustee, which is acceptable to the Rating Agency. Funds in the Principal
Account and the Finance Charge Account will be invested, at the direction of the
Servicer, in (i) obligations fully guaranteed by the United States of America,
(ii) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of depository
institutions or trust companies, the certificates of deposit of which have the
highest rating from Moody's and Standard & Poor's, (iii) commercial paper
having, at the time of the Trust's investment, a rating in the highest rating
category from Moody's and Standard & Poor's, (iv) bankers acceptances issued by
any depository institution or trust company described in clause (ii) above, (v)
money market funds which have the highest rating from, or have otherwise been
approved in writing by, Moody's and Standard & Poor's, (vi) certain open end
diversified investment companies, and (vii) any other investment if the Rating
Agency confirms in writing that such investment will not adversely affect its
then-current rating of the Certificates (such investments, "PERMITTED
INVESTMENTS"). Any earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on funds in
the Finance Charge Account or the Principal Account will be paid to the
Transferor. The Servicer has the revocable power to withdraw funds from the
Collection Account and to instruct the Trustee to make withdrawals and payments
from the Finance Charge Account and the Principal Account for the purpose of
carrying out the Servicer's duties under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
The Paying Agent specified in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement has the
revocable power to withdraw funds from the Distribution Account for the purpose
of making distributions to the Certificateholders.
DISCOUNT RECEIVABLES
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that 1.3% (the "YIELD FACTOR")
of the amount of Receivables consisting of amounts charged by cardholders for
goods and services and cash advances will be treated as Finance Charge
Receivables (the "DISCOUNT RECEIVABLES"). On the date of processing of any
collections, the product of the Yield Factor and collections of Receivables
consisting of amounts charged by cardholders for goods and services and cash
advances on such day which otherwise would be Principal Receivables will be
deemed "DISCOUNT RECEIVABLE COLLECTIONS." An amount equal to the product of (i)
the Investor Percentage with respect to Finance Charge Receivables for each
Series of Certificates issued and outstanding and (ii) the amount of such
Discount Receivable Collections will be deposited by the Servicer into the
Collection Account and an amount equal to the product of (i) the Transferor
Percentage and (ii) the amount of the Discount Receivable Collections will be
paid to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate. The former amount
deposited into the Collection Account will be applied as provided below
regarding payments with respect to Finance Charge Receivables. The Transferor
may at any time increase the Yield Factor to a fixed percentage up to 4%;
provided that the Transferor must provide 30 days' prior written notice to the
Servicer, the Trustee, any Enhancement Provider and the Rating Agency of any
such designation, and such designation will
27
<PAGE> 111
become effective on the date specified therein only if (i) in the reasonable
belief of the Transferor such designation would not cause a Pay Out Event to
occur or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or both, would
constitute a Pay Out Event and (ii) the Rating Agency confirms in writing its
then-current rating on any outstanding series.
INVESTOR PERCENTAGE AND TRANSFEROR PERCENTAGE
The Servicer will allocate between the Invested Amount of each Series
issued by the Trust (and between each Class of each Series) and the Transferor
Interest, and, in certain circumstances, the interest of certain Enhancement
Providers, all amounts collected on Finance Charge Receivables, all amounts
collected on Principal Receivables and all Receivables in Defaulted Accounts.
The Servicer will make each allocation by reference to the applicable Investor
Percentage of each Series and the Transferor Percentage, and, in certain
circumstances, the percentage interest of certain Enhancement Providers (the
"ENHANCEMENT PERCENTAGE") with respect to such Series. The Prospectus Supplement
relating to a Series will specify the Investor Percentage and, if applicable,
the Enhancement Percentage (or the method of calculating such percentage) with
respect to the allocations of collections of Principal Receivables, Finance
Charge Receivables and Receivables in Defaulted Accounts during the Revolving
Period and any Amortization Period, as applicable. In addition, for each Series
of Certificates having more than one Class, the related Prospectus Supplement
will specify the method of allocation between each Class.
The Transferor Percentage will, in all cases, be equal to 100% minus the
aggregate Investor Percentages and, if applicable, the Enhancement Percentages,
for all Series then outstanding.
APPLICATION OF COLLECTIONS
Allocations. Except as otherwise provided below or in a Series Supplement,
the Servicer will deposit into the Collection Account, no later than the second
business day following the date of processing, any payment collected by the
Servicer on the Receivables; provided, however, that the Servicer need not
deposit amounts to be paid to the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate and certain amounts allocated to Certificateholders of a Series, as
specified in the related Series Supplement, into the Collection Account, and
provided, further, that for as long as the Bank remains the Servicer under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and (a)(i) the Servicer provides to the Trustee
a letter of credit covering collection risk of the Servicer acceptable to the
Rating Agency and (ii) the Transferor shall not have received a notice from the
Rating Agency that such letter of credit would result in the lowering of such
Rating Agency's then existing rating of any Series of Certificates then
outstanding, or (b) the Servicer has and maintains a certificate of deposit
rating of P-1 by Moody's and of A-1 by Standard & Poor's and deposit insurance
provided by either BIF or SAIF, then the Servicer may make such deposits and
payments on the business day immediately prior to the Distribution Date (the
"TRANSFER DATE") in an amount equal to the net amount of such deposits and
payments which would have been made had the conditions of this proviso not
applied.
Any amounts collected in respect of Principal Receivables not paid to the
Transferor because the Transferor Interest expressed as a percentage of the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables has been reduced below the Minimum
Transferor Interest ("UNALLOCATED PRINCIPAL COLLECTIONS"), together with any
adjustment payments, as described below, will be held in the Collection Account
and only paid to the Transferor if and to the extent that such percentage with
respect to the Transferor Interest is greater than the Minimum Transferor
Interest. Unallocated Principal Collections will be applied to principal
shortfalls for each Series on the applicable Transfer Date. If principal
shortfalls for all Series exceed Unallocated Principal Collections for any
Monthly Period, Unallocated Principal Collections will be allocated pro rata
among the applicable Series based on the relative amounts of principal
shortfalls.
FUNDING PERIOD
For any Series of Certificates, the related Prospectus Supplement may
specify that for a period beginning on the Series Closing Date and ending on a
specified date before the commencement of an Amortization Period or
28
<PAGE> 112
Accumulation Period with respect to such Series (the "FUNDING PERIOD"), the
aggregate amount of Principal Receivables in the Trust allocable to such Series
may be less than the aggregate principal amount of the Certificates of such
Series and that the amount of such deficiency (the "PRE-FUNDING AMOUNT") will be
held in a trust account established with the Trustee for the benefit of the
Certificateholders of such Series (the "PRE-FUNDING ACCOUNT") pending the
transfer of additional Receivables to the Trust or pending the reduction of the
Invested Amounts of other Series. The related Prospectus Supplement will specify
the initial Invested Amount with respect to such Series, the aggregate principal
amount of the Certificates of such Series (the "FULL INVESTED AMOUNT") and the
date by which the Invested Amount is expected to equal the Full Invested Amount.
The Invested Amount of such a Series will increase as Receivables are delivered
to the Trust or as the Invested Amounts of other Series are reduced. The
Invested Amount may also decrease due to Investor Charge-Offs as provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement.
During the Funding Period, funds on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account for
a Series of Certificates will be withdrawn and paid to the Transferor to the
extent of any increases in the Invested Amount. In the event that the Invested
Amount does not for any reason equal the Full Invested Amount by the end of the
Funding Period, any amount remaining in the Pre-Funding Account and any
additional amounts specified in the related Prospectus Supplement will be
payable to the Certificateholders of such Series in the manner and at such time
as set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, monies in the
Pre-Funding Account will be invested by the Trustee in Permitted Investments or
will be subject to a guaranteed rate or investment agreement or other similar
arrangement, and, in connection with each Distribution Date during the Funding
Period, investment earnings on funds in the Pre-Funding Account during the
related Monthly Period will be withdrawn from the Pre-Funding Account and
deposited, together with any applicable payment under a guaranteed rate or
investment agreement or other similar arrangement, into the Collection Account
for distribution in respect of interest on the Certificates of the related
Series in the manner specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
DEFAULTED RECEIVABLES; REBATES AND FRAUDULENT CHARGES
For each Series of Certificates, on the first business day on or before the
eighth calendar day prior to each Distribution Date (the "DETERMINATION DATE"),
the Servicer will calculate the Investor Default Amount for the preceding
Monthly Period. Receivables in any Account will be charged off as uncollectible
in accordance with the Servicer's customary and usual policies and procedures
for servicing its own comparable credit card accounts (such an Account, a
"DEFAULTED ACCOUNT"). The term "DEFAULT AMOUNT" means, for any Monthly Period,
an amount (which shall not be less than zero) equal to (a) the aggregate amount
of Principal Receivables (other than Ineligible Receivables) in Defaulted
Accounts on the day such Account became a Defaulted Account for each day in such
Monthly Period minus (b) the aggregate amount of Recoveries received in such
Monthly Period. A portion of the Default Amount (the "INVESTOR DEFAULT AMOUNT")
will be allocated to the Certificateholders for each Distribution Date in an
amount equal to the product of the Investor Percentage for the relevant Series
applicable during the related Monthly Period and the Default Amount for such
related Monthly Period. In the case of a Series of Certificates having more than
one Class, the Investor Default Amount will be allocated among the Classes in
the manner described in the related Prospectus Supplement. If so provided in the
related Prospectus Supplement, an amount equal to the Investor Default Amount
for any Monthly Period may be paid from other amounts, including from
Enhancement, and applied to pay principal to Certificateholders or the holder of
the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, as appropriate. In the case of a Series
of Certificates having one or more Classes of Subordinated Certificates, the
related Prospectus Supplement may provide that all or a portion of amounts
otherwise allocable to such Subordinated Certificates may be paid to the Holders
of the Senior Certificates to make up any Investor Default Amount allocable to
such Holders of the Senior Certificates.
If the Servicer adjusts the amount of any Principal Receivable because of
transactions occurring in respect of a rebate or refund to a cardholder, or
because such Principal Receivable was created in respect of merchandise which
was refused or returned by a cardholder, then the amount of the Transferor
Interest in the Trust will be reduced, on a net basis, by the amount of the
adjustment. In addition, the Transferor Interest in the Trust will be
29
<PAGE> 113
reduced, on a net basis, as a result of transactions in respect of any Principal
Receivable which was discovered as having been created through a fraudulent or
counterfeit charge.
INVESTOR CHARGE-OFFS
With respect to each Series of Certificates, if the amount payable on a
Distribution Date or other specified date in respect of interest on the
Certificates, the Investor Servicing Fee (unless otherwise specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement), the Investor Default Amount and other required
fees exceeds the amount on deposit in the Collection Account available therefor,
available Enhancement amounts, if any, and amounts available from other
specified sources, then the Invested Amount with respect to such Series will be
reduced by the amount of such excess, but not more than the Investor Default
Amount (an "INVESTOR CHARGE-OFF"). Investor Charge-Offs will be reimbursed on
any Distribution Date to the extent amounts on deposit in the Collection Account
and otherwise available therefor exceed such interest, fees and any aggregate
Investor Default Amount payable on such date. Such reimbursement of Investor
Charge-Offs will result in an increase in the Invested Amount with respect to
such Series. In the case of a Series of Certificates having more than one Class,
the related Prospectus Supplement will describe the manner and priority of
allocating Investor Charge-Offs and reimbursements thereof among the Invested
Amounts of the Classes.
DEFEASANCE
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement relating to a Series,
the Transferor may terminate its substantive obligations in respect of such
Series or the Trust by depositing with the Trustee, from amounts representing,
or acquired with, collections of Receivables, money or Permitted Investments
sufficient to make all remaining scheduled interest and principal payments on
such Series or all outstanding Series of Certificates of the Trust, as the case
may be, on the dates scheduled for such payments and to pay all amounts owing to
any Enhancement Provider with respect to such Series or all outstanding Series,
as the case may be, if such action would not result in a Pay Out Event for any
Series. Prior to its first exercise of its right to substitute money or
Permitted Investments for Receivables, the Transferor will deliver to the
Trustee (i) an opinion of counsel to the effect that such deposit and
termination of obligations will not result in the Trust being required to
register as an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company
Act of 1940, as amended and (ii) an opinion of counsel to the effect that, for
Federal income tax purposes, (a) such action will not adversely affect the tax
characterization as debt of Certificates of such Series or Class that were
characterized as debt at the time of their issuance, (b) following such action
the Trust will not be deemed to be an association (or publicly traded
partnership) taxable as a corporation and (c) such action will not cause or
constitute an event in which gain or loss would be recognized by any
Certificateholder or the Trust (an opinion of counsel with respect to any matter
to the effect referred to in clause (ii) with respect to any action is referred
to herein as a "TAX OPINION").
FINAL PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL; TERMINATION
With respect to each Series, the Certificates will be subject to optional
repurchase by the Transferor on any Distribution Date after the Invested Amount
of such Series is reduced to an amount less than or equal to the percentage of
the initial outstanding principal amount of the Certificates specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement, if certain conditions set forth in the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement are met. Unless otherwise specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement, the repurchase price will be equal to the Invested Amount
of such Series (less the amount, if any, on deposit in any Principal Funding
Account with respect to such Series), plus accrued and unpaid interest on the
Certificates.
The Certificates of each Series will be retired on the day following the
Distribution Date on which the final payment of principal is scheduled to be
made to the Certificateholders, whether as a result of optional reassignment to
the Transferor or otherwise. Each Prospectus Supplement will specify the final
date on which principal and interest with respect to the related Series of
Certificates will be scheduled to be distributed (the "STATED SERIES TERMINATION
DATE"); provided, however, that the Certificates may be subject to prior
termination as provided above. If the Invested Amount is greater than zero on
the Stated Series Termination Date, the Trustee will be required to sell or
cause to be sold certain Receivables allocable to such Series in the manner
provided in
30
<PAGE> 114
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and Series Supplement and to pay the net
proceeds of such sale and any collections on the Receivables, up to an amount
equal to the sum of the Invested Amount plus accrued interest due on the
Certificates and any other amounts specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, to the Certificateholders of such Series on such Stated Series
Termination Date as final payment of the Certificates.
Unless the Servicer and the holder of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate instruct the Trustee otherwise, the Trust will terminate on the
earlier of (a) the day after the Distribution Date with respect to any Series
following the date on which funds shall have been deposited in the Distribution
Account for the payment to Certificateholders of each Series outstanding
sufficient to pay in full the aggregate Investor Interest of all Series
outstanding plus accrued interest thereon at the applicable certificate rates
through the end of the related Monthly Period, or (b) August 1, 2032. Upon the
termination of the Trust and the surrender of the Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate, the Trustee shall convey to the holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate all right, title and interest of the Trust in and to the
Receivables and other funds of the Trust (other than funds on deposit in the
Distribution Account and other similar bank accounts of the Trust with respect
to other Series).
PAY OUT EVENTS
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, as
described above, the Revolving Period will continue through the date specified
in the related Prospectus Supplement unless a Pay Out Event occurs prior to such
date. A "PAY OUT EVENT" occurs with respect to all Series issued by the Trust
upon the occurrence of either of the following events:
(a) certain events of insolvency or receivership relating to the
Transferor; or
(b) the Trust becomes subject to regulation as an "investment company"
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.
In addition, a Pay Out Event may occur with respect to any Series upon the
occurrence of any other event specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. On
the date on which a Pay Out Event is deemed to have occurred, the Rapid
Amortization Period will commence. If, because of the occurrence of a Pay Out
Event, the Rapid Amortization Period begins earlier than the scheduled
commencement of a Controlled Amortization Period or an Accumulation Period or
prior to a Scheduled Payment Date, Certificateholders will begin receiving
distributions of principal earlier than they otherwise would have, which may
shorten the average life of the Certificates.
If the only Pay Out Event to occur is either the insolvency of the
Transferor or the appointment of a receiver or conservator for the Transferor,
the receiver or conservator for the Transferor may have the power to delay or
prevent commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period.
In addition to the consequences of a Pay Out Event discussed above, unless
otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, if pursuant to certain
provisions of Federal law, the Transferor voluntarily enters liquidation or a
receiver is appointed for the Transferor, on the day of such event the
Transferor will immediately cease to transfer Principal Receivables to the Trust
and promptly give notice to the Trustee of such event. Within 15 days, the
Trustee will publish a notice of the liquidation or the appointment stating that
the Trustee intends to sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the Receivables
in a commercially reasonable manner. Unless otherwise instructed within a
specified period by Certificateholders representing undivided interests
aggregating more than 50% of the Invested Amount of each such Series (or if any
Series has more than one Class, of each Class, and any other person specified in
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement) issued and outstanding, the Trustee will
sell, dispose of, or otherwise liquidate the portion of the Receivables
allocated to the Certificates and the Receivables allocable to other Series with
respect to which all outstanding Classes did not vote to continue the Trust in
accordance with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement in a commercially reasonable
manner and on commercially reasonable terms. The proceeds from the sale,
disposition or liquidation of the Receivables will be treated as collections of
the Receivables and applied with respect to such Series as provided above in
"--Application of Collections" and in the related Prospectus Supplement.
31
<PAGE> 115
If the only Pay Out Event to occur is either the insolvency of the
Transferor or the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the Transferor,
the conservator or receiver may have the power to prevent the early sale,
liquidation or disposition of the Receivables and the commencement of the Rapid
Amortization Period. In addition, a conservator or receiver may have the power
to cause the early sale of the Receivables and the early retirement of the
Certificates. See "Certain Legal Aspects of the Receivables--Certain Matters
Relating to Receivership."
CERTAIN MATTERS REGARDING THE TRANSFEROR AND THE SERVICER
First USA Bank, N.A. will service the Receivables (in such capacity, the
"SERVICER"). The principal executive office of the Bank is located at 201 North
Walnut Street, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, telephone number (302) 594-4000. The
Servicer will receive a fee as servicing compensation from the Trust in respect
of each Series in the amounts and at the times specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement (the "INVESTOR SERVICING FEE"). The Investor Servicing Fee
may be payable from Finance Charge Receivables, Interchange or other amounts as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The Servicer may not resign from its obligations and duties under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, except upon determination that performance of
its duties is no longer permissible under applicable law. No such resignation
will become effective until the Trustee or a successor to the Servicer has
assumed the Servicer's responsibilities and obligations under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. The Bank, as initial Servicer, has delegated some of its
servicing duties to FDR; however, such delegation does not relieve it of its
obligation to perform such duties in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer will
indemnify the Trust and Trustee from and against any reasonable loss, liability,
expense, damage or injury suffered or sustained by reason of any acts or
omissions or alleged acts or omissions of the Servicer with respect to the
activities of the Trust or the Trustee; provided, however, that the Servicer
shall not indemnify (a) the Trustee for liabilities imposed by reason of fraud,
negligence, or willful misconduct by the Trustee in the performance of its
duties under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, (b) the Trust, the
Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners for liabilities arising from
actions taken by the Trustee at the request of Certificateholders, (c) the
Trust, the Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners for any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities incurred by any of them in their capacities as investors,
including without limitation, losses incurred as a result of defaulted
Receivables or Receivables which are written off as uncollectible or (d) the
Trust, the Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners for any liabilities,
costs or expenses of the Trust, the Certificateholders or the Certificate Owners
arising under any tax law, including without limitation, any Federal, state or
local income or franchise tax or any other tax imposed on or measured by income
(or any interest or penalties with respect thereto or arising from a failure to
comply therewith) required to be paid by the Trust, the Certificateholders or
the Certificate Owners in connection with the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to
any taxing authority.
In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, subject to
certain exceptions, the Transferor will indemnify the Trust and the Trustee from
and against any reasonable loss, liability, expense, damage or injury arising
out of or based upon the arrangement created by the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement as though the Pooling and Servicing Agreement created a partnership
under the New York Uniform Partnership Act in which the Transferor is a general
partner.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that neither the Transferor
nor the Servicer nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or
agents will be under any other liability to the Trust, the Certificateholders or
any other person for any action taken, or for refraining from taking any action,
in good faith pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement. Neither the
Transferor, the Servicer, nor any of their respective directors, officers,
employees or agents will be protected against any liability which would
otherwise be imposed by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross
negligence of the Transferor, the Servicer or any such person in the performance
of its duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties
thereunder. In addition, the Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the
Servicer is not under any obligation to appear in,
32
<PAGE> 116
prosecute or defend any legal action which is not incidental to its servicing
responsibilities under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and which in its
opinion may expose it to any expense or liability.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, in addition to
Exchanges, the Transferor may transfer its interest in a portion of the
Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, provided that prior to any such transfer
(a) the Trustee receives written notification from each Rating Agency that such
transfer will not result in a lowering of its then-existing rating of the
Certificates rated by it and (b) the Trustee receives a written opinion of
counsel confirming that such transfer would not adversely affect the treatment
of the Certificates for each outstanding Series as debt for Federal income tax
purposes.
Any person into which, in accordance with the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, the Transferor or the Servicer may be merged or consolidated or any
person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Transferor or the
Servicer is a party, or any person succeeding to the business of the Transferor
or the Servicer, upon execution of a supplement to the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement and delivery of an opinion of counsel with respect to the compliance
of the transaction with the applicable provisions of the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement, will be the successor to the Transferor or the Servicer, as the case
may be, under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
SERVICER DEFAULT
In the event of any Servicer Default (as defined below), either the Trustee
or Certificateholders representing undivided interests aggregating more than 50%
of the aggregate investor interests for all outstanding Series of Certificates,
by written notice to the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the
Certificateholders), may terminate all of the rights and obligations of the
Servicer as servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and in and to the
Receivables and the proceeds thereof and the Trustee may appoint a new Servicer
(a "SERVICE TRANSFER"). The rights and interest of the Transferor under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement and in the Transferor Interest will not be
affected by such termination. The Trustee shall as promptly as possible appoint
a successor Servicer. If no such Servicer has been appointed and has accepted
such appointment by the time the Servicer ceases to act as Servicer, all
authority, power and obligations of the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement shall pass to and be vested in the Trustee. If the Trustee is unable
to obtain any bids from eligible servicers and the Servicer delivers an
officer's certificate to the effect that it cannot in good faith cure the
Servicer Default which gave rise to a transfer of servicing, and if the Trustee
is legally unable to act as successor Servicer, then the Trustee shall give the
Transferor the right of first refusal to purchase the Receivables on terms
equivalent to the best purchase offer as determined by the Trustee.
A "SERVICER DEFAULT" refers to any of the following events:
(a) failure by the Servicer to make any payment, transfer or deposit,
or to give instructions to the Trustee to make certain payments, transfers
or deposits, on the date the Servicer is required to do so under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or any Series Supplement (or within the
applicable grace period, which shall not exceed five (5) business days);
(b) failure on the part of the Servicer duly to observe or perform in
any respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer which has a
material adverse effect on the Certificateholders of any Series then
outstanding and which continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after
written notice and continues to have a material adverse effect on the
Certificateholders of any Series, including the Certificates (which
determination shall be made without regard to whether funds are available
from any Enhancement), then outstanding for such period; or the delegation
by the Servicer of its duties under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement,
except as specifically permitted thereunder;
(c) any representation, warranty or certification made by the Servicer
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, or in any certificate delivered
pursuant to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, proves to have been
incorrect when made which has a material adverse effect on the
Certificateholders of any Series, including the Certificates (which
determination shall be made without regard to whether funds are available
from any Enhancement), then outstanding, and which continues to be
incorrect in any material respect for a
33
<PAGE> 117
period of 60 days after written notice and continues to have a material
adverse effect on such Certificateholders for such period; or
(d) the occurrence of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or
receivership of the Servicer.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a delay in or failure of performance
referred to in clause (a) above for a period of ten (10) business days, or
referred to under clause (b) or (c) for a period of 60 business days, shall not
constitute a Servicer Default if such delay or failure could not be prevented by
the exercise of reasonable diligence by the Servicer and such delay or failure
was caused by an act of God or other similar occurrence. Upon the occurrence of
any such event, the Servicer shall not be relieved from using its best efforts
to perform its obligations in a timely manner in accordance with the terms of
the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, and the Servicer shall provide the Trustee,
any Enhancement Provider, the Transferor and the holders of Certificates of all
Series outstanding prompt notice of such failure or delay by it, together with a
description of the cause of such failure or delay and its efforts to perform its
obligations.
In the event of a Servicer Default, if a conservator or receiver is
appointed for the Servicer and no Servicer Default other than such
conservatorship or receivership or the insolvency of the Servicer exists, the
conservator or receiver may have the power to prevent either the Trustee or the
majority of the Certificateholders from effecting a Service Transfer.
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, for each
Series of Certificates, on each Distribution Date, or as soon thereafter as is
practicable, as specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trustee or
any Paying Agent appointed by the Trustee will forward to each Certificateholder
of record a statement prepared by the Servicer setting forth certain information
with respect to the Trust and the Certificates of each Series, including, among
other things: (a) the total amount distributed, (b) the amount of the
distribution allocable to principal of the Certificates, (c) the amount of
distribution on such Distribution Date allocable to interest on the
Certificates, (d) the amount of collections of Principal Receivables processed
during the preceding month or months since the last Distribution Date and
allocated in respect of the Certificates, (e) the amount of collections of
Finance Charge Receivables processed during the related Monthly Period and
allocated in respect of the Certificates, (f) the Investor Percentage for the
related Monthly Period, (g) the aggregate outstanding balance of Accounts which
are 35 or more days contractually delinquent, by class of delinquency, as of the
end of the last day of the related Monthly Period, (h) the applicable Investor
Default Amount for the related Monthly Period, (i) the applicable Investor
Charge-Offs for the related Monthly Period and the amount of Investor
Charge-Offs reimbursed on the Transfer Date immediately preceding the
Distribution Date, (j) the amount of the Investor Servicing Fee for the related
Monthly Period, (k) the Invested Amount at the close of business on the last day
of the related Monthly Period, and (l) the amount available, if any, pursuant to
the applicable Enhancement.
On or before January 31 of each calendar year or such other date as
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Trustee or any Paying Agent
appointed by the Trustee will furnish to each person who at any time during the
preceding calendar year was a Certificateholder of record, a statement prepared
by the Servicer containing the information required to be contained in the
regular monthly report to Certificateholders, as set forth in clauses (a), (b)
and (c) above aggregated for such calendar year or the applicable portion
thereof during which such person was a Certificateholder, together with such
other customary information (consistent with the treatment of the Certificates
as debt) as the Trustee or the Servicer deems necessary or desirable to enable
the Certificateholders to prepare their United States tax returns.
REPORTS; NOTICES
With respect to any Series which is listed on the Luxembourg Stock
Exchange, the Trustee will publish or will cause to be published following each
Distribution Date in a daily newspaper in Luxembourg (expected to be the
Luxemburger Wort) a notice to the effect that the information set forth in the
foregoing paragraph will be available for review at the main office of the
listing agent of the Trust in Luxembourg, Luxembourg.
34
<PAGE> 118
In addition, with respect to such Series, notices to Certificateholders
will be given by publication in a daily newspaper in Luxembourg, which is
expected to be the Luxemburger Wort. In the event that Definitive Certificates
are issued, notices to Certificateholders will also be given by mail to the
addresses of such holders as they appear in the Certificate Register referred to
in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement.
EVIDENCE AS TO COMPLIANCE
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer will cause a
firm of independent public accountants to furnish to the Trustee on an annual
basis a report to the effect that such firm has reviewed the Servicer's computer
reports regarding the Receivables, including information regarding
delinquencies, charge-offs and yield and that such reports are in agreement with
monthly statements prepared by the Servicer and distributed to the Trustee and
the Certificateholders, except as set forth in such report.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that the Servicer will cause a
firm of independent public accountants to furnish to the Trustee on an annual
basis a report to the effect that such firm has made a study and evaluation in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards of the Servicer's internal
accounting controls relative to the servicing of the Accounts and that, on the
basis of such examination, such firm is of the opinion (assuming the accuracy of
reports by the Servicer's third party agents) that the system of internal
controls in effect for the reporting period relating to servicing procedures
performed by the Servicer, taken as a whole, provided reasonable assurance that
the internal control system was sufficient for the prevention and detection of
errors and irregularities and that such servicing was conducted in compliance
with such provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement with which such
accountants can reasonably be expected to possess adequate knowledge of the
subject matter, which are susceptible of positive assurance by such accountants
and for which their professional competence is relevant, except for such
exceptions as such firm shall believe to be immaterial and such other exceptions
as shall be set forth in such statement.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement also provides for delivery to the
Trustee, on or before a certain date each year, of a certificate signed by an
officer of the Servicer stating that the Servicer has fulfilled its obligations
under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement throughout the preceding twelve months
or, if there has been a default in the fulfillment of any such obligations,
describing each such default.
AMENDMENTS
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Series Supplement may be
amended by the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee, without the consent of
Certificateholders of any Series then outstanding for any purpose, provided that
(i) the Transferor shall deliver an opinion of counsel acceptable to the Trustee
to the effect that such amendment will not adversely affect in any material
respect the interest of such Certificateholders, and (ii) the Rating Agency
Condition will be satisfied with respect to such amendment. Such an amendment
may be entered into in order to comply with or obtain the benefits of certain
current and future tax legislation (such as the legislation creating FASITs) as
described below under "Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences--Recent
Legislation" or to modify the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
relating to the removal of Accounts to be consistent with accounting
requirements for off balance sheet treatment for Receivables in the Trust.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement and the Series Supplement may be
amended by the Transferor, the Servicer and the Trustee with the consent of the
holders of Certificates evidencing undivided interests aggregating not less than
66 2/3% of the Investor Interests of all Series adversely affected, for the
purpose of adding any provisions to, changing in any manner or eliminating any
of the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement or the Series
Supplement or of modifying in any manner the rights of Certificateholders of any
then outstanding Series. No such amendment, however, may (a) reduce in any
manner the amount of, or delay the timing of, distributions required to be made
on any such Series, (b) change the definition of or the manner of calculating
the interest of any Certificateholder of such Series, or (c) reduce the
aforesaid percentage of undivided interests the holders of which are required to
consent to any such amendment, in each case without the consent of all
Certificateholders of all Series adversely affected. Promptly following the
execution of any amendment to the
35
<PAGE> 119
Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the Trustee will furnish written notice of the
substance of such amendment to each Certificateholder. Any Series Supplement and
any amendments regarding the addition or removal of Receivables from the Trust
will not be considered an amendment requiring Certificateholder consent under
the provisions of the Pooling and Servicing Agreement and any Series Supplement.
LIST OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
With respect to each Series of Certificates, upon written request of
Certificateholders of record representing undivided interests in the Trust
aggregating not less than 10% (or such other percentage specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement) of the Invested Amount of a Series, the Trustee after
having been adequately indemnified by such Certificateholders for its costs and
expenses, and having given the Servicer notice that such request has been made,
will afford such Certificateholders access during business hours to the current
list of Certificateholders of the Trust for purposes of communicating with other
Certificateholders with respect to their rights under the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement. See "--Book-Entry Registration" and "--Definitive Certificates"
above.
THE TRUSTEE
The Bank of New York (Delaware) is currently the Trustee under the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement. The Transferor, the Servicer and their respective
affiliates may from time to time enter into normal banking and trustee
relationships with the Trustee and its affiliates. The Trustee, the Transferor,
the Servicer and any of their respective affiliates may hold Certificates in
their own names. In addition, for purposes of meeting the legal requirements of
certain local jurisdictions, the Trustee shall have the power to appoint a
co-trustee or separate trustees of all or any part of the Trust. In the event of
such appointment, all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
imposed upon the Trustee by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement shall be
conferred or imposed upon the Trustee and such separate trustee or co-trustee
jointly, or, in any jurisdiction in which the Trustee shall be incompetent or
unqualified to perform certain acts, singly upon such separate trustee or
co-trustee who shall exercise and perform such rights, powers, duties and
obligations solely at the direction of the Trustee.
The Trustee may resign at any time, in which event the Transferor will be
obligated to appoint a successor Trustee. The Transferor may also remove the
Trustee if the Trustee ceases to be eligible to continue as such under the
Pooling and Servicing Agreement or if the Trustee becomes insolvent. In such
circumstances, the Transferor will be obligated to appoint a successor Trustee.
Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee
does not become effective until acceptance of the appointment by the successor
Trustee.
ENHANCEMENT
GENERAL
For any Series, "ENHANCEMENT" may be provided with respect to one or more
Classes thereof. Enhancement may be in the form of the subordination of one or
more Classes of the Certificates of such Series, the establishment of a cash
collateral guaranty or account, a letter of credit, a surety bond, an insurance
policy, a spread account, a reserve account, the use of cross support features
or another method of Enhancement described in the related Prospectus Supplement,
or any combination of the foregoing. If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, any form of Enhancement may be structured so as to be drawn upon by
more than one Class to the extent described therein.
The type, characteristics and amount of the Enhancement for any Series or
Class will be determined based on several factors, including the characteristics
of the Receivables and Accounts included in the Trust Portfolio as of the
Closing Date with respect to such Series and the desired rating for each Class,
and will be established on the basis of requirements of each Rating Agency
rating the Certificates of such Series or Class.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement for a
Series, the Enhancement will not provide protection against all risks of loss
and will not guarantee repayment of the entire principal balance of the
36
<PAGE> 120
Certificates and interest thereon. If losses occur which exceed the amount
covered by the Enhancement or which are not covered by the Enhancement,
Certificateholders will bear their allocable share of deficiencies.
If Enhancement is provided with respect to a Series, the related Prospectus
Supplement will include a description of (a) the amount payable under such
Enhancement, (b) any conditions to payment thereunder not otherwise described
herein, (c) the conditions (if any) under which the amount payable under such
Enhancement may be reduced and under which such Enhancement may be terminated or
replaced and (d) any material provision of any agreement relating to such
Enhancement. Additionally, the related Prospectus Supplement may set forth
certain information with respect to the issuer of any third party Enhancement
(the "ENHANCEMENT PROVIDER"), including (i) a brief description of its principal
business activities, (ii) its principal place of business, place of
incorporation and the jurisdiction under which it is chartered or licensed to do
business, (iii) if applicable, the identity of regulatory agencies which
exercise primary jurisdiction over the conduct of its business and (iv) its
total assets, and its stockholders' or policy holders' surplus, if applicable,
and other appropriate financial information as of the date specified in the
related Prospectus Supplement. If so specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement, the Enhancement with respect to a Series may be available to pay
principal of the Certificates of such Series following the occurrence of certain
Pay Out Events with respect to such Series. In such event, the Enhancement
Provider may have an interest in certain cash flows in respect of the
Receivables to the extent described in such Prospectus Supplement (the
"ENHANCEMENT INVESTED AMOUNT").
SUBORDINATION
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, one or more Classes
of any Series will be subordinated as described in the related Prospectus
Supplement to the extent necessary to fund payments with respect to the Senior
Certificates or specified Certificates of another Series. The rights of the
holders of any such Subordinated Certificates to receive distributions of
principal and/or interest on any Distribution Date for such Series will be
subordinate in right and priority to the rights of the holders of Senior
Certificates, but only to the extent set forth in the related Prospectus
Supplement. If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, subordination
may apply only in the event of certain types of losses not covered by another
Enhancement. The related Prospectus Supplement will also set forth information
concerning the amount of subordination of a Class or Classes of Subordinated
Certificates in a Series, the circumstances in which such subordination will be
applicable, the manner, if any, in which the amount of subordination will
decrease over time, and the conditions under which amounts available from
payments that would otherwise be made to holders of such Subordinated
Certificates will be distributed to holders of Senior Certificates. If
collections of Receivables otherwise distributable to holders of a subordinated
Class of a Series will be used as support for a Class of another Series, the
related Prospectus Supplement will specify the manner and conditions for
applying such a cross-support feature.
LETTER OF CREDIT
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, support for a Series
or one or more Classes thereof will be provided by one or more letters of
credit. A letter of credit may provide limited protection against certain losses
in addition to or in lieu of other Enhancement. The issuer of the letter of
credit (the "L/C BANK") will be obligated to honor demands with respect to such
letter of credit, to the extent of the amount available thereunder, to provide
funds under the circumstances and subject to such conditions as are specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement.
The maximum liability of an L/C Bank under its letter of credit will
generally be an amount equal to a percentage specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement of the initial Invested Amount of a Series or a Class of such Series.
The maximum amount available at any time to be paid under a letter of credit
will be determined in the manner specified therein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
CASH COLLATERAL GUARANTY OR ACCOUNT
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, support for a Series
or one or more Classes thereof will be provided by a guaranty (the "CASH
COLLATERAL GUARANTY") secured by the deposit of cash or certain permitted
37
<PAGE> 121
investments in an account (the "CASH COLLATERAL ACCOUNT") reserved for the
beneficiaries of the Cash Collateral Guaranty or by a Cash Collateral Account
alone. The amount available pursuant to the Cash Collateral Guaranty or the Cash
Collateral Account will be the lesser of amounts on deposit in the Cash
Collateral Account and an amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
The related Prospectus Supplement will set forth the circumstances under which
payments are made to beneficiaries of the Cash Collateral Guaranty from the Cash
Collateral Account or from the Cash Collateral Account directly.
COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, support for a Series
or one or more Classes thereof will be provided initially by an undivided
interest in the Trust (the "COLLATERAL INVESTED AMOUNT") in an amount initially
equal to a percentage of the Senior Certificates of such Series as specified in
the related Prospectus Supplement. Such Series may also have the benefit of a
Cash Collateral Guaranty or Cash Collateral Account with an initial amount on
deposit therein of zero or such amount as specified in the related Prospectus
Supplement which will be increased (i) to the extent the Transferor elects,
subject to certain conditions specified in such Prospectus Supplement, to apply
collections of Principal Receivables allocable to the Collateral Invested Amount
to decrease the Collateral Invested Amount, (ii) to the extent collections of
Principal Receivables allocable to the Collateral Invested Amount are required
to be deposited into the Cash Collateral Account as specified in such Prospectus
Supplement and (iii) to the extent excess collections of Finance Charge
Receivables are required to be deposited into the Cash Collateral Account as
specified in such Prospectus Supplement. The total amount of the Enhancement
available pursuant to the Collateral Invested Amount and the Cash Collateral
Guaranty or Cash Collateral Account will be the lesser of the sum of the
Collateral Invested Amount and the amount on deposit in the Cash Collateral
Account and an amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement. The
related Prospectus Supplement will set forth the circumstances under which
payments which otherwise would be made to holders of the Collateral Invested
Amount will be distributed to holders of Senior Certificates and, if applicable,
the circumstances under which payment will be made to the beneficiaries of the
Cash Collateral Guaranty or from the Cash Collateral Account directly.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the Collateral
Invested Amount may be issued in certificated form and may have voting and
certain other rights of a subordinated Class of Certificates. Any Collateral
Invested Amount issued in certificated form may be offered hereby or under a
separate Disclosure Document in transactions either registered under the
Securities Act or exempt from registration thereunder.
SURETY BOND OR INSURANCE POLICY
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, insurance with
respect to a Series or one or more Classes thereof will be provided by one or
more insurance companies. Such insurance will guarantee, with respect to one or
more Classes of the related Series, distributions of interest or principal in
the manner and amount specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, a surety bond will be
purchased for the benefit of the holders of any Series or Class of such Series
to assure distributions of interest or principal with respect to such Series or
Class of Certificates in the manner and amount specified in the related
Prospectus Supplement.
SPREAD ACCOUNT
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, support for a Series
or one or more Classes thereof will be provided by the periodic deposit of
certain available excess cash flow from the Trust assets into an account (the
"SPREAD ACCOUNT") intended to assist with subsequent distribution of interest on
and principal of the Certificates of such Class or Series in the manner
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement.
RESERVE ACCOUNT
If so specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, support for a Series
or one or more Classes thereof will be provided by the establishment of a
reserve account (the "RESERVE ACCOUNT"). The Reserve Account may be
38
<PAGE> 122
funded, to the extent provided in the related Prospectus Supplement, by an
initial cash deposit, the retention of certain periodic distributions of
principal or interest or both otherwise payable to one or more Classes of
Certificates, including the Subordinated Certificates, or both, or the provision
of a letter of credit, guaranty, insurance policy or other form of credit or any
combination thereof. The Reserve Account will be established to assist with the
subsequent distribution of principal or interest on the Certificates of such
Series or Class thereof in the manner provided in the related Prospectus
Supplement.
CERTIFICATE RATINGS
Any rating of the Certificates by a Rating Agency will indicate:
- its view on the likelihood that Certificateholders will receive required
interest and principal payments; and
- its evaluation of the Receivables and the availability of any Enhancement
for the Certificates.
Among the things a rating will not indicate are:
- the likelihood that principal payments will be made on a scheduled
payment date;
- the likelihood that a Pay Out Event will occur;
- the likelihood that a United States withholding tax will be imposed on
non-U.S. Certificateholders;
- the marketability of the Certificates;
- the market price of the Certificates; or
- whether the Certificates are an appropriate investment for any purchaser.
A rating will not be a recommendation to buy, sell or hold the
Certificates. A rating may be lowered or withdrawn at any time by a Rating
Agency.
The Transferor will request a rating of the Certificates offered by this
Prospectus and the related Prospectus Supplement from at least one Rating
Agency. It will be a condition to the issuance of the Certificates of each
Series or Class offered pursuant to this Prospectus and the related Prospectus
Supplement (including each Series that includes a Pre-Funding Account) that they
be rated in one of the four highest rating categories by at least one nationally
recognized rating organization (each such rating agency selected by the
Transferor to rate any Series, a "RATING AGENCY"). The rating or ratings
applicable to the Certificates of each Series or Class offered hereby will be
set forth in the related Prospectus Supplement. Rating agencies other than those
requested could assign a rating to the Certificates and such a rating could be
lower than any rating assigned by a Rating Agency chosen by the Transferor.
CERTAIN LEGAL ASPECTS OF THE RECEIVABLES
TRANSFER OF RECEIVABLES
The Transferor has represented and warranted in the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement that the transfer of Receivables by it to the Trust is either a valid
transfer and assignment to the Trust of all right, title and interest of the
Transferor in and to the related Receivables, except for the interest of the
Transferor as holder of the Exchangeable Transferor Certificate, or the grant to
the Trust of a security interest in such Receivables. The Transferor has also
represented and warranted in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement that, in the
event the transfer of Receivables by the Transferor to the Trust is deemed to
create a security interest under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the
State of Delaware (the "UCC") there will exist a valid, subsisting and
enforceable first priority perfected security interest in such Receivables
created thereafter in favor of the Trust on and after their creation, except for
certain tax and other governmental liens, subject to the limitations below. For
a discussion of the Trust's rights arising from a breach of these warranties,
see "Description of the Certificates--Representations and Warranties."
39
<PAGE> 123
The Transferor has represented as to Receivables to be conveyed to the
Trust, that the Receivables are "accounts" for purposes of the UCC. Both the
transfer and assignment of accounts and the transfer of accounts as security for
an obligation are treated under Article 9 of the UCC as creating a security
interest therein and are subject to its provisions, and the filing of an
appropriate financing statement is required to perfect the security interest of
the Trust. Financing statements covering the Receivables have been and will be
filed with the appropriate governmental authority to protect the interests of
the Trust in the Receivables.
There are certain limited circumstances under the UCC in which a prior or
subsequent transferee of Receivables coming into existence after a Series
Closing Date could have an interest in such Receivables with priority over the
Trust's interest. Under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, however, the
Transferor has represented and warranted that it transferred the Receivables to
the Trust free and clear of the lien of any third party. In addition, the
Transferor has covenanted that it will not sell, pledge, assign, transfer or
grant any lien on any Receivable (or any interest therein) other than to the
Trust. A tax or government lien or other nonconsensual lien on property of the
Transferor arising prior to the time a Receivable comes into existence may also
have priority over the interest of the Trust in such Receivable. If the FDIC
were appointed as receiver of the Transferor, certain administrative expenses of
the receiver may also have priority over the interest of the Trust in such
Receivable.
CERTAIN MATTERS RELATING TO RECEIVERSHIP
The Bank is chartered as a national banking association and is subject to
regulation and supervision by the United States Comptroller of the Currency (the
"COMPTROLLER"). If the Bank becomes insolvent or is in an unsound condition or
if certain other circumstances occur, the Comptroller is authorized to appoint
the FDIC as receiver.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Act ("FDIA"), as amended by the Financial
Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989, ("FIRREA"), sets
forth certain powers that the FDIC may exercise if it were appointed as
conservator or receiver of the Transferor or the Servicer. Among other things,
the FDIA grants such a conservator or receiver the power to repudiate contracts
of, and to request a stay of up to 90 days of any judicial action or proceeding
involving, the Transferor or the Servicer.
To the extent that (i) the Transferor granted a security interest in the
Receivables to the Trust, (ii) the interest was validly perfected before the
Transferor's insolvency, (iii) the interest was not taken or granted in
contemplation of the Transferor's insolvency or with the intent to hinder, delay
or defraud the Transferor or its creditors, (iv) the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement is continuously a record of the Bank, and (v) the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement represents a bona fide and arm's length transaction
undertaken for adequate consideration in the ordinary course of business and
that the Trustee is the secured party and is not an insider or affiliate of the
Transferor, such valid perfected security interest of the Trustee would be
enforceable (to the extent of the Trust's "actual direct compensatory damages")
notwithstanding the insolvency of, or the appointment of a receiver or
conservator for, the Transferor and payments to the Trust with respect to the
Receivables (up to the amount of such damages) should not be subject to an
automatic stay of payment or to recovery by the FDIC as conservator or receiver
of the Transferor. If, however, the FDIC were to assert that the security
interest was unperfected or unenforceable or were to require the Trustee to
establish its right to those payments by submitting to and completing the
administrative claims procedure established under FIRREA or the FDIC as
conservator or receiver were to request a stay of proceedings with respect to
the Transferor as provided under FIRREA, delays in payments on the Certificates
and possible reductions in the amount of those payments could occur. The FDIA
does not define the term "actual direct compensatory damages." On December 18,
1998, the FDIC proposed a statement of policy regarding the treatment of
asset-backed securitization transactions in the event of conservatorship or
receivership in which the FDIC stated that a claim for "actual direct
compensatory damages" is limited to such damages determined as of the date of
appointment of the FDIC as conservator or receiver. Since the FDIC may delay
repudiation or disaffirmation for up to 180 days following such appointment,
investors may not have a claim for interest accrued during this 180 day period.
In addition, in one case involving the repudiation by the Resolution Trust
Corporation, formerly a sister agency of the FDIC, of certain secured
zero-coupon bonds issued by a savings association, a United States Federal
district court held that "actual direct compensatory
40
<PAGE> 124
damages" in the case of a marketable security meant the market value of the
repudiated bonds as of the date of repudiation. If that court's view were
applied to determine the Trust's "actual direct compensatory damages" in the
event the FDIC repudiated the Transferor's obligations under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, the amount paid to Certificateholders could, depending upon
circumstances existing on the date of the repudiation, be less than the
principal of the Certificates and the interest accrued thereon to the date of
payment.
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement provides that, upon the appointment of
a conservator or receiver or upon a voluntary liquidation with respect to the
Transferor, the Transferor will promptly give notice thereof to the Trustee and
a Pay Out Event will occur with respect to all Series then outstanding. Pursuant
to the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, newly created Principal Receivables will
not be transferred to the Trust on and after any such appointment or voluntary
liquidation, and the Trustee will proceed to sell, dispose of or otherwise
liquidate the Receivables in a commercially reasonable manner and on
commercially reasonable terms, unless otherwise instructed within a specified
period by holders of Certificates representing undivided interests aggregating
more than 50% of the Invested Amount of each Series (or if any Series has more
than one Class, of each Class, and any other person specified in the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement or a Series Supplement), or unless otherwise required by the
FDIC as receiver or conservator of the Transferor. Under the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement, the proceeds from the sale of the Receivables allocable to
the Certificates would be treated as collections of the Receivables and would be
distributed to the Certificateholders. This procedure could be delayed, as
described above. If the only Pay Out Event to occur is either the insolvency of
the Transferor or the appointment of a conservator or receiver for the
Transferor, the FDIC as conservator or receiver may have the power to prevent
the early sale, liquidation or disposition of the Receivables and the
commencement of the Rapid Amortization Period. In addition, a conservator or
receiver may have the power to cause the early sale of the Receivables and the
early retirement of the Certificates or to prohibit the continued transfer of
Principal Receivables to the Trust. However, if no Servicer Default other than
the conservatorship or receivership of the Servicer exists, the conservator or
receiver for the Servicer may have the power to prevent either the Trustee or
the Certificateholders from appointing a successor Servicer under the Pooling
and Servicing Agreement. See "Description of the Certificates--Pay Out Events."
If, upon the insolvency of the Servicer, the Servicer were to be placed
into conservatorship or receivership, the FDIC as conservator or receiver would
have the power to repudiate and refuse to perform any obligations, including
servicing obligations, of the Servicer under the Pooling and Servicing Agreement
or any other contract, and to request a stay of up to 90 days of any judicial
action or proceeding involving the Servicer.
In Octagon Gas Systems, Inc. v. Rimmer, 995 F.2d 948 (10th Cir. 1993),
cert. denied, 114 S. Ct. 554 (1993) ("OCTAGON"), the United States Court of
Appeals for the 10th Circuit suggested that even where a transfer of accounts
from a seller to a buyer constitutes a "true sale," the accounts would
nevertheless constitute property of the seller's bankruptcy estate in a
bankruptcy of the seller. If the Transferor were to be placed into receivership
and a court were to follow the Octagon court's reasoning, Certificateholders
might experience delays in payment or possibly losses in their investment in the
Certificates. Counsel has advised the Transferor that the facts of the Octagon
case are distinguishable from those in the sale transactions between the
Transferor and the Trust and that the reasoning of the Octagon case appears to
be inconsistent with established precedent and the UCC. In addition, because the
Transferor, the Trust and the transactions governed by the Pooling and Servicing
Agreement do not have any particular link to the 10th Circuit, it is unlikely
that the Transferor would be subject to a receivership proceeding in the 10th
Circuit. Accordingly, the Octagon case should not be binding precedent on a
court in a receivership proceeding.
CONSUMER PROTECTION LAWS
The relationship of the cardholder and credit card issuer is extensively
regulated by Federal and state consumer protection laws. With respect to credit
cards issued by First USA, the most significant laws include the Federal
Truth-in-Lending, Equal Credit Opportunity, Fair Credit Reporting, Fair Debt
Collection Practices and Electronic Funds Transfer Acts. These statutes impose
disclosure requirements when a credit card account is advertised, when it is
opened, at the end of monthly billing cycles, and at year end. In addition,
these statutes limit customer liability for unauthorized use, prohibit certain
discriminatory practices in extending credit, and
41
<PAGE> 125
impose certain limitations on the type of account-related charges that may be
assessed. Cardholders are entitled under these laws to have payments and credits
applied to the credit card accounts promptly, to receive prescribed notices and
to require billing errors to be resolved promptly.
The Trust may be liable for certain violations of consumer protection laws
that apply to the related Receivables, either as assignee from the Transferor
with respect to obligations arising before transfer of the Receivables to the
Trust or as a party directly responsible for obligations arising after the
transfer. In addition, a cardholder may be entitled to assert such violations by
way of set-off against his obligation to pay the amount of Receivables owing.
The Transferor warrants in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement that all related
Receivables have been and will be created in compliance with the requirements of
such laws. The Servicer also agrees in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement to
indemnify the Trust for, among other things, any liability arising from such
violations caused by the Servicer. For a discussion of the Trust's rights
arising from the breach of these warranties, see "Description of the
Certificates--Representations and Warranties."
Various proposed laws and amendments to existing laws have from time to
time been introduced in Congress and certain state and local legislatures that,
if enacted, would further regulate the credit card industry, certain of which
would, among other things, impose a ceiling on the rate at which a financial
institution may assess finance charges and fees on credit card accounts that
would be substantially below the rates of the finance charges and fees the Bank
currently assesses on its accounts. In particular, on May 5, 1999 an amendment
to the Federal Truth-in-Lending Act was passed by the House of Representatives
as a part of the bankruptcy reform bill and referred to the Senate. This
amendment, among other things, requires (i) disclosure as to the time it would
take a consumer to repay a balance if the consumer makes only the minimum
payments, (ii) disclosure as to when any introductory rate will expire, as well
as the rate that will then apply and (iii) disclosure in internet based
solicitations identical to that contained in direct mail solicitations. In
addition, on May 4, 1999, President Clinton proposed similar legislation to
require additional disclosure in credit cards bills and solicitations.
The potential effect of any legislation which limits the amount of finance
charges and fees that may be charged on credit cards could be to reduce the
portfolio yield on the Accounts. If such portfolio yield is reduced, a Pay Out
Event may occur, and the Rapid Amortization Period would commence.
The Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940 allows individuals on
active duty in the military to cap the interest rate on debts incurred before
the call to active duty to 6% per annum. In addition, subject to judicial
discretion, any action or court proceeding in which an individual in military
service is involved may be stayed if the individual's rights would be prejudiced
by denial of such stay.
Application of Federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws would
affect the interests of the Certificateholders if such laws result in any
related Receivables being written off as uncollectible when the amount available
under any Enhancement is equal to zero. See "Description of the
Certificates--Defaulted Receivables; Rebates and Fraudulent Charges."
INDUSTRY LITIGATION
In October 1998, the United States Department of Justice (the "DOJ") filed
an antitrust lawsuit in Federal court in Manhattan against VISA U.S.A., Inc.,
VISA International Inc. (together, "VISA") and MasterCard International
Incorporated ("MASTERCARD INTERNATIONAL") alleging that the two credit card
associations restrain competition and limit consumer choice. The DOJ in such
lawsuit challenges, among other things, the control of both VISA and MasterCard
International by the same set of banks, as well as the rules adopted by the two
associations prohibiting members from offering credit cards of competitors. In
public statements, both VISA and MasterCard International have contested the
DOJ's allegations. The Bank is unable to predict what the effect of such lawsuit
may ultimately be on the Bank's credit card business. A final adverse decision
against VISA and MasterCard International, or a similar settlement with the DOJ
by the two associations, could result in changes in the current associations and
may result in adverse consequences for members of the two associations, such as
the Bank.
42
<PAGE> 126
OTHER LITIGATION
The Bank has been named as a defendant in four class action lawsuits filed
in late 1997 by cardmembers of the Bank. These actions were filed in the
Superior Court of the State of Delaware, New Castle County, the Circuit Court of
Multnomah County, Oregon, the United States District Court for the Western
District of Washington and in the 14th District Court of Dallas County, Texas.
The plaintiffs in all four cases contend that they and others similarly situated
are entitled to equitable relief for alleged violations of the Delaware Consumer
Fraud Act, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair
dealing and fraud. The court granted summary judgment in favor of the Bank in
the Delaware case in April 1998 and the court in Oregon entered partial summary
judgment in favor of the Bank in May 1998. In April 1999, the Court in the
Oregon case denied the plaintiff's motion for class certification. These cases
are in various stages of motion and discovery practice. The Bank believes that
these claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend against all
claims. While it is impossible to predict the outcome of these matters, the Bank
believes that any liability arising from these matters will not have a material
adverse effect on the Transferor's business or on the Receivables of the Trust.
The Bank has been named as a defendant in a class action lawsuit filed in
the United States District Court for the District of Delaware against the Bank
alleging that the Bank charged balance transfer fees in a manner contrary to
representations made in the Bank's solicitations. Although this matter is at a
preliminary stage, the Bank believes that it is without merit and the Bank
intends to vigorously defend against all claims. While it is impossible to
predict the outcome of this matter, the Bank believes that any liability arising
from this matter will not have a material effect on the Transferor's business or
on the Receivables of the Trust.
The Bank has been named as a defendant in a class action lawsuit filed in
December 1998 in the United States District Court for the Northern District of
Illinois alleging that the Bank, in one of its direct mail solicitations,
violated Federal and state prohibitions against the mailing of unsolicited
credit cards. Although this matter is at a preliminary stage, the Bank believes
that it is without merit and the Bank intends to vigorously defend against all
claims. While it is impossible to predict the outcome of this matter, the Bank
believes that any liability arising from this matter will not have a material
adverse effect on the Transferor's business or on the Receivables of the Trust.
In early April 1999, First USA Bank, N.A. was named as a defendant in a
class action lawsuit filed by a cardmember of the Bank in the U.S. District
Court for the Northern District of Alabama, Southern Division. The plaintiff
contends that he and others similarly situated, who purportedly used their First
USA credit cards to engage in casino gambling activity via the internet, are
entitled to declaratory relief finding that their credit card debts to the Bank
are void or voidable as unenforceable illegal gambling debts. The action also
seeks unspecified compensatory, exemplary and punitive damages as a result of
alleged federal RICO violations. The Bank believes that these claims are without
merit and the Bank intends to vigorously defend against all claims. While it is
impossible to predict the outcome of this matter, the Bank believes that any
liability arising from these claims will not have a material adverse effect on
the Transferor's business or on the Receivables of the Trust.
The Bank has been named as a defendant in a purported class action lawsuit
filed in April 1999 in the United States District Court for the Northern
District of Texas alleging that certain of Bank's payment procedures resulted in
erroneous posting of late fees and annual percentage rate increases to
plaintiffs' accounts. Although this matter is in the preliminary stage, the Bank
believes that it is without merit and the Bank intends to vigorously defend
against all claims. While it is impossible to predict the outcome of this
matter, the Bank believes that any liability arising from this matter will not
have a material adverse effect on the Transferor's business or on the
Receivables of the Trust.
The Bank has been named as a defendant in a class action lawsuit filed in
the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Texas. The plaintiff
alleges that the Bank deliberately withheld the posting of payments it received
so as to generate incremental late fees and interest and that the Bank set an
improper time during the day for which payments had to be received for such
payments to be credited as of that day. The Bank believes that these claims are
without merit and the Bank intends to vigorously defend against all claims.
While it is impossible to predict the outcome of this matter, the Bank believes
that any liability arising from these claims will not have a material adverse
effect on the Transferor's business or on the Receivables of the Trust.
43
<PAGE> 127
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
GENERAL
The following discussion, summarizing certain anticipated United States
("U.S.") Federal income tax aspects of the purchase, ownership and disposition
of the Certificates of a Series, is based upon the provisions of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "CODE"), proposed, temporary and final
Treasury regulations thereunder, and published rulings and court decisions in
effect as of the date hereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly
retroactively. This discussion does not address every aspect of the U.S. Federal
income tax laws that may be relevant to Certificate Owners of a Series in light
of their personal investment circumstances or to certain types of Certificate
Owners of a Series subject to special treatment under U.S. Federal income tax
laws (for example, banks and life insurance companies). Each prospective
Certificate Owner is urged to consult its own tax advisor in determining the
Federal, state, local and foreign income and any other tax consequences of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of a Certificate.
CHARACTERIZATION OF THE CERTIFICATES AS INDEBTEDNESS
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, special
tax counsel to the Bank ("SPECIAL TAX COUNSEL") specified in such Prospectus
Supplement will, upon issuance of a Series of Certificates, advise the Bank
based on the assumptions and qualifications set forth in the opinion that the
Certificates of such Series that are offered pursuant to a Prospectus Supplement
(the "OFFERED CERTIFICATES," and for purposes of this section "Certain U.S.
Federal Income Tax Consequences" the term "CERTIFICATE OWNER" refers to a holder
of a beneficial interest in an Offered Certificate) will be treated as
indebtedness for Federal income tax purposes. However, opinions of counsel are
not binding on the Internal Revenue Service (the "IRS") and there can be no
assurance that the IRS could not successfully challenge this conclusion.
The Transferor expresses in the Pooling and Servicing Agreement its intent
that for Federal, state and local income or franchise tax purposes, the Offered
Certificates of each Series will be indebtedness secured by the Receivables. The
Transferor agrees and each Certificateholder and Certificate Owner, by acquiring
an interest in an Offered Certificate, agrees or will be deemed to agree, to
treat the Offered Certificates of such Series as indebtedness for Federal,
state, local and foreign income or franchise tax purposes. However, because
different criteria are used to determine the non-tax accounting characterization
of the transactions contemplated by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, the
Transferor expects to treat such transaction, for regulatory and financial
accounting purposes, as a sale of an ownership interest in the Receivables and
not as a secured loan.
In general, whether for Federal income tax purposes a transaction
constitutes a sale of property or a loan, the repayment of which is secured by
the property, is a question of fact, the resolution of which is based upon the
economic substance of the transaction rather than its form or the manner in
which it is labeled. While the IRS and the courts have set forth several factors
to be taken into account in determining whether the substance of a transaction
is a sale of property or a secured loan for Federal income tax purposes, the
primary factor in making this determination is whether the transferee has
assumed the risk of loss or other economic burdens relating to the property and
has obtained the benefits of ownership thereof. Unless otherwise set forth in a
Prospectus Supplement, it is expected that, as set forth in its opinion, Special
Tax Counsel will analyze and rely on several factors in reaching its opinion
that the weight of the benefits and burdens of ownership of the Receivables has
not been transferred to the Certificate Owners.
In some instances, courts have held that a taxpayer is bound by a
particular form it has chosen for a transaction, even if the substance of the
transaction does not accord with its form. Unless otherwise specified in a
Prospectus Supplement, it is expected that Special Tax Counsel will advise that
the rationale of those cases will not apply to the transaction evidenced by a
Series of Certificates, because the form of the transaction, as reflected in the
operative provisions of the documents, either is not inconsistent with the
characterization of the Offered Certificates of such Series as debt for Federal
income tax purposes or otherwise makes the rationale of those cases inapplicable
to this situation.
44
<PAGE> 128
PROPOSED LEGISLATION
On February 1, 1999, President Clinton's Fiscal Year 2000 Budget Proposal,
or the Budget Proposal, was submitted to Congress. Among other things, the
Budget Proposal contains a legislative proposal that, if adopted in its current
form, would generally preclude taxpayers from taking positions inconsistent with
the "form" of their transaction if a "tax indifferent party" has a direct or
indirect interest in the transaction. The Budget proposal would only apply to
transactions entered into on or after the date of first committee action. In
addition, the Budget Proposal provides several exceptions to this rule. One such
exception would apply where reporting the substance of a transaction more
clearly reflects the income of the taxpayer than reporting it in accordance with
its "form." The Budget Proposal would authorize the IRS to prescribe regulations
to carry out the purpose of the rule, including the exceptions thereto.
As currently drafted, it is unclear whether the Budget Proposal would apply
to securities such as the Certificates. It is impossible to predict whether the
proposed legislation will be enacted, and, if so, in what form. Prospective
investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the proposed
legislation.
TAXATION OF INTEREST INCOME OF CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
As set forth above, it is expected that, unless otherwise specified in a
Prospectus Supplement, Special Tax Counsel will advise the Bank that the Offered
Certificates will constitute indebtedness for Federal income tax purposes, and
accordingly, interest thereon will be includible in income by Certificate Owners
as ordinary income in accordance with their respective methods of tax
accounting. Interest received on the Offered Certificates may also constitute
"investment income" for purposes of certain limitations of the Code concerning
the deductibility of investment interest expense.
While it is not anticipated that the Offered Certificates will be issued at
a greater than de minimis discount, under applicable Treasury regulations (the
"REGULATIONS") the Offered Certificates may nevertheless be deemed to have been
issued with original issue discount ("OID"). This could be the case, for
example, if interest payments for a Series are not treated as "qualified stated
interest" because the IRS determines that (i) no reasonable legal remedies exist
to compel timely payment and (ii) the Offered Certificates do not have terms and
conditions that make the likelihood of late payment (other than a late payment
that occurs within a reasonable grace period) or nonpayment a remote
contingency. Applicable regulations provide that, for purposes of the foregoing
test, the possibility of nonpayment due to default, insolvency, or similar
circumstances, is ignored. Although this provision does not directly apply to
the Offered Certificates (because they have no actual default provisions) the
Transferor intends to take the position that, because nonpayment can occur only
as a result of events beyond its control (principally, loss rates and payment
delays on the Receivables substantially in excess of those anticipated),
nonpayment is a remote contingency. Based on the foregoing, and on the fact that
generally interest will accrue on the Offered Certificates at a "qualified
floating rate," the Transferor intends to take the position that interest
payments on the Offered Certificates constitute qualified stated interest. If,
however, interest payments for a Series were not classified as "qualified stated
interest," all of the taxable income to be recognized with respect to the
Offered Certificates would be includible in income as OID but would not be
includible again when the interest is actually received.
If the Offered Certificates are in fact issued at a greater than de minimis
discount or are treated as having been issued with OID under the Regulations,
the following rules will apply. The excess of the "stated redemption price at
maturity" of an Offered Certificate over the original issue price (in this case,
the initial offering price at which a substantial amount of the Offered
Certificates are sold to the public) will constitute OID. A Certificate Owner
must include OID in income as interest over the term of the Offered Certificate
under a constant yield method. In general, OID must be included in income in
advance of the receipt of cash representing that income. In the case of a debt
instrument as to which the repayment of principal may be accelerated as a result
of the prepayment of other obligations securing the debt instrument (a
"PREPAYABLE INSTRUMENT"), the periodic accrual of OID is determined by taking
into account both the prepayment assumptions used in pricing the debt instrument
and the prepayment experience. If this provision applies to a Class of
Certificates (which is not clear), the amount of OID which will accrue in any
given "accrual period" may either increase or decrease depending upon the
45
<PAGE> 129
actual prepayment rate. Accordingly, each Certificate Owner should consult its
own tax advisor regarding the impact to it of the OID rules if the Offered
Certificates are issued with OID. Under the Regulations, a holder of a
Certificate issued with de minimis OID must include such OID in income
proportionately as principal payments are made on a Class of Certificates.
A Certificate Owner who purchases an Offered Certificate at a discount from
its adjusted issue price after its original issuance may be subject to the
"market discount" rules of the Code. These rules provide, in part, for the
treatment of gain attributable to accrued market discount as ordinary income
upon the receipt of partial principal payments or on the sale or other
disposition of the Offered Certificate, and for the deferral of interest
deductions with respect to debt incurred to acquire or carry the market discount
Offered Certificate.
A Certificate Owner who purchases an Offered Certificate after its original
issuance for an amount in excess of the sum of all amounts payable on such
Certificate after the purchase date other than payment of qualified stated
interest (the "REMAINING REDEMPTION AMOUNT") shall be considered to have
purchased the Certificate at a premium. Such Certificate Owner may generally
elect to amortize such premium (as an offset to interest income), using a
constant yield method, over the remaining term of the Certificate.
A Certificate Owner who purchases an Offered Certificate that was issued
with OID after its original issuance for an amount less than, or equal to, the
Remaining Redemption Amount but in excess of the Certificate adjusted issue
price (any such excess being "acquisition premium") generally is permitted to
reduce the daily portion of OID otherwise includible in such Certificate Owner's
taxable income.
SALE OR OTHER DISPOSITION OF A CERTIFICATE
In general, a Certificate Owner will recognize gain or loss upon the sale,
exchange, redemption, or other taxable disposition of an Offered Certificate
measured by the difference between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market
value of any property received (other than amounts attributable to, and taxable
as, accrued interest) and (ii) the Certificate Owner's tax basis in the Offered
Certificate (which is equal, in general, to the purchase price of the
Certificate increased by any OID or market discount previously included in
income by the holder and decreased by any deductions previously allowed for
amortizable bond premium and by any payments reflecting principal or OID
received with respect to such Certificate). Subject to the market discount rules
discussed above and to the one-year holding requirement for long-term capital
gain treatment, any such gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain,
provided that the Offered Certificate was held as a capital asset and provided,
further, that if the rules applicable to Prepayable Instruments apply, any OID
not previously accrued will be treated as ordinary income. The maximum ordinary
income tax rate for individuals, estates, and trusts exceeds the maximum
long-term capital gains tax rate for such taxpayers. In addition, capital losses
generally may be used only to offset capital gains.
TAX CHARACTERIZATION OF THE TRUST
The Pooling and Servicing Agreement permits the issuance of Classes of
Certificates that are treated for Federal income tax purposes either as
indebtedness or as an interest in a partnership. Accordingly, the Trust could be
characterized either as (i) a security device to hold Receivables securing the
repayment of the Certificates of all Series or (ii) a partnership in which the
Transferor and holder of certain classes of Certificates are partners, and which
has issued debt represented by other Classes of Certificates (including, unless
otherwise specified in a Supplement, the Offered Certificates). In connection
with the issuance of Certificates of any Series, Special Tax Counsel will render
an opinion to the Bank, based on the assumptions and qualifications set forth
therein, that under then current law, the issuance of the Certificates of such
Series will not cause the Trust to be characterized for Federal income tax
purposes as an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation. The assumptions and qualifications set forth in such opinion will
include the qualification that the opinion is limited to the issuance of the
Certificates of such Series by the Trust and an assumption that any secondary
transactions entered into with respect to any Class of Certificates (such as the
deposit of Certificates into a second trust and the issuance of securities out
of that trust) will not adversely affect the Federal income tax status of the
Trust.
46
<PAGE> 130
The opinion of Special Tax Counsel with respect to Offered Certificates and
the Trust will not be binding on the courts or the IRS. It is possible that the
IRS could assert that, for purposes of the Code, the transaction contemplated by
this Prospectus and a Prospectus Supplement constitutes a sale of the
Receivables (or an interest therein) to the Certificate Owners of one or more
Series or Classes and that the proper classification of the legal relationship
between the Bank and some or all of the Certificate Owners or Certificateholders
of one or more Series resulting from the transaction is that of a partnership, a
publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, or an association taxable
as a corporation. The Transferor currently does not intend to comply with the
Federal income tax reporting requirements that would apply if any Classes of
Certificates were treated as interests in a partnership or corporation (unless,
as is permitted by the Pooling and Servicing Agreement, an interest in the Trust
which is issued or sold is intended to be classified as an interest in a
partnership).
If the Trust were treated in whole or in part as a partnership in which
some or all Certificate Owners of one or more Series were partners, that
partnership could be classified as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a
corporation. A partnership will be classified as a publicly traded partnership
taxable as a corporation if equity interests therein are traded on an
"established securities market," or are "readily tradeable" on a "secondary
market" or its "substantial equivalent" unless certain exceptions apply. One
such exception would apply if the Trust is not engaged in a "financial business"
and 90% or more of its income consists of interest and certain other types of
passive income. Because Treasury regulations do not clarify the meaning of a
"financial business" for this purpose, it is unclear whether this exception
applies. The Transferor has taken and intends to take measures designed to
reduce the risk that the Trust could be classified as a publicly traded
partnership taxable as a corporation by reason of trading of interests in the
Trust other than the Offered Certificates and other certificates with respect to
which an opinion is rendered that such certificates constitute debt for Federal
income tax purposes. However, there can be no assurance that the Trust could not
become a publicly traded partnership, because certain of the actions necessary
to comply with such exceptions are not fully within the control of the
Transferor. Furthermore, certain Series issued prior to May 2, 1995 may not be
able to be conformed to the measures taken by the Transferor with respect to
Series issued on or after that date.
If a transaction were treated as creating a partnership between the
Transferor and the Certificate Owners of one or more Series, the partnership
itself would not be subject to Federal income tax (unless it were to be
characterized as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation);
rather, the partners of such partnership, including the Certificate Owners of
such Series, would be taxed individually on their respective distributive shares
of the partnership's income, gain, loss, deductions and credits. The amount and
timing of items of income and deductions of a Certificate Owner could differ if
the Offered Certificates were held to constitute partnership interests, rather
than indebtedness. Moreover, unless the partnership were treated as engaged in a
trade or business, an individual's share of expenses of the partnership would be
miscellaneous itemized deductions that, in the aggregate, are allowed as
deductions only to the extent they exceed two percent of the individual's
adjusted gross income, and would be subject to reduction under Section 68 of the
Code if the individual's adjusted gross income exceeded certain limits. As a
result, the individual might be taxed on a greater amount of income than the
stated rate on the Offered Certificates. Finally, if the partnership were a
publicly traded partnership that qualifies for exemption from taxation as a
corporation, all or a portion of any taxable income allocated to a Certificate
Owner that is a pension, profit-sharing or employee benefit plan or other
tax-exempt entity (including an individual retirement account) may, under
certain circumstances, constitute "unrelated business taxable income" which
generally would be taxable to the holder. Partnership characterization also may
have adverse state and local income or franchise tax consequences for a
Certificate Owner.
If it were determined that a transaction created an entity classified as an
association or as a publicly traded partnership taxable as a corporation, the
Trust would be subject to Federal income tax at corporate income tax rates on
the income it derives from the Receivables, which would reduce the amounts
available for distribution to the Certificate Owners, possibly including
Certificate Owners of a Class that is treated as indebtedness. Such
classification may also have adverse state and local tax consequences that would
reduce amounts available for distribution to Certificate Owners. Cash
distributions to the Certificate Owners (except any Class not recharacterized as
an equity interest in an association) generally would be treated as dividends
for tax purposes to the extent of such deemed corporation's earnings and
profits.
47
<PAGE> 131
RECENT LEGISLATION
Certain provisions of the Code provide for the creation of a new type of
entity for Federal income tax purposes, the "financial asset securitization
investment trust" ("FASIT"). However, although these provisions were effective
September 1, 1997, many technical issues concerning FASITs must be addressed by
Treasury regulations which have not yet been issued. Although transition rules
permit an entity in existence on August 31, 1997, such as the Trust, to elect
FASIT status, at the present time it is not clear how outstanding interests of
such an entity would be treated subsequent to such an election. The Pooling and
Servicing Agreement may be amended in accordance with the provisions thereof to
provide that the Transferor may cause a FASIT election to be made for the Trust
if the Transferor delivers to the Trustee an opinion of counsel to the effect
that, for Federal income tax purposes, (i) the issuance of FASIT regular
interests will not adversely affect the tax characterization as debt of
Certificates of any outstanding Series or Class that were characterized as debt
at the time of their issuance, (ii) following such issuance, the Trust will not
be deemed to be an association (or publicly traded partnership) taxable as a
corporation and (iii) such issuance will not cause or constitute an event in
which gain or loss would be recognized by any Certificate Owners or the Trust.
FOREIGN INVESTORS
As set forth above, it is expected that Special Tax Counsel will render an
opinion, upon issuance, that the Offered Certificates will be treated as debt
for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. The following information describes the
U.S. Federal income tax treatment of investors that are not U.S. persons
("FOREIGN INVESTORS") if the Offered Certificates are treated as debt. The term
"Foreign Investor" means any person other than (i) a citizen or resident of the
United States, (ii) a corporation, partnership or other entity organized in or
under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii)
an estate the income of which is includible in gross income for U.S. Federal
income tax purposes, regardless of its source or (iv) a trust if a U.S. court is
able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and
one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions
of such trust.
Interest, including OID, paid to a Foreign Investor will be subject to U.S.
withholding taxes at a rate of 30% unless (x) the income is "effectively
connected" with the conduct by such Foreign Investor of a trade or business in
the United States or (y) the Foreign Investor and each securities clearing
organization, bank, or other financial institution that holds the Offered
Certificates on behalf of the customer in the ordinary course of its trade or
business, in the chain between the Certificate Owner and the U.S. person
otherwise required to withhold the U.S. tax, complies with applicable
identification requirements and, in addition (i) the non-U.S. Certificate Owner
does not actually or constructively own 10 percent or more of the total combined
voting power of all classes of stock of the Transferor entitled to vote (or of a
profits or capital interest of a trust characterized as a partnership), (ii) the
non-U.S. Certificate Owner is not a controlled foreign corporation that is
related to the Transferor (or a trust treated as a partnership) through stock
ownership, (iii) the non-U.S. Certificate Owner is not a bank receiving interest
described in Code Section 881(c)(3)(A), (iv) such interest is not contingent
interest described in Code Section 871(h)(4), and (v) the non-U.S. Certificate
Owner does not bear certain relationships to any holder of the Exchangeable
Transferor Certificate other than the Transferor or any holder of the
Certificates of any Series not properly characterized as debt. Applicable
identification requirements generally will be satisfied if there is delivered to
a securities clearing organization (i) IRS Form W-8 signed under penalties of
perjury by the Certificate Owner, stating that the Certificate Owner is not a
U.S. person and providing such Certificate Owner's name and address, (ii) IRS
Form 1001, signed by the Certificate Owner or such Certificate Owner's agent,
claiming exemption from withholding under an applicable tax treaty, or (iii) IRS
Form 4224 signed by the Certificate Owner or such owner's agent, claiming
exemption from withholding of tax on income effectively connected with the
conduct of a trade or business in the United States; provided that in any such
case (x) the applicable form is delivered pursuant to applicable procedures and
is properly transmitted to the United States entity otherwise required to
withhold tax and (y) none of the entities receiving the form has actual
knowledge that the Certificate Owner is a U.S. person.
On October 6, 1997, the Department of the Treasury issued new regulations
(the "NEW REGULATIONS") which make certain modifications to the withholding,
backup withholding and information reporting rules
48
<PAGE> 132
described above. The New Regulations attempt to unify certification requirements
and modify reliance standards. The New Regulations will generally be effective
for payments made after December 31, 2000, subject to certain transition rules.
Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the
New Regulations.
A Certificate Owner that is a nonresident alien or foreign corporation will
not be subject to U.S. Federal income tax on gain realized upon the sale,
exchange, or redemption of an Offered Certificate, provided that (i) such gain
is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the
United States, (ii) in the case of a Certificate Owner that is an individual,
such Certificate Owner is not present in the United States for 183 days or more
during the taxable year in which such sale, exchange, or redemption occurs, and
(iii) in the case of gain representing accrued interest, the conditions
described in the second preceding paragraph are satisfied.
If the interests of the Certificate Owners of a Series were reclassified as
interests in a partnership (not taxable as a corporation), such
recharacterization could cause a Foreign Investor to be treated as engaged in a
trade or business in the United States. In such event the Certificate Owner of
such Series would be required to file a Federal income tax return and, in
general, would be subject to Federal income tax, including branch profits tax in
the case of a Certificateholder that is a corporation, on its net income from
the partnership. Further, the partnership would be required, on a quarterly
basis, to pay withholding tax equal to the sum, for each foreign partner, of
such foreign partner's distributive share of "effectively connected" income of
the partnership multiplied by the highest rate of tax applicable to that foreign
partner. The tax withheld from each foreign partner would be credited against
such foreign partner's U.S. Federal income tax liability.
If the Trust were taxable as a corporation, distributions to foreign
persons, to the extent treated as dividends, would generally be subject to
withholding at the rate of 30%, unless such rate were reduced by an applicable
tax treaty.
STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION
The discussion above does not address the tax treatment of the Trust, the
Certificates of any Series, or the Certificate Owners of any Series under state
tax laws. Each investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding state and
local tax consequences of purchase, ownership or disposition of the Certificates
of any Series under any state or local tax law.
ERISA CONSIDERATIONS
Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA"), and Section 4975 of the Code prohibit a pension, profit
sharing or other employee benefit plan from engaging in certain transactions
involving "plan assets" with persons that are "parties in interest" under ERISA
or "disqualified persons" under the Code with respect to the plan. ERISA also
imposes certain duties on persons who are fiduciaries of plans subject to ERISA
and prohibits certain transactions between a plan and parties in interest with
respect to such plans. Under ERISA, any person who exercises any authority or
control respecting the management or disposition of the assets of a plan is
considered to be a fiduciary of such plan (subject to certain exceptions not
here relevant). A violation of these "prohibited transaction" rules may generate
excise tax and other liabilities under ERISA and the Code for such persons.
Plan fiduciaries must determine whether the acquisition and holding of the
Certificates of a Series and the operations of the Trust would result in direct
or indirect prohibited transactions under ERISA and the Code. The operations of
the Trust could result in prohibited transactions if Benefit Plans that purchase
the Certificates of a Series are deemed to own an interest in the underlying
assets of the Trust.
Pursuant to a final regulation (the "FINAL REGULATION") issued by the
Department of Labor ("DOL") concerning the definition of what constitutes the
"plan assets" of an employee benefit plan subject to ERISA or the Code, or an
individual retirement account ("IRA") (collectively referred to as "BENEFIT
PLANS"), the assets and properties of certain entities in which a Benefit Plan
makes an equity investment could be deemed to be assets of the Benefit Plan in
certain circumstances. Accordingly, if Benefit Plans purchase Certificates of a
Series,
49
<PAGE> 133
the Trust could be deemed to hold plan assets unless one of the exceptions under
the Final Regulation is applicable to the Trust.
The Plan Asset Regulation only applies to the purchase by a Benefit Plan of
an "equity interest" in an entity. Assuming that interests in Certificates of a
Series are equity interests, the Plan Asset Regulation contains an exception
that provides that if a Benefit Plan acquires a "publicly-offered security," the
issuer of the security is not deemed to hold plan assets. A publicly-offered
security is a security that is (i) freely transferable, (ii) part of a class of
securities that is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and
of one another and (iii) either is (A) part of a class of securities registered
under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act or (B) sold to the plan as part
of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act and the class of securities of which such
security is a part is registered under the Exchange Act within 120 days (or such
later time as may be allowed by the SEC) after the end of the fiscal year of the
issuer during which the offering of such securities to the public occurred. In
addition, the Plan Asset Regulation provides that if a Benefit Plan invests in
an "equity interest" of an entity that is neither a "publicly-offered security"
nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Benefit Plan's assets include both the
equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entity's underlying
assets, unless it is established that equity participation by "benefit plan
investors" is not "significant" or that another exception applies.
Under the Plan Asset Regulation, equity participation in an entity by
"benefit plan investors" is "significant" on any date if, immediately after the
most recent acquisition of any equity interest in the entity (other than a
publicly-offered class of equity), 25% or more of the value of any class of
equity interests in the entity (other than a publicly-offered class) is held by
"benefit plan investors." For purposes of this determination, the value of
equity interests held by a person (other than a benefit plan investor) that has
discretionary authority or control with respect to the assets of the entity or
that provides investment advice for a fee with respect to such assets (or any
affiliate of such person) is disregarded. The term "benefit plan investor" is
defined in the Plan Asset Regulation as (a) any employee benefit plan (as
defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA), whether or not it is subject to the
provisions of Title I of ERISA, (b) any plan described in Section 4975(e)(1) of
the Code and (c) any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by
reason of a plan's investment in the entity.
Unless otherwise specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, it is
anticipated that interests in the Certificates of a Series will meet the
criteria of publicly-offered securities as set forth above. Unless otherwise
specified in the related Prospectus Supplement, the underwriters expect
(although no assurances can be given) that interests in each Class of
Certificates of each Series offered hereby will be held by at least 100
independent investors at the conclusion of the offering for such Series; there
are no restrictions imposed on the transfer of interests in the Certificates of
such Series; and interests in the Certificates of such Series will be sold as
part of an offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the
Securities Act and then will be timely registered under the Exchange Act.
If interests in the Certificates of a Series fail to meet the criteria of
publicly-offered securities or investment by benefit plan investors becomes
significant and the Trust's assets are deemed to include assets of Benefit Plans
that are Certificateholders, transactions involving the Trust and "parties in
interest" or "disqualified persons" with respect to such plans might be
prohibited under Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code unless an
exemption is applicable. In addition, the Transferor or any underwriter of such
Series may be considered to be a party in interest, disqualified person or
fiduciary with respect to an investing Benefit Plan. Accordingly, an investment
by a Benefit Plan in Certificates may be a prohibited transaction under ERISA
and the Code unless such investment is subject to a statutory or administrative
exemption. Thus, for example, if a participant in any Benefit Plan is a
cardholder of one of the Accounts, under DOL interpretations the purchase of
interests in Certificates by such plan could constitute a prohibited
transaction. Such transactions may, however, be subject to statutory or
administrative exemptions from the penalties normally associated with prohibited
transactions. Five class exemptions issued by the DOL that could apply in such
event are DOL Prohibited Transaction Exemption ("PTE") 84-14 (Class Exemption
for Plan Asset Transactions Determined by Independent Qualified Professional
Asset Managers), 91-38 (Class Exemption for Certain Transactions Involving Bank
Collective Investment Funds), 90-1 (Class Exemption for Certain Transactions
Involving Insurance Company Pooled Separate Accounts), 95-60
50
<PAGE> 134
(Class Exemption for Certain Transactions Involving Insurance Company General
Accounts) and 96-23 (Class Exemption for Plan Asset Transactions Determined by
In-House Asset Managers). There is no assurance that these exemptions, even if
all of the conditions specified therein are satisfied, or any other exemption
will apply to all transactions involving the Trust's assets.
IN LIGHT OF THE FOREGOING, FIDUCIARIES OF A BENEFIT PLAN CONSIDERING THE
PURCHASE OF INTERESTS IN CERTIFICATES OF ANY SERIES SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN
COUNSEL AS TO WHETHER THE ASSETS OF THE TRUST WHICH ARE REPRESENTED BY SUCH
INTERESTS WOULD BE CONSIDERED PLAN ASSETS, AND WHETHER, UNDER THE GENERAL
FIDUCIARY STANDARDS OF INVESTMENT PRUDENCE AND DIVERSIFICATION, AN INVESTMENT IN
CERTIFICATES OF ANY SERIES IS APPROPRIATE FOR THE BENEFIT PLAN TAKING INTO
ACCOUNT THE OVERALL INVESTMENT POLICY OF THE BENEFIT PLAN AND THE COMPOSITION OF
THE BENEFIT PLAN'S INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO. In addition, fiduciaries should
consider the consequences that would apply if the Trust's assets were considered
plan assets, the applicability of exemptive relief from the prohibited
transaction rules and whether all conditions for such exemptive relief would be
satisfied.
In particular, insurance companies considering the purchase of Certificates
of any Series should consult their own employee benefits counsel or other
appropriate counsel with respect to the United States Supreme Court's decision
in John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co. v. Harris Trust & Savings Bank, 114 S.
Ct. 517 (1993) ("JOHN HANCOCK") and the applicability of PTE 95-60. In John
Hancock, the Supreme Court held that assets held in an insurance company's
general account may be deemed to be "plan assets" under certain circumstances;
however, PTE 95-60 may exempt some or all of the transactions that could occur
as the result of the acquisition and holding of the Certificates of a Series by
an insurance company general account from the penalties normally associated with
prohibited transactions. Accordingly, investors should analyze whether John
Hancock and PTE 95-60 or any other exemption may have an impact with respect to
their purchase of the Certificates of any Series.
In addition, insurance companies considering the purchase of Certificates
using assets of a general account should consult their own employee benefits
counsel or other appropriate counsel with respect to the effect of the Small
Business Job Protection Act of 1996 which added a new Section 401(c) of ERISA
relating to the status of the assets of insurance company general accounts under
ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code. Pursuant to Section 401(c), the DOL is
required to issue final regulations (the "GENERAL ACCOUNT REGULATIONS") with
respect to insurance policies issued on or before December 31, 1998 that are
supported by an insurer's general account. The General Account Regulations are
intended to provide guidance on which assets held by the insurer constitute
"plan assets" for purposes of the fiduciary responsibility provisions of ERISA
and Section 4975 of the Code. Section 401(c) also provides that, except in the
case of avoidance of the General Account Regulations and actions brought by the
Secretary of Labor relating to certain breaches of fiduciary duties that also
constitute breaches of state or Federal criminal law, until the date that is 18
months after the General Account Regulations become final, no liability under
the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and
Section 4975 may result on the basis of a claim that the assets of the general
account of an insurance company constitute the plan assets of any Benefit Plan.
The DOL has recently issued proposed regulations under Section 401(c). It should
be noted that if the General Account Regulations are adopted substantially in
the form in which proposed, the General Account Regulations may not exempt the
assets of insurance company general accounts from treatment as "plan assets"
after December 31, 1998. The plan asset status of insurance company separate
accounts is unaffected by new Section 401(c) of ERISA, and separate account
assets continue to be treated as the plan assets of any Benefit Plan invested in
a separate account. Plan investors considering the purchase of Certificates of
any Series on behalf of an insurance company general account should consult
their legal advisors regarding the effect of the General Account Regulations on
such purchase.
51
<PAGE> 135
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement
(an "UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT") to be entered into with respect to a Series of
Certificates, the Transferor will agree to sell to each of the underwriters
named therein and in the related Prospectus Supplement, and each of such
underwriters will severally agree to purchase from the Transferor, the principal
amount of Certificates set forth therein and in the related Prospectus
Supplement (subject to proportional adjustment on the terms and conditions set
forth in the related Underwriting Agreement in the event of an increase or
decrease in the aggregate amount of Certificates offered hereby and by the
related Prospectus Supplement).
In each Underwriting Agreement, the several underwriters will agree,
subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, to purchase all the
Certificates offered hereby and by the related Prospectus Supplement if any of
such Certificates are purchased. In the event of a default by any underwriter,
each Underwriting Agreement will provide that, in certain circumstances,
purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the
Underwriting Agreement may be terminated.
Each Prospectus Supplement will set forth the price at which each Series of
Certificates or Class being offered thereby initially will be offered to the
public and any concessions that may be offered to certain dealers participating
in the offering of such Certificates. After the initial public offering, the
public offering price and such concessions may be changed.
Each Underwriting Agreement will provide that the Transferor will indemnify
the related underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or contribute to payments such
underwriters may be required to make in respect thereof. The place and time of
delivery for any Series of Certificates in respect of which this Prospectus is
delivered will be set forth in the accompanying Prospectus Supplement.
Banc One Capital Markets, Inc. ("BOCM") is an affiliate of the Transferor.
Any obligations of BOCM are the sole obligations of BOCM, and do not create any
obligations on the part of any of its affiliates.
BOCM may from time to time purchase or acquire a position in the
Certificates and may, at its option, hold or resell such Certificates. BOCM
expects to offer and sell previously issued Certificates in the course of its
business as a broker-dealer. BOCM may act as a principal or an agent in such
transactions. This Prospectus and the related Prospectus Supplement may be used
by BOCM and in connection with such transactions. Such sales, if any, will be
made at varying prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of sale.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters relating to the issuance of the Certificates will be
passed upon for the Transferor by Joanne K. Sundheim, Senior Vice President and
Associate General Counsel of First USA Bank, N.A., and by special counsel,
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal
matters relating to the issuance of the Certificates and ERISA matters will be
passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP,
New York, New York.
52
<PAGE> 136
REPORTS TO CERTIFICATEHOLDERS
Unless and until Definitive Certificates are issued, annual, monthly and
special reports, containing information concerning the Trust and prepared by the
Servicer, will be sent on behalf of the Trust to Cede as nominee of DTC and
registered holder of the related Certificates, pursuant to the Pooling and
Servicing Agreement. See "Description of the Certificates--Book-Entry
Registration," "--Reports to Certificateholders" and "--Evidence as to
Compliance." Such reports will not constitute financial statements prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The Servicer does not
intend to send any financial reports of the Bank to Certificateholders or to the
Certificate Owners. The Servicer will file with the SEC such periodic reports
with respect to the Trust as are required under the Exchange Act and the rules
and regulations of the SEC thereunder.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We filed a registration statement relating to the Certificates with the
SEC. This Prospectus is part of the registration statement, but the registration
statement includes additional information.
The Servicer will file with the SEC all required annual, monthly and
special SEC reports and other information about the Trust.
You may read and copy any reports, statements or other information we file
at the SEC's public reference room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C.
20549. You may request copies of these documents, upon payment of a duplicating
fee, by writing to the SEC. Please call the SEC at (800) SEC-0330 for further
information on the operation of the public reference rooms. Our SEC filings are
also available to the public on the SEC Internet site (http://www.sec.gov).
The SEC allows us to "incorporate by reference" information we file with
it, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring
you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered
to be part of this Prospectus. Information that we file later with the SEC will
automatically update the information in this Prospectus. In all cases, you
should rely on the later information over different information included in this
Prospectus or the related Prospectus Supplement. We incorporate by reference any
future annual, monthly and special SEC reports and proxy materials filed by or
on behalf of the Trust until we terminate our offering of the Certificates.
As a recipient of this Prospectus, you may request a copy of any document
we incorporate by reference, except exhibits to the documents (unless the
exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference), at no cost, by writing or
calling us at: First USA Bank, National Association, 201 North Walnut Street,
Wilmington, Delaware 19801, (302) 594-4000.
53
<PAGE> 137
INDEX OF TERMS FOR PROSPECTUS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ---- ----
<S> <C>
Accounts............................ 8
Accumulation Period................. 20
Addition Cut-Off Date............... 26
Additional Accounts................. 8
Amortization Period................. 10
Annual Membership Fees.............. 9
Assignment.......................... 26
BANC ONE............................ 12
Bank................................ 4
BANK ONE............................ 10
Bank Portfolio...................... 8
Benefit Plans....................... 49
BIF................................. 27
BOCM................................ 52
Cash Advances....................... 6
Cash Collateral Account............. 38
Cash Collateral Guaranty............ 37
Cede................................ 14
Cedelbank........................... 16
Cedelbank Customers................. 16
Certificate Owner................... 44
Certificate Rate.................... 13
Certificateholders.................. 9
Certificates........................ 4
Chevy Chase......................... 11
Class............................... 9
Code................................ 44
Collateral Invested Amount.......... 38
Collection Account.................. 27
Companion Series.................... 21
Comptroller......................... 40
Controlled Accumulation Amount...... 20
Controlled Amortization Amount...... 20
Controlled Amortization Period...... 20
Controlled Deposit Amount........... 20
Controlled Distribution Amount...... 20
Cooperative......................... 17
Default Amount...................... 29
Defaulted Account................... 29
Defaulted Accounts.................. 13
Definitive Certificates............. 18
Depositaries........................ 15
Depository.......................... 14
Determination Date.................. 29
Disclosure Document................. 22
Discount Receivable Collections..... 27
Discount Receivables................ 9, 27
Distribution Account................ 27
Distribution Date................... 18
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ---- ----
<S> <C>
DOJ................................. 42
DOL................................. 49
DTC Participants.................... 15
Eligible Account.................... 25
Eligible Receivable................. 25
Enhancement......................... 8, 36
Enhancement Invested Amount......... 37
Enhancement Percentage.............. 28
Enhancement Provider................ 37
ERISA............................... 49
Euroclear........................... 17
Euroclear Operator.................. 17
Euroclear Participants.............. 17
Euroclear System.................... 17
Excess Principal Collections........ 21
Exchange............................ 22
Exchange Act........................ 15
Exchangeable Transferor
Certificate....................... 13
FASIT............................... 48
FDIA................................ 40
FDIC................................ 14
FDR................................. 4
Final Regulation.................... 49
Finance Charge Account.............. 27
Finance Charge Receivables.......... 9
FIRREA.............................. 40
First Commerce...................... 11
First USA Financial................. 10
Foreign Investors................... 48
Full Invested Amount................ 29
Funding Period...................... 29
GE Capital.......................... 11
General Account Regulations......... 51
Holders............................. 18
Indirect Participants............... 15
Ineligible Receivable............... 24
Initial Closing Date................ 23
Interchange......................... 7
Interest Funding Account............ 19
Invested Amount..................... 13
Investor Charge-Off................. 30
Investor Default Amount............. 29
Investor Interest................... 13
Investor Percentage................. 13
Investor Servicing Fee.............. 32
IRA................................. 49
IRS................................. 44
John Hancock........................ 51
L/C Bank............................ 37
</TABLE>
54
<PAGE> 138
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ---- ----
<S> <C>
MasterCard International............ 42
Merger.............................. 11
MGT/EOC............................. 17
Minimum Aggregate Principal
Receivables....................... 9
Minimum Transferor Interest......... 9, 23
Monthly Period...................... 18
Moody's............................. 27
New Regulations..................... 48
Octagon............................. 41
Offered Certificates................ 44
OID................................. 45
Original Cut-Off Date............... 8
Other Charges....................... 9
Pay Out Event....................... 31
Periodic Finance Charges............ 9
Permitted Investments............... 27
Pooling and Servicing Agreement..... 4
Pre-Funding Account................. 29
Pre-Funding Amount.................. 29
Prepayable Instrument............... 45
Principal Account................... 27
Principal Commencement Date......... 19
Principal Funding Account........... 19
Principal Receivables............... 9
Principal Terms..................... 22
Prospectus Supplement............... 4
PTE................................. 50
Purchases........................... 6
Qualified Institution............... 27
Rapid Amortization Period........... 21
Rating Agency....................... 22, 39
Rating Agency Condition............. 12
Receivables......................... 8
Record Date......................... 14
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
TERM PAGE
- ---- ----
<S> <C>
Recoveries.......................... 8
Regulations......................... 45
Remaining Redemption Amount......... 46
Reserve Account..................... 38
Revolving Period.................... 20
SAIF................................ 27
Scheduled Payment Date.............. 19
SEC................................. 15
Securities Act...................... 22
Senior Certificates................. 13
Series Closing Date................. 23
Series Cut-Off Dates................ 23
Series Supplement................... 13
Service Transfer.................... 33
Servicer............................ 32
Servicer Default.................... 33
Special Tax Counsel................. 44
Spread Account...................... 38
Standard & Poor's................... 27
Stated Series Termination Date...... 30
Subordinated Certificates........... 13
Tax Opinion......................... 30
Terms and Conditions................ 17
Transfer Date....................... 28
Transferor Amount................... 13
Transferor Interest................. 13
Transferor Percentage............... 14
Trust............................... 4
Trust Portfolio..................... 4, 9
U.S................................. 44
UCC................................. 39
Unallocated Principal Collections... 28
Underwriting Agreement.............. 52
VISA................................ 42
Yield Factor........................ 27
</TABLE>
55
<PAGE> 139
PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF
FIRST USA BANK, N.A.
201 North Walnut Street
Wilmington, Delaware 19801
TRUSTEE
The Bank of New York (Delaware)
White Clay Center
Route 273
Newark, Delaware 19711
PAYING AGENTS
<TABLE>
<S> <C>
The Bank of New York Banque de Luxembourg
101 Barclay Street, Floor 12E 14 Boulevard Royal
New York, New York 10286 2449 Luxembourg
Grand-Duche de Luxembourg
</TABLE>
LISTING AGENT
Banque de Luxembourg
14 Boulevard Royal
2449 Luxembourg
Grand-Duche de Luxembourg
LEGAL ADVISOR TO THE BANK AND THE UNDERWRITERS
AS TO UNITED STATES LAW
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS TO THE BANK
Arthur Andersen, LLP
33 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60603
<PAGE> 140
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
$538,691,000
FIRST USA CREDIT
CARD MASTER TRUST
$500,000,000
CLASS A FLOATING RATE
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
SERIES 1999-4
$38,691,000
CLASS B FLOATING RATE
ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATES,
SERIES 1999-4
FIRST USA BANK, N.A.
TRANSFEROR AND SERVICER
-----------------------
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
MAY 19, 1999
-----------------------
BANC ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
BEAR, STEARNS & CO. INC.
LEHMAN BROTHERS
YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND THE ATTACHED PROSPECTUS. WE HAVE NOT
AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH DIFFERENT INFORMATION.
WE ARE NOT OFFERING THE CERTIFICATES IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER IS NOT
PERMITTED.
WE DO NOT CLAIM THE ACCURACY OF THE INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
AND THE PROSPECTUS AS OF ANY DATE OTHER THAN THE DATES STATED ON THEIR
RESPECTIVE COVERS.
DEALERS WILL DELIVER A PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS OF THE CERTIFICATES AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR
SUBSCRIPTIONS. IN ADDITION, ALL DEALERS SELLING THE CERTIFICATES WILL DELIVER A
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT AND PROSPECTUS UNTIL AUGUST 17, 1999.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
